Advanced Search

Federal Procurement Act 2006 - Bvergg 2006

Original Language Title: Bundesvergabegesetz 2006 - BVergG 2006

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.

17. Federal Law on the award of contracts (Federal Public Procurement Law 2006 - BVergG 2006)

The National Council has decided:

Contents

1. Part
Rules and definitions

§ 1.

Regulatory object

§ 2.

Definition provisions

2. Part
Public procurement procedures

1. Main
Scope, principles

1. Section
Personal scope

§ 3.

Contracting authorities and other contracting authorities committed to applying the provisions of this federal law

2. Section
Types of contracts

§ 4.

Works

§ 5.

Delivery orders

§ 6.

Services

§ 7.

Construction concessions

§ 8.

Services concession contracts

§ 9.

Definitions

3. Section
exceptions to the scope

§ 10.

Public procurement procedures excluded from the scope of the law

§ 11.

Services concession contracts

4. Section
thresholds, calculation of estimated performance value

§ 12.

thresholds

§ 13.

General provisions on the calculation of the estimated order value

§ 14.

Calculation of the estimated contract value for construction orders and concession contracts

§ 15.

Calculation of the estimated order value for supply contracts

§ 16.

Calculation of the estimated order value for service contracts

§ 17.

Calculation of the estimated order value of framework agreements and dynamic procurement systems

§ 18.

Change of thresholds or devalues

5. Section
Principles of the award procedure and general provisions

§ 19.

Principles of the award procedure

§ 20.

General provisions on candidates and tenderers

§ 21.

reservations on contracts for protected workshops or inclusive establishments

§ 22.

General provisions on the award of benefits and partial benefits

§ 23.

Confidentiality of documents relating to a procurement procedure, rights of exploitation

§ 24.

General provisions on price

2. Main
Species and choice of award procedures

1. Section
Types of procurement procedures

§ 25.

Types of procurement procedures

§ 26.

Types of competition

2. Section
Selection of award procedures in the upper and lower threshold area

§ 27.

Election of the open and open procedure with prior notice

§ 28.

Election of the negotiating procedure for works contracts

§ 29.

Election of the negotiated procedure for supply contracts

§ 30.

Election of the negotiating procedure for service contracts

§ 31.

Types of electronic auction and award of contracts by electronic means
auction

§ 32.

Conclusion of framework agreements and award of contracts on the basis of a framework agreement

§ 33.

Establishment of a dynamic procurement system and procurement contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

§ 34.

Choice of competition dialogue

§ 35.

Choice of competition

§ 36.

Maintaining the reasons for choosing certain procurement procedures

3. Section
Only procurement procedures approved in the lower threshold area

§ 37.

Election of the open procedure without prior notice

§ 38.

Additional possibilities for choosing the negotiating procedure

§ 39.

Additional possibility of choice of competition

§ 40.

Additional possibility of awarding contracts under a framework agreement

§ 41.

Direct award

§ 42.

Maintaining the reasons for choosing certain procurement procedures

3. Main
Rules for the implementation of procurement procedures

1. Section
Information transfer

§ 43.

Transmission of documents or information between contracting authorities and entrepreneurs

2. Section
Transmission of documents to the European Commission

§ 44.

Statistical obligations of contracting authorities

§ 45.

Transmission of other documents

3. Section
Notices

1. Subsection
General provisions on notices

§ 46.

Promotion of services

§ 47.

Correction of notices

§ 48.

Publication of a seal profile

§ 49.

Voluntary notices at Community level

2. Subsection
Special notices for the threshold area

§ 50.

Notices at Community level

§ 51.

Use of CPV in notices

§ 52.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 53.

Notice of prior information

§ 54.

Disclosure of contracts, competitive results and closed framework agreements

3. Subsection
Special notices for the under threshold area

§ 55.

Notices in Austria and other media

4. Section
Time limits

1. Subsection
General provisions on time limits

§ 56.

Calculation of deadlines

§ 57.

Principles for measuring and extending deadlines

§ 58.

Transmission and information periods

2. Subsection
Periodic minimum periods for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 59.

Participation periods

§ 60.

Supply periods

3. Subsection
Reduced deadlines for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 61.

Supply periods in the accelerated procedure after pre-information

§ 62.

Reduced supply and participation periods for use of electronic media

§ 63.

Reduced participation and supply periods in the accelerated procedure with urgency

4. Subsection
Periodic minimum periods for award procedures in the lower threshold area

§ 64.

Participation periods

§ 65.

Supply periods

5. Subsection
Shorter deadlines for tendering procedures in the lower threshold area

§ 66.

Shorter supply periods for use of electronic media

§ 67.

Reduced participation and supply periods

5. Section
Fitness of entrepreneurs

1. Subsection
Entrepreneurs excluded from participating in the award procedure

§ 68.

Exclusion

2. Subsection
Fitness requirements and qualifications

§ 69.

Time of existence of aptitude

§ 70.

Requests from the contracting authorities

§ 71.

Detection of power

§ 72.

Evidence of general professional reliability

§ 73.

Assessment of special professional reliability

§ 74.

Evidence of financial and economic performance

§ 75.

Technical performance proof

§ 76.

Evidence of performance by other entrepreneurs and tenderers
Working groups

§ 77.

Quality assurance standards and standards for environmental management

3. Subsection
Special provisions for the lower threshold area

§ 78.

The possibility of abstaining from proof of power, reliability and performance

6. Section
The tender

1. Subsection
General provisions

§ 79.

Principles of tender

§ 80.

Content of the tender documents

§ 81.

Alternative offers

§ 82.

Amendments

§ 83.

Subcontracting

§ 84.

Compliance with labour and social provisions

§ 85.

Species and means to ensure

§ 86.

Vadium

§ 87.

Accessible constructions

§ 88.

Transmission of tender documents and other documents

§ 89.

Cost of tender documents

§ 90.

Correction of tender

2. Subsection
Special tender provisions relating to electronic submissions

§ 91.

Definitions for the delivery of electronic offers

§ 92.

Communication channels

§ 93.

Documents

§ 94.

encryption

3. Subsection
The specifications

§ 95.

Types of performance description

§ 96.

Principles of performance description

§ 97.

Creation of a performance directory

§ 98.

Technical specifications

4. Subsection
Rules on the Performance Contract

§ 99.

Treaty provisions

5. Subsection
Special provisions for the lower threshold area

§ 100.

Election of the award principle

7. Section
Procedures

§ 101.

End of open procedure

§ 102.

Participants in the non-open procedure without prior notice and without prior notice

§ 103.

Participants in the non-open procedure with prior notice and in the negotiated procedure with prior notice

§ 104.

End of the open procedure

§ 105.

The expiry of the negotiating procedure

8. Section
The offer

1. Subsection
General rules for offers

§ 106.

General provisions

§ 107.

Form of offers

§ 108.

Content of the offers

§ 109.

Special provisions on the content of offers in functional specifications

§ 110.

A sufficient number of offers in paper form

§ 111.

Remuneration for the preparation of offers

§ 112.

Additional period

2. Subsection
Special provisions for electronic offers

§ 113.

General provisions for electronic offers

§ 114.

Form, encryption and secure signature of the offer

§ 115.

Safe chains of supply components

§ 116.

Authorisation

9. Section
The award procedure

1. Subsection
Contrary and opening of tenders in paper form

§ 117.

Contrary and preservation of offers

§ 118.

Opening of offers

2. Subsection
Contrary and opening of electronically transmitted offers

§ 119.

Contrary to offers

§ 120.

Storage of offers

§ 121.

Opening of electronically transmitted offers

3. Subsection
Examination of offers and termination of offers

§ 122.

General provisions

§ 123.

Procedures for examination

§ 124.

Doubtful price indications

§ 125.

Checking the adequacy of prices – in-depth tendering

§ 126.

Disability of offers

§ 127.

Information talks and discussions

§ 128.

Minutes of the examination

§ 129.

Termination of offers

4. Subsection
The award

§ 130.

Election of the tender for the award

§ 131.

Disclosure of the award decision

§ 132.

standstill period, non-compliance of awarding, claiming invalidity

§ 133.

Effectiveness of the award

§ 134.

Form of conclusion of the contract

10. Section
Termination of the award procedure

§ 135.

Basically

§ 136.

Documentation obligations

§ 137.

archiving of electronic procurement procedures

§ 138.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure before the end of the supply period

§ 139.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure after expiry of the supply period

§ 140.

Notice of withdrawal decision, standstill period, ineffectiveness of withdrawal

4. Main
Provisions for special contracts and special procedures

1. Section
Awarding non-privacy service contracts

§ 141.

Not priority service contracts

2. Section
award of concession contracts and

awarding works contracts to third parties by construction concessionaires

§ 142.

General

§ 143.

Time limits

§ 144.

Mandate to third parties

§ 145.

Special provisions for procurement procedures by construction concessionaires not contracting entities

3. Section
Rules on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 146.

Basically

§ 147.

General provisions on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 148.

Special provisions for the implementation of simple electronic auctions

§ 149.

Special provisions for the implementation of other electronic auctions

4. Section
Provisions for the conclusion of framework agreements and the award

contracts on the basis of framework agreements

§ 150.

General

§ 151.

Conclusion of Framework Agreements

§ 152.

Public procurement on the basis of framework agreements

5. Section
Rules on competition

§ 153.

General

§ 154.

Participation in competition

§ 155.

Implementation of competitions

6. Section
Rules on the establishment and operation of a contract and the award of contracts

on the basis of a dynamic procurement system

§ 156.

General

§ 157.

Establishment and operation of a dynamic procurement system

§ 158.

procurement of public contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

7. Section
Rules on competition dialogue

§ 159.

General

§ 160.

Participants in the competition dialogue

§ 161.

Dialogue phase

§ 162.

Call for tender and award of the contract

3. Part
Awarding procedures for sector contractors

1. Main
Scope, principles

1. Section
Personal scope

§ 163.

Sector Contracting Authorities

§ 164.

Contracting authority as a sector contractor

§ 165.

Public companies as a sector contractor

§ 166.

Private sector sponsors

2. Section
Sector activities

§ 167.

Gas, heat and electricity

§ 168.

Water

§ 169.

Transport services

§ 170.

Postal services

§ 171.

Refunding and promoting oil, gas, coal and other solid fuels

§ 172.

Ports and airports

§ 173.

Contracts relating to several activities

3. Section
Types of contracts

§ 174.

Types of contracts

4. Section
Exceptions and exemptions from the scope

§ 175.

Public procurement procedures excluded from the scope of the law

§ 176.

Contracts for related companies

§ 177.

Construction and Services concessions

§ 178.

Freed sector sponsors in the field of request and promotion of oil or gas

§ 179.

Exemption of scope

5. Section
thresholds, calculation of estimated performance value

§ 180.

thresholds

§ 181.

General provisions on the calculation of the estimated order value

§ 182.

Calculation of the estimated contract value for construction contracts

§ 183.

Calculation of the estimated order value for supply contracts

§ 184.

Calculation of the estimated order value for service contracts

§ 185.

Calculation of the estimated order value of framework agreements and dynamic procurement systems

§ 186.

Change of thresholds or devalues

6. Section
Principles of the award procedure and general provisions

§ 187.

Principles of the award procedure

§ 188.

General provisions on candidates and tenderers

§ 189.

reservations on contracts for protected workshops or inclusive establishments

§ 190.

General provisions on the award of benefits and partial benefits

§ 191.

Confidentiality of documents relating to a procurement procedure, rights of exploitation

2. Main
Species and choice of award procedures

1. Section
Types of procurement procedures

§ 192.

Types of procurement procedures

§ 193.

Types of competition

2. Section
Selection of award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 194.

Election of the open procedure, the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and the negotiated procedure after prior call for competition

§ 195.

Election of the negotiated procedure without prior call for competition

§ 196.

Types of electronic auction and award of contracts by electronic auction

§ 197.

Conclusion of Framework Agreements

§ 198.

Establishment of a dynamic procurement system and procurement contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

§ 199.

Choice of competition

3. Section
Selection of award procedures in the lower threshold area

§ 200.

Election of the procedure for awarding contracts

§ 201.

Direct award

§ 202.

Conclusion of framework agreements and award of contracts on the basis of a framework agreement

§ 203.

Choice of competition

3. Main
Rules for the implementation of procurement procedures

1. Section
Information transfer

§ 204.

Transmission of documents or information between sector agents and entrepreneurs

2. Section
Transmission of documents to the European Commission

§ 205.

Statistical obligations of the sector managers

§ 206.

Transmission of other documents

3. Section
Notices

1. Subsection
General provisions on notices

§ 207.

Call for competition

§ 208.

Correction of notices

§ 209.

Publication of a seal profile

§ 210.

Voluntary notices at Community level

2. Subsection
Special notices for the threshold area

§ 211.

Notices at Community level

§ 212.

Use of CPV in notices

§ 213.

Types of call for competition

§ 214.

Regular non-binding notice

§ 215.

Notice on the existence of an audit system

§ 216.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 217.

Disclosure of contracts, competitive results and closed framework agreements

3. Subsection
Special notices for the under threshold area

§ 218.

Types of call for competition

§ 219.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 220.

Notice on the existence of an audit system

4. Section
Time limits

1. Subsection
General provisions on time limits

§ 221.

Calculation of deadlines

§ 222.

Principles for measuring and extending deadlines

2. Subsection
Deadlines for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 223.

Transmission and information periods

§ 224.

Time to offer in open procedure

§ 225.

Shorter supply periods in open procedure for use of electronic media

§ 226.

Time-limits in the non-open procedure and in the negotiating procedure after prior competition

3. Subsection
Time limits for award procedures in the sub-wave area

§ 227.

Special rules on deadlines in the sub-wave area

5. Section
Fitness of entrepreneurs

1. Subsection
General provisions on fitness and verification

§ 228.

General provisions

§ 229.

Exclusion

§ 230.

Time of existence of aptitude

§ 231.

Request for evidence by the sector sponsor

§ 232.

Testing system

§ 233.

Evidence of suitability by other entrepreneurs and in tenderer and working groups

§ 234.

Quality assurance standards and standards for environmental management

2. Subsection
Special provisions for the lower threshold area

§ 235.

The possibility of abstaining from proof of power, reliability and performance

6. Section
The tender

1. Subsection
General provisions for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 236.

Principles of tender

§ 237.

Content of the tender documents

§ 238.

Alternative offers

§ 239.

Amendments

§ 240.

Subcontracting

§ 241.

Compliance with labour and social provisions

§ 242.

Correction of tender

2. Subsection
Special tender provisions relating to electronic submissions
in the upper threshold area

§ 243.

Definitions for the delivery of electronic offers

§ 244.

Definition of communication channels, data formats and encryption

3. Subsection
The specifications for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 245.

Types of performance description

§ 246.

Principles of performance description

§ 247.

Technical specifications

4. Subsection
Rules for tendering procedures in the lower threshold area

§ 248.

Rules for tendering for the under threshold

7. Section
Procedures

§ 249.

End of open procedure

§ 250.

Participants in the non-open procedure without prior call for competition and negotiating procedures without prior call for competition

§ 251.

In the event of a call for competition by a regular non-binding notice

§ 252.

Participants in the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and in the negotiating procedure after prior call for competition

§ 253.

End of the open procedure

§ 254.

The expiry of the negotiating procedure

8. Section
The offer

1. Subsection
General rules for tenders in the upper threshold area

§ 255.

General provisions

§ 256.

Form of offers

§ 257.

Content of the offers

§ 258.

Special provisions on the content of offers in functional specifications

§ 259.

A sufficient number of offers in paper form

§ 260.

Additional period

2. Subsection
Special provisions for e-procurement offers
in the upper threshold area

§ 261.

General provisions for electronic offers

§ 262.

Form, encryption and safe signature of the offer, safe chains of supply elements

3. Subsection
Provisions for the lower threshold area

§ 263.

Rules for offers in the sub-wave area

9. Section
The award procedure

1. Subsection
Opening and testing of offers, departure of offers

§ 264.

Opening of offers

§ 265.

Contrary to electronically transmitted offers

§ 266.

Storage of electronically transmitted offers

§ 267.

Examination of the offers

§ 268.

Checking the adequacy of prices – in-depth tendering

§ 269.

Termination of offers

§ 270.

Termination of offers from third countries

2. Subsection
The award

§ 271.

Election of the tender for the award

§ 272.

Disclosure of the award decision

§ 273.

standstill period, non-compliance of awarding, claiming invalidity

§ 274.

Effectiveness of the award

§ 275.

Form of contract conclusion on electronic track

10. Section
Termination of the award procedure

§ 276.

Basically

§ 277.

Documentation requirements for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 278.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure

§ 279.

Notice of withdrawal decision, standstill period, ineffectiveness of withdrawal

4. Main
Provisions for special contracts and special procedures

1. Section
Awarding non-privacy service contracts

§ 280.

Not priority service contracts

2. Section
Rules on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 281.

Basically

§ 282.

General provisions on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 283.

Special provisions for the implementation of simple electronic auctions

§ 284.

Special provisions for the implementation of other electronic auctions

3. Section
Rules on competition

§ 285.

General

§ 286.

Participation in competition

§ 287.

Implementation of competitions

4. Section
Rules on setting up and operating a and awarding contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

§288.

General

§ 289.

Establishment and operation of a dynamic procurement system

§ 290.

Awarding contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

4. Part
Legal protection

1. Main
Federal Procurement Office

1. Section
Establishment and internal organisation

1. Subsection
Establishment and legal status of members

§ 291.

Establishment of the Federal Procurement Office

§ 292.

Appointment of members

§ 293.

Inverein

§ 294.

Renewal of membership

§ 295.

Status of members

§ 296.

captiveness; Refusing members

2. Subsection
service and remuneration regulations; Costs

§ 297.

General

§ 298.

Service supervision

§ 299.

Performance

§ 300.

Besolute

§ 301.

Cost relief of other members

3. Subsection
Office of the Federal Public Procurement Office

§ 302.

Management

§ 303.

Education and composition of the Senate

§ 304.

business assignment, prevention

§ 305.

Decision and advice of the Senate

§ 306.

tasks of the President of the Senate

§ 307.

General Assembly; Staff meeting

§ 308.

Rules of procedure and distribution

§ 309.

Business apparatus

§ 310.

Evidence Centre

§ 311.

Activity report

2. Section
Responsibility and procedures

1. Subsection
General provisions

§ 312.

Jurisdiction

§ 313.

Information obligation

§ 314.

Loadings

§ 315.

Delivery

§ 316.

Explicit negotiations before the Bundesvergabeamt

§ 317.

Implementation of the negotiation and adoption of the decision

§ 318.

Fees

§ 319.

Fee replacement

2. Subsection
Verification procedure

§ 320.

Opening of proceedings

§ 321.

Time limits for inspection applications

§ 322.

Content and admissibility of the application for verification

§ 323.

Notice of initiation of proceedings and negotiation

§ 324.

Parties to the review procedure

§ 325.

annulment of decisions of the contracting authority

§ 326.

Time to decide

§ 327.

Mutual penalties

3. Subsection
Sometimes available

§ 328.

Application

§ 329.

Preliminary Decree

§ 330.

Rules of procedure

4. Subsection
Identification procedure

§ 331.

Opening of proceedings

§ 332.

Content and admissibility of the application

§ 333.

Parties to the procedure

§ 334.

Identification of infringements

5. Part
Non-state control and civil law provisions

1. Main
Non-governmental control

§ 335.

Corrective mechanism and procedures of the Republic of Austria with the Commission

§ 336.

Certification procedure

§ 337.

Non-governmental mediation

2. Main
Civil law provisions

§ 338.

Claims for compensation

§ 339.

Resale right of the contracting authority

§ 340.

Relationship with other legislation

§ 341.

Responsibility and procedures

§ 342.

The effect of an initial knowledge on the contract concluded

§ 343.

Rules on arbitration

6. Part
Criminal, final and transitional provisions

§ 344.

Criminal provisions

§ 345.

In-power-Tretens, Extra-power-Tretens and Transitional Rules

§ 346.

Adoption and in-power concerns of regulations

§ 347.

wendbar of the provisions of this federal law

§ 348.

Convention on public procurement

§ 349.

Background

§ 350.

Reference, personal names

§ 351.

Reference to acts of the European Community

Annex I:

List of activities according to the General Systematics of the Business Sectors according to Section 4 Z 1

Annex II:

Contracts for construction under § 3(2). 2

Annex III:

Priority services

Annex IV:

Non-Priority Services

Annex V:

List of central contracting authorities in accordance with the § 12(2). 1 Z 1 and paragraphs. 2 Z 1, 44(2) Z 1

Annex VI:

List of § 12(2). 1 Z 1 Products in the field of defence

Annex VII:

List of relevant professional and commercial registers or Certificates and declarations in accordance with the provisions of Article 71(2). 1 Z 1 and 72 paragraphs. 2 Z 1

Annex VIII:

Information provided in the notices in accordance with Articles 46, 53, 54, 61, 136 and 158. 3

Annex IX:

The call for competition in accordance with Section 213(2). 1 Z 1 and the Notice under § 290(2). 3 information to be found

Annex X:

Notice on the existence of an audit system in accordance with § 215 information to be found

Annex XI:

In the regular non-binding notice provided for in Section 214, notice on a source profile that does not serve as a call for competition

Annex XII:

Information to be entered in the notice on contracts awarded and completed framework agreements pursuant to Section 217

Annex XIII:

The notice of competitions in accordance with § 207. 1 Z 2 information to be found

Annex XIV:

Information to be published on the results of competitions

Annex XV:

Model for the notice of award procedures in the sub-wave area

Annex XVI:

Characteristics for publication

Annex XVII:

Requirements for devices for the receipt of electronically transmitted data relating to a procurement procedure

Annex XVIII:

List of Community rules in accordance with § 179. 2 Z 1

Annex XIX:

Fees for the use of the Bundesvergabeamt

1. Part

Rules and definitions

Regulatory object

§ 1. (1) This federal law regulates in particular:

1.

procurement procedures (procurement procedures) in the public sector, which are the award of public works, supply and service contracts, as well as the award of works and service concession contracts by contracting authorities, the execution of competitions by contracting authorities, the award of works contracts to third parties by contracting authorities who are not contracting authorities and the award of certain works and services contracts which are not awarded by contracting authorities, but which are subsidised by these subventions (2).

2.

the procedures for the procurement of services (procurement) in the sector, which are the award of supply, construction and service contracts by sector-contractors, the award of contracts for construction and services by sector-contractors and the implementation of competition by sector-contractors (3rd part),

3.

the legal protection relating to procurement procedures within the meaning of the 1 and 2, which fall within the scope of the federal division (4th part), and

4.

the procedure in relation to non-state control of procurement procedures and certain civil consequences (5. part).

(2) Includes one of the activities for which the procurement of the service is carried out, Part of this federal law, but the other activities are the provisions of the 2. Part of this federal law, and it is objectively not possible to determine which activity is the main object of the contract, the award procedure is in accordance with the provisions of the 2. implement parts of this federal law.

(3) The choice between the award of a single contract and the award of several separate contracts must not be made with the aim of circumventing the application of this federal law.

Definition provisions

§ 2. The scope of this federal law is based on the following definitions:

1.

Change offer is a bid for a bidder, which, in view of the tendered performance, includes a mere minor technical but equivalent change, such as the material choice, usually at position level, which, however, does not differ in such a large extent as an alternative offer.

2.

Alternatives is a bid for an alternative bidder service proposal.

3.

Offer is the statement of a tenderer to provide a certain performance against remuneration in accordance with defined conditions.

4.

Supply is each separate part of a multi-part offer (such as independent documents, statements, documents, independent files).

5.

Supply is that part of the offer which must include at least the following information:

(a)

name (company, business name) and seat of the bidder; at working groups the designation of a representative responsible for the conclusion and resolution of the award procedure and the contract, indicating his address;

(b)

the electronic address of the body entitled to receive the mail;

(c)

the total price or the offer price with an indication of the extent of all reasonable discounts and surcharges and, if the award was intended in parts or for parts of the same variants, the total price or partial offer prices as well as the offer price of variants;

(d)

at variable prices – if not the corresponding ÖMen has been declared applicable – the rules and conditions that allow for a clear price conversion

(e)

alternative or change offer prices; and

(f)

the supply table.

6.

Table of supply is the full list of other supply elements that are open or submitted separately to the bidder.

7.

Working group is a merger of several entrepreneurs who, without prejudice to the other provisions of the internal conditions between them, commit themselves to the contracting authority in a spirit of solidarity in order to provide a service in the field of equal or different disciplines.

8.

Contracting authorities is each of the legal entities who have a contract to a contractor for the provision of services for remuneration.

9.

Contractors is each entrepreneur who agrees to provide the contracting authority with a performance against remuneration.

10.

Call for tender is the declaration of the contracting authority to a certain or indefinite number of entrepreneurs, in which it establishes what performance it wishes to obtain (licensibility, call for competition, tendering, competition and auction documents, description of the needs and requirements of the competitive dialogue).

11.

Building is the result of a total of deep and high building works, which, by its very nature, is designed to perform an economic or technical function.

12.

Candidates is an entrepreneur or a group of entrepreneurs who want to participate in a procurement procedure, which has been shown by a request for participation or a requirement or a call for tender documents.

13.

tenderers is an entrepreneur or a group of entrepreneurs who have submitted an offer.

14.

Community of tenderers is a merger between several entrepreneurs for the purpose of creating a common offer.

15.

Electric is a process in which electronic devices are used for processing (including digital compression) and storage of data and are transmitted, transmitted and received via radio, optical processes or other electromagnetic processes.

16.

Decision is any establishment of a contracting authority in the award procedure.

(a)

The following decisions, which are visible outside:

(a)

open procedure: tendering; other provisions during the supply period; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

bb)

in the non-open procedure with prior notice or prior call for competition: the tender procedure (requirement to submit a request for participation); non-participation; call for tender; other provisions during the supply period; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

cc)

in the non-open procedure without prior notice or without prior call for competition: the call for tender; other provisions during the supply period; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

(d)

in the negotiation procedure with prior notice or prior call for competition: the tender procedure (requirement to submit a request for participation); non-participation; call for tender; other provisions during the negotiation phase or during the supply period; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

ee)

in the negotiation procedure without prior notice or without prior call for competition: the call for tender; other provisions during the negotiation phase or during the supply period; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

ff)

open competition: tendering; revocation decision; decision on the allocation of price or payments or non-authorisation to participate in subsequent negotiation proceedings;

gg)

in the non-open competition: tendering; non-authorisation for participation; revocation decision; decision on the allocation of the price or payment or non-authorisation to participate in subsequent negotiations;

(h)

in the charged competition: the competition documents; the withdrawal decision; the decision on the allocation of the price or payment or non-authorisation to participate in the subsequent negotiation process;

ii)

under Article 25(2) of the Framework Agreement. 7: regarding the procedure leading to the conclusion of the Framework Agreement, the separate contestable decisions in accordance with sublita), bb, dd) or ee, with the exception of the award decision; the decision with which entrepreneur or entrepreneur should conclude the Framework Agreement; in a framework agreement concluded with several entrepreneurs, which is a new call for competition; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

(j)

in the framework agreement pursuant to § 192. 7: concerning the procedure leading to the conclusion of the Framework Agreement, the separate contestable decisions in accordance with sublita) to ee) or n, with the exception of the award decision; decision by which entrepreneur or entrepreneur should conclude the framework agreement; the revocation decision; the award decision;

kk)

in dynamic procurement systems: in relation to the procedure leading to the completion of the dynamic procurement system, the separate contestable decisions in accordance with sublit.a) with the exception of the award decision; non-authorisation for participation; the separate call for tender; the withdrawal of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

ll)

competition dialogue: tendering; non-participation; call for participation; the non-respect of a solution in the dialogue phase; completion of the dialogue phase; the call for a tender, the exit of a tender; the revocation decision; the award decision;

mm)

in the test system: the tendering process; the rejection of the application for inclusion in the test system; the communication on the intended qualification withdrawal;

n)

for direct award: the choice of the award procedure.

(b)

Non-recoverable decisions are all the other decisions that can be invoked in advance. They can only be challenged in the following separate request for review against them.

17.

European technical approval is a positive technical assessment of the suitability of a product with regard to the fulfilment of the essential requirements of construction facilities; it is based on the specific characteristics of the product and the specified conditions of application and use. The European technical approval is granted by an organisation approved for this purpose by a contracting party to the EEA Agreement.

18.

Intellectual services are services that do not necessarily lead to the same result because their essential content is in the solution of a task by providing mental work. For such services, its kind is a target or task description, but not a clear and complete description of the performance (constructive performance description).

19.

Common technical specification is a technical specification developed in accordance with a procedure recognised by the contracting parties to the EEA Agreement and published in the Official Journal of the European Communities.

20.

Criteria:

(a)

Selection criteria are the criteria set by the contracting authority in the order of its importance, which are not discriminatory, adapted to the content of the service, to which the quality of the candidates is judged and the selection in the open procedure with prior notice or notice. after previous call for competition, in the negotiation process with prior notice or notice. after previous call for competition, non-open competition or competition dialogue.

(b)

Assessment criteria are the non-discriminatory criteria defined by the contracting authority in the order of its importance, according to which the price court takes its decisions in the event of competition.

(c)

Fitness criteria are the minimum requirements imposed by the contracting authority, which are not discriminatory, on the content of the service, to the candidates or tenderers who are to be designated in accordance with the provisions of this federal law.

(d)

award criteria or Award criterion

(a)

when choosing the most technically and economically advantageous tender, the criteria defined by the contracting authority in relation to or exceptionally in the order of its importance, non-discriminatory and contract-related criteria, which determine the most technically and economically advantageous offer, such as quality, price, technical value, aesthetics, usefulness, environment, operating costs, profitability, after-sales service and technical assistance, timing and delivery or delivery. period of execution, or

bb)

is the lowest price when choosing the offer.

21.

Solution as a result of a competitive dialogue by a participant in the dialogue, the non-binding presentation of the means to meet the needs and requirements of the contracting authority, which is the subject of discussions between the participant and the contracting authority.

22.

Network termination is the overallity of physical connections and technical access specifications, which are part of the public telecommunications network and necessary for access to this network and efficient communication through this network.

23.

Standard is a technical specification adopted by a recognised standardisation body for repeated or continuous application, but its compliance is not mandatory and falls within one of the following categories:

(a)

European Standard: Standard adopted by a European standardisation body and accessible to the public.

(b)

International Standard: Standard adopted by an international standardisation body and accessible to the public.

(c)

National Standard: Standard adopted by a national standardisation body and accessible to the public.

24.

Public telecommunications services telecommunications services which have expressly entrusted the contracting parties to the EEA Agreement to one or more telecommunications organisations.

25.

Public telecommunications network is the public telecommunications infrastructure, which allows signals to be transmitted between defined network termination points via wire, via indicative radio, to optical or other electromagnetic pathways.

26.

Price:

(a)

Offer price (fund) is the sum of total price and VAT (civil price).

(b)

Single price is the price for uniting a unit of a unit that is in pieces, time, mass or other units of measurement.

(c)

Fixed price is the price which remains unchanged for the agreed period when changes to the price bases (such as collective wages, material prices, social costs).

(d)

Total price is the sum of position prices (percentage price or flat price) taking into account all reasonable discounts and surcharges. The total price is the "degelt" within the meaning of the VAT Act 1994 and forms the basis for measuring VAT.

(e)

flat price is the price indicated for a total or partial power in an amount.

(f)

Government price is the price of a unit (e.g. power generation or unit), which is calculated according to actual effort.

(g)

Price changes is the price that can be modified when changing agreed foundations.

27.

Price supply procedures is the procedure in which bidders, on the basis of the tender documents, announce the prices of services described by the contracting authority in their bids.

28.

Price and discount procedures is the procedure in which, in addition to the services described above, the contracting authority also announces reference prices, on which the tenderers indicate in their bids, usually in percentage terms, surcharges or discounts.

29.

Text means any presentation of words and numbers that can be read, reproduced and communicated. This may also include electronically transmitted and stored information. If the requirement of writing is provided in this federal law, this requirement will also be met by electronic means.

30.

Safe electronic signature is an electronic signature that meets the requirements of § 2 Z 3 of the Signature Law (SigG), BGBl. I No 190/1999.

31.

Safe chains is the link between a supply element in electronic form with the main part of the offer by registering the respective file name and the Hash values formed by this file in the supply index and subsequent secure electronic signature of the supply part.

32.

Ensuring:

(a)

Vadium ensures that the bidder withdraws from its offer during the award period, or that the tenderer does not give rise to any significant deficiencies, despite the request of the contracting authority.

(b)

Deposit deposit ensures that a contracting party violates specific obligations set out in the Treaty.

(c)

Reduction of cover is a guarantee against overpayments (calculations or payment according to plan), which are based on almost identified benefits. In addition, the reinsurance is a guarantee for the performance of the contract by the contractor, unless it is secured by a deposit.

(d)

Reduction of liability ensures that the contractor does not meet the obligations of guaranteeing or claiming damages.

33.

Technical reference size is any reference framework that is not an official standard and developed by the European standards bodies in accordance with the procedures adapted to the needs of the market.

34.

Technical specifications:

(a)

Technical specifications in the case of works contracts, all technical requirements relating, in particular, to a building power, a material, a product or a delivery that allows the construction, material, product or delivery to be designated in such a way that they meet their intended use as defined by the contracting authority. These technical requirements include environmental performance levels, design for all requirements (including access for people with disabilities) and conformity assessment, user-fitness, safety or dimensions, including quality assurance procedures, terminology, terminology, symbols, testing and testing methods, packaging, labelling and user instructions, and production processes and methods. In addition, the rules for planning and calculation of buildings, the conditions for the examination, inspection and acceptance of buildings, the design methods or procedures and all other technical requirements that the contracting authority is able to specify for finished buildings or the materials or parts that are necessary for them by general or specific regulations.

(b)

Technical specifications specifications contained in a document specifying the characteristics of a product or service, such as quality levels, environmental performance levels, design for all requirements (including access to persons with disabilities), conformity assessment, usage, safety or dimensions of the product, including the rules on sales designation, terminology, testing and testing procedures, packaging, labelling, instructions, production processes and methods of conformity assessment.

35.

Telecommunications services services consisting of all or part of the transmission and transmission of signals on the telecommunications network through telecommunications procedures, with the exception of broadcasting and television.

36.

Entrepreneurs are legal entities such as natural or legal persons, public bodies or associations of such persons and/or entities, trade law companies, registered acquisition companies or employment and tendering groups offering construction services, the delivery of goods or the provision of services on the market.

37.

Non-binding declaration on performance is the non-binding statement by an entrepreneur to provide a specific performance under a dynamic procurement system against remuneration.

38.

Variantens is an offer based on a tender option from the contracting authority.

39.

Related companies is each company whose annual accounts pursuant to Section 228 of the Commercial Code, dRGBl. S 219/1897, which is consolidated by the contracting authority, concessionaires, candidates or tenderers; in the case of contracting authorities, concessionaires, candidates or tenderers that are not covered by this provision, associated companies are affiliated to those who, directly or indirectly, may exercise a dominant influence on the contracting authority, concessionaire, candidate or tenderer, or who may exercise a dominant influence on the contracting authority, candidate or tenderer, as well as the contracting authority, the concessionaire, candidate or the bidder's dominant influence of another company, whether it is based on the basic conditions or other provisions applicable to the undertaking. A dominant influence is to be presumed if a company directly or indirectly owns the majority of the subscribed capital of another company, or has a majority of the voting rights associated with the share of another company, or can order more than half of the members of the administrative, management or supervisory body of another company.

40.

Public procurement authorities are the federal and state authorities responsible for controlling the award of contracts under this federal law.

41.

Managing body is the organisational unit or representative of the contracting authority who or the contracting authority implementing the procurement procedure.

42.

Position is the description of a performance provided by the contracting authority as part of a standard version.

43.

Essential requirements are requirements relating to safety, health and other important aspects of general interest, which must satisfy the benefits.

44.

Withdrawal decision is the non-binding declaration of intent to withdraw a tender procedure.

45.

Declaration of withdrawal (Vienna Call) is the contracting authority’s statement issued to entrepreneurs, a award procedure without award or award. to end without identifying the winner(s) or the participant(s).

46.

Time stamping service is a certificate that meets the requirements of § 2 Z 12 SigG.

47.

Central purchasing body is a contracting authority,

(a)

purchases of certain goods or services for contracting authorities

(b)

Contracts or Framework Agreements on construction, delivery or services for contracting authorities.

48.

Additional decision is the non-binding declaration of intent issued to bidders, which is to be issued to tenderers.

49.

Grant allocation (additional) is the written declaration issued to the bidder to accept its offer.

2. Part

Public procurement procedures

1. Main

Scope, principles

1. Section

Personal scope

contracting authorities and others to apply provisions
This federal law obliges contracting authorities

§ 3. (1) This federal law applies except its 3. Parts for the procurement procedures of contracting authorities (hereinafter: contracting authorities)

1.

the federal government, the countries, municipalities and community associations,

2.

Facilities

(a)

for the particular purpose of meeting tasks in the general interest which are not of a commercial nature; and

(b)

at least capable of participating; and

(c)

mostly financed by contracting authorities under Z 1 or other entities within the meaning of the C 2, or which are subject to supervision by the latter or whose administrative, management or supervisory body consists of majority members appointed by contracting authorities in accordance with Z 1 or other entities within the meaning of the C 2;

3.

associations consisting of one or more contracting authorities in accordance with Z 1 or 2.

(2) If contracting authorities in the upper threshold area of an institution that is not a contracting authority within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 is construction contracts for construction works in the sense of Annexes I or works contracts within the meaning of: Annexes II or, in conjunction with such works contracts, directly subsidise service contracts for more than 50 vH, the provisions of the 1., 2. and 4. to 6. Part of this federal law.

(3) If contracting authorities in the upper threshold area on behalf and for invoices of an institution that no contracting authority within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 is construction contracts for construction works in the sense of Annexes I or works contracts within the meaning of: Annexes II or service contracts awarded in conjunction with such works contracts which directly subsidise them to more than 50 vH, the provisions of the 1st, 2nd and 4th to 6. Part of this federal law.

(4) If contracting authorities of a body that is not a contracting authority within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 is and the works contracts will be awarded to third parties to grant a concession, the provisions of the § 142(2). 3, 143. 1, 3 and 4 and 145.

(5) If the contracting authority of a body that is not a contracting authority within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 is to recognise special or exclusive rights to carry out an activity of the public service area, the legal act on the recognition of this right must determine that, in the context of the award of supply contracts, the institution concerned shall be entitled to the principle of non-discrimination on grounds of nationality within the meaning of Article 19(1). 1 and 2.

2. Section

Types of contracts

Works

§ 4. Works contracts are pay-outs, the subject matter of the contract

1.

execution or simultaneous execution and planning of construction projects in relation to one of the Annex I or

2.

the execution of a building, or

3.

the provision of a construction service by third parties, in accordance with the requirements of the contracting authority, by whatever means,

is.

Delivery orders

§ 5. Delivery orders are pay-offs, the subject matter of purchase, leasing, rent, lease or purchase, with or without purchasing option, of goods, including by-products such as transfer and installation.

Services

§ 6. Services contracts are pay-outs that are not contracts for construction or supply and whose subject-matter is services within the meaning of Annexes III (prioritial service contracts) or IV (not priority services) are.

Construction concessions

§ 7. The concession contracts are contracts whose object of the contract is merely in so far as the compensation for construction services is exclusively in the right to use the building or in this right to pay a prize.

Services concession contracts

§ 8. Services concession contracts are contracts whose contract object of service contracts is only in so far as the countervailing for the provision of services is solely in the right to use the service or in that right to pay a prize.

Definitions

§ 9. (1) Paying contracts that cover both deliveries within the meaning of Section 5 and services within the meaning of Section 6 shall be considered as service contracts where the value of the services covered by the contract is higher than the total value of the goods. Otherwise, such contracts are considered as supply contracts.

(2) Paying contracts, both services within the meaning of Section 6 and works in the sense of Annexes I as ancillary work in relation to the main object of the contract shall be considered as service contracts.

(3) Orders to pay both priority services according to Annex III as well as non-privacy services according to Annex IV consist of priority service contracts when the value of the services according to the Annex III greater than that of the services provided by: Annex IV. Is the value of services according to Annex IV more than the one of the services according to Annex III, these contracts are considered as non-priority service contracts.

3. Section

exceptions to the scope

Public procurement procedures excluded from the scope of the law

§ 10. This federal law does not apply

1.

for procurement procedures which are declared secret on the basis of federal or national law provisions or whose implementation requires special security measures on the basis of federal or national provisions, or if the protection of essential security interests of the Republic of Austria is protected,

2.

for the supply of goods, for the provision of services and for the provision of construction services in the area of the Federal Ministry of Defence, to the species. 296 of the Treaty establishing the European Community (ECV),

3.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of the particular procedure of an international organisation;

4.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of an agreement concluded between the Republic of Austria and one or more third countries on supplies, works or services for a project to be jointly implemented or used by the contracting parties, with the Commission to notify the conclusion of any agreement;

5.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of an international agreement relating to the residence of troops relating to undertakings of a Member State of the Community or a third country;

6.

for service contracts awarded by a contracting authority to another contracting authority on the basis of an exclusive right which it has, on the basis of published legislation or administrative provisions compatible with the EC Treaty;

7.

for contracts that a contracting authority can provide through an institution;

(a)

over the supervision of the contracting authority as a separate service, and

(b)

which provides its services mainly for or for the contracting authority which owns its shares or from which it is composed;

8.

for contracts for the acquisition or rental of or rights of land or existing buildings or, inter alia, in relation to their financing arrangements, with the exception of contracts for financial services of any form which is concluded simultaneously, before or after the purchase or lease contract;

9.

for contracts for the purchase, development, production or co-production of programmes intended for broadcasting by broadcasters or broadcasters, as well as the broadcasting of consignments;

10.

for contracts for arbitration and mediation activities,

11.

for financial services relating to the issue, sale, purchase or transfer of securities or other financial instruments, in particular for transactions that serve the raising of funds or capital by contracting authorities, as well as for central bank services; for contracts on instruments of public credit policy,

12.

for employment contracts,

13.

for research and development services, except their results are exclusively the property of the contracting authority for its use in the exercise of its own activity and the services are fully paid by the contracting authority;

14.

for the procurement of construction, supply or services by contracting authorities of a central purchasing body, provided that the central purchasing body in the procurement of these construction, supply or services complies with the provisions of 2. Part of this federal law has respected,

15.

for the procurement of a central purchasing body by contracting authorities with the procurement of construction, delivery or services to these contracting authorities, provided that the central purchasing body is in the process of obtaining these construction, supply or services the provisions of 2. Part of this federal law,

16.

for public procurement procedures, which are mainly intended to enable the contracting authority to provide or operate public telecommunications networks or to provide one or more telecommunications services to the public;

17.

for the award of additional works which are neither provided for in the original concession or in the original concession contract, but which have become necessary due to unforeseen events to carry out the construction performance in the form described above and which the contracting authority is to the concessionaire, provided that the award is made to the entrepreneur who provides the relevant construction performance, provided that the total value of the additional construction services is not exceeded 50 vH of the original construction services covered by the concession, and either

(a)

a separation of these additional construction services from the original construction order in technical or economic terms is not possible without any substantial disadvantage for the contracting authority; or

(b)

a separation from the original construction order would be possible, but additional construction services are essential for improving it.

Services concession contracts

§ 11. This federal law applies with the exception of Article 3(2). 1, 8, 49, 335, 344 and 345. 1 to 3 not for the award of service concessions. Services concession contracts are by contracting authorities in accordance with Section 3(2). 1, having regard to the fundamental freedoms of Community law and to the prohibition of discrimination and, where necessary, on the basis of the value and object of the Treaty, is, in principle, awarded in a procedure with several entrepreneurs ensuring an adequate level of public interest and in accordance with the principles of free and fair competition. The award of service concession contracts in a formal-free procedure directly to a selected entrepreneur (direct award) is only allowed if the estimated value of services does not exceed 40 000 euro without VAT. § 3(2). 5 of this federal law must be applied in a meaningful manner when awarding service concession contracts.

4. Section

thresholds, calculation of estimated performance value

thresholds

§ 12. (1) Procedures by contracting authorities for awarding contracts shall be carried out in the upper threshold area if the estimated value of the contract without VAT is

1.

for supply and service contracts issued by: Annex V These contracting entities are awarded at least 154 000 euros – in the area of the Federal Ministry of Defence, this applies only to supply contracts relating to goods in Annex VI are mentioned;

2.

at least €236 000 for all other supply and service contracts;

3.

for public works contracts and construction concession contracts at least 5 923 000 euros.

(2) Competitions of contracting entities shall take place in the upper threshold area if, in the event of real-time competition, the estimated value of the service contract without VAT taking into account any price and payments to participants or to pay. the sum of the prize money and payments to the participants

1.

at Annex V these contracting entities are at least € 154 000;

2.

at least 236 000 euros in other than those mentioned in Z 1.

(3) Procedures of contracting authorities for the award of contracts shall be carried out in the lower threshold area if the estimated value of the contract without VAT is lower. 1 above amounts not reached. Competitions will take place in the lower threshold area if the estimated value of the contract is calculated on the basis of the price and payments or the sum of the prize money and payments to the participants in paragraph. 2 above.

General provisions on the calculation of the estimated order value

§ 13. (1) The basis for calculating the estimated value of a public contract is the total value without VAT, which the contracting authority is expected to pay. This calculation will take into account the estimated total value of all the services belonging to the project, including all options and possible contract extensions.

(2) If the contracting authority imposes premiums or payments to candidates or tenderers, it must take them into account when calculating the estimated order value.

(3) The estimated value of the duty to be charged without VAT is to be determined by the contracting authority before the award procedure is implemented. The date of the opening of the award procedure by the contracting authority is decisive for the investigation. In the case of tendering procedures with prior notice, this is the time of sending the notice in accordance with § 46, and the first foreign-style definition of the award procedure without prior notice.

(4) A public procurement project may not be split to circumvent the application of the provisions of this federal law.

(5) The choice of the method of calculation applied must not pursue the purpose of circumventing the application of the provisions of this federal law.

Calculation of the estimated contract value for construction orders and concession contracts

§ 14. (1) Where a construction project is made from several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, it is as an estimated value of the total value of all these lots. As lots within the meaning of this federal law, commercial activities shall also apply in the sense of Annexes I (works).

(2) In calculating the estimated value of works contracts or concession contracts, in addition to the value of the works, the estimated total value of all goods or services necessary for the performance of the construction services is to be provided by the contractor. The value of the goods or services that are not necessary for the execution of a particular works contract may not be added, in particular, to the value of this contract, to the effect that the provisions of this federal law will be circumscribed for the purchase of these goods or services.

(3) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 3 above threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the upper threshold area for the award of all lots. This does not apply to those lots whose estimated value of the contract without VAT is less than 1 million euros, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. The provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the sub-wave area.

(4) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 3 above threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the sub-wave area for the award of all lots. The choice of the procedure for awarding contracts in the lower threshold area is considered an estimated value of the value of each unit.

Calculation of the estimated order value for supply contracts

§ 15. (1) For leasing, rent, lease or purchase of advice, it is estimated that:

1.

for fixed-term contracts with a duration of not more than 12 months of the estimated total amount of fees expected during the duration of the contract;

2.

for fixed-term contracts with a duration of more than 12 months of the estimated total amount of fees expected during the duration of the contract, including the estimated residual value;

3.

in the case of fixed-term contracts or in the case of unclear duration, the 48 times of the expected monthly fee.

(2) In case of regular recurring orders or permanent contracts, it is estimated to be either

1.

the actual total value of the corresponding successive contracts in the previous financial and/or financial year or in the previous twelve months, if possible taking into account the likely changes in quantities or costs during the following twelve months following the initial contract; or

2.

the estimated total value of the successive contracts, which during the first delivery of the following twelve months or of the following financial and/or financial services: In so far as this is more than twelve months, the financial year will be awarded.

(3) Where a delivery is made from the procurement of similar supplies in several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, the value of the estimated total value of all these lots is to be set.

(4) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 1 or 2 thresholds, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of supply contracts in the upper threshold area for all lots. This is not the case for those lots whose estimated value without VAT is less than 80 000 euros, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. For the award of these lots, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of sub-densed supply contracts.

(5) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 1 or 2 thresholds, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of supply contracts in the sub-wave area for the award of all lots. Lose, whose value without VAT is less than 40 000 euros, can be awarded through direct award unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 40 vH of the cumulative value of all lots.

Calculation of the estimated order value for service contracts

§ 16. (1) For contracts on the following services, it is estimated that:

1.

the insurance premium and other charges for insurance benefits;

2.

charges, commissions and interest and other comparable remuneration for banking services and other financial services;

3.

in the case of contracts with planning services, fees, commissions and other similar remunerations.

(2) In the case of service contracts for which no total price is indicated, an estimated value is to be set:

1.

for fixed-term contracts with a maximum duration of 48 months of the estimated total value for the duration of the contract;

2.

for permanent contracts or contracts with a duration of more than 48 months, the 48 times of the monthly fee to be paid.

(3) In case of regular recurring orders or permanent contracts, it is estimated to be either

1.

the actual total value of the corresponding successive contracts in the previous financial and/or financial year or in the previous twelve months, if possible taking into account the likely changes in quantities or costs during the following twelve months following the initial contract; or

2.

the estimated total value of the successive contracts, which during the twelve months after the first service provision, or the financial or financial contribution to the first service provision. In so far as this is more than twelve months, the financial year will be awarded.

(4) Where a service is provided from the provision of similar services in several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, the value of the estimated total value of all these lots is to be set.

(5) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 1 or 2 thresholds, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the upper threshold area for the award of all lots. This is not the case for those lots whose estimated value without VAT is less than 80 000 euros, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. For the award of these lots, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the lower threshold area.

(6) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 12. 1 Z 1 or 2 thresholds, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the sub-wave area for the award of all lots. Lose, whose value without VAT is less than 40 000 euros, can be awarded through direct award unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 40 vH of the cumulative value of all lots.

calculation of the estimated order value of framework agreements and
dynamic procurement systems

§ 17. The estimated value of a framework agreement or a dynamic procurement system is the total value of all contracts that are expected to be awarded on the basis of this framework agreement or this dynamic procurement system.

Change of thresholds or devalues

§ 18. The Federal Chancellor can be replaced by Regulation instead of the 1 and 2, 14 paragraph. 3, 15 paragraphs. 4 and 5, 16 paragraphs. 5 and 6, 37, 38, 41(2) Z 1, 53 paragraphs 4, 78, 125 paragraphs 5, 126 (1) and 141(2). 3 set thresholds or lots, to the extent that Austrian obligations under international law require this, or this is necessary or permitted under Community law, or this is appropriate for the purpose of a uniform procedure when awarding contracts, to set other thresholds or lots.

5. Section

Principles of the award procedure and general provisions

Principles of the award procedure

§ 19. (1) Public procurement procedures must be carried out in accordance with the principles of free and fair competition and equal treatment of all candidates and tenderers, in accordance with the procedures laid down in this federal law. The award has to be made to competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs at reasonable prices.

(2) Different treatment of candidates and tenderers on grounds of nationality or origin of goods remains prohibited. 1.

(3) In the implementation of procurement procedures, a territorial restriction or a restriction on participation in individual professions, although other operators also have the right to provide the service is prohibited.

(4) Procedures for awarding contracts and implementing competitions are only to be carried out if the intention is to bring performance to the award. The contracting authority is not obliged to terminate an award procedure by awarding the contract.

(5) In the award procedure, attention must be paid to the environmental fairness of performance. This can be done in particular by taking into account environmental aspects in the description of performance, in determining technical specifications or by setting specific award criteria with ecological reference.

(6) The award procedure may take into account the employment of women, persons in the field of training, long-term unemployed, people with disabilities and older workers, as well as measures to implement other social policy issues. This can be done in particular by taking into account such aspects in the description of performance, in the definition of technical specifications, by setting specific award criteria or by establishing conditions in the performance contract.

General provisions on candidates and tenderers

§ 20. (1) Candidates or tenderers established in the territory of another contracting party to the EEA Agreement and which are subject to a recognition or equivalence procedure in accordance with the Articles 373c, 373d and 373 of the Commercial Regulation 1994 (GewO 1994), BGBl. No 194, carry out or certify according to § 1(1). 4 of the EEA Regulation, BGBl. No. 694/1995, or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Engineering Decree, BGBl. No. 695/1995, which must be sought, have to submit the relevant applications as soon as possible. The decision to grant the recognition or acceptance of the equivalence or to confirm it in accordance with the EEA Regulation or the EEA Technical Regulation must be available at the latest at the time of the award decision. Before the end of the supply period, you have to prove that they have submitted an application in accordance with the aforementioned legislation.

(2) Working groups and tendering groups may submit offers or applications for participation, unless, for reasons of fact, the tender has been declared inadmissible for the participation or formation of working or tendering groups. The contracting authority may also, for reasons of fact, provide for a disproportionate restriction of the number of members or the composition of working or tendering groups. The contracting authority may not oblige working or tendering parties to adopt a specific legal form for the purpose of a bid or a request for participation. However, the contracting authority may require a working or tenderer community to adopt a certain legal form when it has been awarded the contract, provided that this is necessary for the proper execution of the contract. Working groups and tendering communities are as such partyable to assert their rights under this federal law. In the non-open procedure and in the negotiation process, the requested candidates have to inform the contracting authority of the formation of a tenderer or working group before the end of the half-term offer period. In the case of procurement of bidders as a working group, the contracting authority will provide solidarity.

(3) Without prejudice to the paragraph. 2 may not be rejected by candidates or tenderers who are entitled to provide the service in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty of the EEA, in which they are established, solely because they would have to be either a natural or legal person under Austrian law.

(4) In the case of contracts involving services or works such as the transfer and installation, candidates or tenderers who are not natural persons may, however, be obliged to indicate in their offer or in their application for participation, the names and professional qualifications of those natural persons responsible for the provision of the service concerned.

(5) Entrepreneurs who were directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the documents relating to the award procedure, as well as those associated companies, as far as their participation would be excluded from fair and fair competition, shall be excluded from participation in the award procedure for performance unless their participation in justified exceptional cases cannot be waived.

reservations on contracts for protected workshops or inclusive establishments

§ 21. (1) Contracting authorities may, in the case of procurement procedures, provide that only protected workshops or inclusive establishments in which the majority of workers are persons with disabilities who, on the basis of the nature or gravity of their disability, may participate under normal conditions or that the provision of such contracts is reserved for such workshops or establishments.

(2) If a notice is made pursuant to § 46, it is based on an all-prone restriction of the local loop or a restriction of the managerial entity in accordance with paragraph 4. 1.

General provisions on the award of benefits and partial benefits

§ 22. (1) Services can be awarded jointly or separately. A separate award may take place in local or temporal terms, in terms of quantity and type of performance or in terms of services of various craft and commercial sectors or disciplines. Economic or technical aspects, such as the need for uniform execution and a clear guarantee, are essential for the total or separate award of services.

(2) A contract in parts of a tendered total power is inadmissible as well as a mere reservation of all relevant subcontracting. In order to preserve the possibility of awarding in parts, both the total performance and the parts of the service that can be awarded separately. In this case, the bidder is also able to offer only individual of these parts of the service.

Confidentiality of documents relating to a procurement procedure, rights of exploitation

§ 23. (1) Contracting authorities, candidates and tenderers must respect the confidential nature of all the information relating to the contracting authority and the candidates and tenderers and their documents.

(2) Unless otherwise provided in this federal law, contracting authorities may not transmit any information transmitted to them by entrepreneurs and disclosed by such confidential information. This relates in particular to technical secrets, operational secrets and confidential aspects of offers.

(3) In so far as intellectual property rights or confidentiality interests are violated, both the contracting authority and the candidates or tenderers may use or pass on to third parties drafts, models, samples, designs, samples, computer programs and the same only with their explicit consent.

(4) The contracting authority may be reserved to recover certain plans, drawings, designs, models, samples, patterns, computer programs and the same for which no remuneration has been requested.

(5) The candidates or tenderers may be reserved to claim to claim, in the event that they are not awarded the contract, the provision of these special preparations and plans, drawings, designs, models, samples, designs, samples, computer programs and the equivalent for which no remuneration is provided. The same applies to special preparations for alternative offers, of which no use is made.

General provisions on price

§ 24. (1) The price is to be created according to the price offer or after the price discount and discount procedure. In principle, according to the price offer procedure, it is necessary to offer and propose. The price and discount procedure is only allowed in exceptional cases to be justified.

(2) The type of price can be a single price, a flat price or a government price.

(3) To unit prices, it is necessary to offer and propose when a performance according to type and quality can be determined at least approximate.

(4) At flat-rate prices, it is necessary to offer and to propose if the nature, quality and scope of a performance as well as the circumstances under which it is to be provided are sufficiently well known at the time of the tender and it is not expected to change during execution.

(5) The award of the award is only to be carried out if the nature, quality and extent of the performance or the circumstances under which it is to be provided are not as accurately as possible, that a single or flat-rate award is possible and can only be counted after the actual hourly or material effort.

(6) Single, flat-rate and government prices can be fixed or variable prices.

(7) At fixed prices, it is necessary to offer and to propose, if the contracting parties do not create inaccurate uncertainties through long-term contracts or by price-adjusted cost shares subject to a strong price weakening. In this case, it is necessary to impose, offer and propose variable prices. The period of validity of fixed prices must in principle not exceed the duration of 12 months.

2. Main

Species and choice of award procedures

1. Section

Types of procurement procedures

Types of procurement procedures

§ 25. (1) The award of contracts for services has to be carried out through an open procedure, an open procedure, a negotiated procedure, a framework agreement, a dynamic procurement system, a competitive dialogue or direct award.

(2) In the open procedure, an unlimited number of entrepreneurs are publicly requested to charge offers.

(3) In the non-open procedure with prior notice, after a limited number of entrepreneurs have been publicly requested to submit applications for participation, selected candidates are invited to submit offers.

(4) In the non-open procedure without prior notice, a limited number of suitable entrepreneurs are invited to submit offers.

(5) In the negotiation procedure with prior notice, after a limited number of entrepreneurs have been publicly requested to submit applications for participation, selected candidates are invited to submit offers. Subsequently, negotiations can be made on the entire content of the contract.

(6) In the negotiation procedure without prior notice, a limited number of suitable entrepreneurs are invited to submit offers. Subsequently, negotiations can be made on the entire content of the contract.

(7) A framework agreement is an agreement without a take-over obligation between one or more contracting authorities and one or more entrepreneurs aiming to define the terms and conditions for the contracts to be awarded during a certain period, in particular as regards the envisaged price and, where appropriate, the amount envisaged. On the basis of a framework agreement, a performance of a party to the Framework Agreement with or without a renewed call for competition is referred to.

(8) A dynamic procurement system is a fully electronic process for the procurement of services that meet the requirements of the contracting authority, generally available on the market. In a dynamic procurement system, an unlimited number of entrepreneurs are invited to make non-binding declarations on the provision of services and all appropriate entrepreneurs who have made permitted declarations to provide services are admitted to participate in the system. In a dynamic procurement system, after a separate call for a supply levy, the performance will depend on a participant in the dynamic procurement system.

(9) In the competitive dialogue, the contracting authority, after a limited number of entrepreneurs have been invited to submit applications for participation, will conduct a dialogue with selected candidates on all aspects of the contract. The aim of the dialogue is to identify one or more solutions or solutions corresponding to the needs and requirements of the contracting authority, on the basis of which or basis the respective candidates are invited to submit their bid.

(10) In the case of direct award, a performance will be paid directly by a selected entrepreneur.

Types of competition

§ 26. (1) Competitions can be carried out as ideas competitions or real-life competitions.

(2) Ideas contests are exaggeration procedures that serve to give the contracting authority, in particular in the fields of spatial planning, urban planning, architecture and construction, advertising or processing of data, a plan or planning, whose or their selection by a price court on the basis of comparative assessment with or without distribution of prices.

(3) Implementing competitions are competitions in which, following the implementation of an exaggeration procedure within the meaning of the paragraph. 2 a negotiated procedure for the award of a service contract in accordance with § 30(2). 2 Z 6 will be implemented.

(4) The conduct of competitions has to be carried out through an open, open or charged competition.

(5) In the open competition, the Auslober is calling for a limited number of entrepreneurs and individuals to submit competitive works.

(6) In the case of non-open competition, after a limited number of entrepreneurs and individuals have been publicly asked to submit applications for participation, competition participants selected by the Auslober are invited to submit competitive works.

(7) In the competition charged, the Auslober will immediately request a limited number of suitable competitors to submit competitive works.

2. Section

Selection of award procedures in the upper and lower threshold area

Election of the open and open procedure with prior notice

§ 27. The contracting authorities can freely choose between the open procedure and the non-open procedure with prior notice when awarding contracts.

Election of the negotiating procedure for works contracts

§ 28. (1) Contracts for construction can be awarded in the negotiated procedure after prior notice if:

1.

in the context of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of a competitive dialogue carried out, no regular offers or only offers which are unacceptable under the provisions of this federal law and the original conditions for the works contract are not fundamentally modified, or

2.

it is construction services that are carried out exclusively for research, experimental or development purposes and not with the aim of ensuring profitability or covering research and development costs; or

3.

These are construction services that do not allow a prior global pricing for their nature or because of the risks associated with the provision of services.

In the case of Z 1, the notice may be taken away if the contracting authority enters into the relevant negotiation procedure only those authorised, reliable and efficient entrepreneurs whose offers do not take place during the previous open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of the previous competition dialogue pursuant to § 129. 1 Z 1 was removed and the offers submitted to meet the requirements of Articles 106 to 110 and 113 to 115.

(2) Works contracts can be awarded without prior notice in the negotiation procedure if:

1.

within the framework of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice, no offer or no application for participation has been made in accordance with this federal law, the original terms of the works contract are not fundamentally changed and a report will be submitted to the Commission if it wishes to do so, or

2.

the works contract for technical or artistic reasons or for the protection of exclusive rights can only be executed by a particular entrepreneur; or

3.

Urgent, compelling reasons that are not to be attributed to the conduct of the contracting authority in connection with events that the contracting authority could not anticipate, do not allow it to be allowed in the open procedure, in the open procedure with prior notice or in accordance with paragraph. comply with a set of time limits, or

4.

additional construction services which are neither provided for in the draft underlying the award or in the original works contract, but which are not necessary due to unforeseen events for the execution of the works contract described therein, provided that the contract is awarded to the entrepreneur who performs the first contract, the total value of the additional works does not exceed 50 vH of the value of the original works contract, and either

(a)

a separation of these additional construction services from the original construction order in technical or economic terms is not possible without any substantial disadvantage for the contracting authority; or

(b)

a separation from the original construction order would be possible, but the additional construction services are essential for its completion; or

5.

new construction services consist of repetition of similar works, and

(a)

the contract of the same contracting authority to the contractor already awarded the original contract,

(b)

the original contract was awarded in open or open proceedings with prior notice;

(c)

the construction services correspond to a basic design and this draft was the subject of the original contract,

(d)

the possibility of applying such a negotiated procedure in the first tender,

(e)

award within three years of completion of the original contract; and

(f)

the total order value envisaged for the continuation of the construction services in the calculation of the estimated order value.

Election of the negotiated procedure for supply contracts

§ 29. (1) Delivery orders can be awarded in the negotiated procedure after prior notice if:

1.

in the context of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of a competitive dialogue carried out, there have been no regular offers or only offers which are unacceptable under the provisions of this federal law and the original conditions for the delivery order have not been radically changed, or

2.

These are deliveries that do not allow a prior global pricing, either after or because of the risks associated with the provision of services.

In the case of Z 1, the notice may be taken away if the contracting authority enters into the relevant negotiation procedure only those authorised, reliable and efficient entrepreneurs whose offers do not take place during the previous open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of the previous competition dialogue pursuant to § 129. 1 Z 1 was removed and the offers submitted to meet the requirements of Articles 106 to 110 and 113 to 115.

(2) Delivery orders can be awarded without prior notice in the negotiation procedure if:

1.

in the context of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice, no offer or no application for participation has been made in accordance with this federal law, which does not fundamentally change the original terms of the delivery order and will be submitted to the Commission if it wishes to do so, or

2.

the supply order for technical or artistic reasons or for the protection of exclusive rights can only be executed by a particular entrepreneur; or

3.

Urgent, compelling reasons that are not to be attributed to the conduct of the contracting authority in connection with events that the contracting authority could not anticipate, do not allow it to be allowed in the open procedure, in the open procedure with prior notice or in accordance with paragraph. comply with a set of time limits, or

4.

the delivery order is exclusively awarded for research, experimental, investigation or development purposes, but the delivery order may not serve a series of production to prove the marketability of the product or cover research and development costs; or

5.

for deliveries previously carried out by the original entrepreneur, additional deliveries that are either intended for partial renewal of delivered marketable goods or facilities or for the expansion of supplies or existing facilities, and a change of the contractor would lead to the purchaser to purchase goods with different technical characteristics, resulting in a technical inverein or disproportionate technical difficulties in use and maintenance; the duration of these contracts as well as permanent contracts may normally not exceed three years, or

6.

is the supply of goods listed and purchased on commodity exchanges, or

7.

This is the supply of goods purchased under particularly favourable conditions by traders who cease their business activities permanently, or by administrators or liquidators under an insolvency, bankruptcy, settlement or compensation procedure, or a similar procedure provided for in the legal or administrative provisions of the EEA Contracting Parties.

Election of the negotiating procedure for service contracts

§ 30. (1) Services contracts may be awarded in the negotiation procedure after prior notice if:

1.

in the context of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of a competitive dialogue carried out, there have been no regular offers or only offers which are unacceptable under the provisions of this federal law and the initial conditions for the service contract are not fundamentally changed, or

2.

These are services that do not allow a prior global pricing, or because of the risks associated with the provision of services;

3.

the services to be provided, in particular intellectual services such as construction planning services and services of category 6 of Annex III, which are designed to ensure that contractual specifications cannot be defined as precisely that the contract can be awarded by selecting the best offers in open or non-open procedures with prior notice.

In the case of Z 1, the notice may be taken away if the contracting authority enters into the relevant negotiation procedure only those authorised, reliable and efficient entrepreneurs whose offers do not take place during the previous open or non-open procedure with prior notice or of the previous competition dialogue pursuant to § 129. 1 Z 1 was removed and the offers submitted to meet the requirements of Articles 106 to 110 and 113 to 115.

(2) Services contracts can be awarded without prior notice in the negotiation procedure if:

1.

in the context of an open or non-open procedure with prior notice, no offer or no application for participation has been made in accordance with this federal law, the original terms of the service contract are not fundamentally changed and a report will be submitted to the Commission if it wishes to do so, or

2.

the service contract for technical or artistic reasons or for the protection of exclusive rights can only be executed by a particular entrepreneur; or

3.

Urgent, compelling reasons that are not to be attributed to the conduct of the contracting authority in connection with events that the contracting authority could not anticipate, do not allow it to be allowed in the open procedure, in the open procedure with prior notice or in accordance with paragraph. comply with a set of time limits, or

4.

additional services not provided for in the draft or original service contract, which are not required due to unforeseen events to carry out the service contract described therein, provided that the contract is awarded to the entrepreneur who performs the first contract, the total value of the additional services does not exceed 50 vH of the value of the original service contract, and either

(a)

a separation of these additional services from the original service contract in technical or economic terms is not possible without any substantial disadvantage for the contracting authority; or

(b)

a separation from the original service contract would be possible, but the additional services are essential for its completion; or

5.

new services consist of repetition of similar services, and

(a)

the contract of the same contracting authority to the contractor already awarded the original contract,

(b)

the original contract was awarded in open or open proceedings with prior notice;

(c)

the services correspond to a basic design and this draft was the subject of the original contract,

(d)

the possibility of applying such a negotiated procedure in the first tender,

(e)

award within three years of completion of the original contract; and

(f)

the total order value envisaged for continuing services in the calculation of the estimated order value; or

6.

following a competition from the contract in accordance with the relevant provisions to the winner or to one of the winners of the contest. In the latter case, all winners of the competition must be invited to participate in the negotiations.

Types of electronic auction and award of contracts by electronic auction

§ 31. (1) An electronic auction is an iterative procedure to determine the offer to be awarded to the contract, whereby, after a first full evaluation of the offers, new, revised prices and/or new values, based on certain components of the bids, are submitted, allowing for an automatic classification of these offers.

(2) In the case of the implementation of an open procedure, an open procedure with prior notice, a negotiated procedure in accordance with the provisions of Article 28(2). 1 Z 1, 29(1) Z 1 or 30 paragraphs. 1 Z 1, for the award of contracts on the basis of a framework agreement in accordance with the procedure of § 152(2). 4 Z 2, paragraphs 5 and 6 or when awarding contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system in accordance with the § 158 procedure, contracts for services can be awarded on an option by means of a simple electronic auction or by another electronic auction, provided that the specifications of the subject matter of the contract can be clearly and completely described. The auction can only refer to parts of the offer that are quantifiable in a clear and objectively understandable way that they are in numbers or in percentage terms. Works or service contracts that have an object – such as the design of construction services – cannot be subject to an electronic auction.

(3) In the case of a simple electronic auction, the contract has to be made at the lowest price.

(4) For another electronic auction, the contract has to be made on the most technically and economically advantageous offer.

(5) The contracting authority can choose freely between the implementation of a simple or other electronic auction.

Conclusion of framework agreements and procurement
on the basis of a framework agreement

§ 32. Contracts may be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, provided that the framework agreement has been concluded in accordance with the provisions of an open procedure, an open procedure with prior notice or a negotiated procedure pursuant to Articles 28 to 30.

Establishment of a dynamic procurement system and procurement
on the basis of a dynamic procurement system

§ 33. Contracts can be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, if the dynamic procurement system has been established after an open procedure has been implemented.

Choice of competition dialogue

§ 34. (1) Contracts can be awarded through competitive dialogue if:

1.

These are particularly complex contracts and

2.

the award is not possible by means of an open or open procedure, according to the contracting authority.

(2) A contract is considered particularly complex within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 if the contracting authority is objectively unable to:

1.

the technical specifications in accordance with § 98(2). 2 to meet its needs and requirements, or

2.

the legal or financial terms of the project

Please note.

Choice of competition

§ 35. The contracting authorities can choose freely between open and non-open competition when conducting competitions.

Maintaining the reasons for choosing certain procurement procedures

§ 36. The reasons for the implementation of a negotiated procedure or a competitive dialogue must be written.

3. Section

Only procurement procedures approved in the lower threshold area

Election of the open procedure without prior notice

§ 37. In the lower threshold area, contracts may be awarded without prior notice, unless the contracting authority has sufficient suitable entrepreneurs to ensure free and fair competition, and if

1.

for construction contracts, which do not reach EUR 120 000, or

2.

in the case of supply and service contracts, the estimated order value does not reach EUR 80 000.

Additional possibilities for choosing the negotiating procedure

§ 38. (1) In the lower threshold area, supply and service contracts can be awarded in the negotiation procedure after prior notice. Works contracts can be awarded in the sub-wave area in the negotiation procedure after prior notice if the estimated order value does not reach EUR 350 000.

(2) Contracts can also be awarded in the negotiating procedure without prior notice if:

1.

for construction contracts, which do not reach EUR 80 000, or

2.

in the case of supply and service contracts, which do not reach EUR 60 000, or

3.

on the basis of a particularly favourable opportunity for a very short period of time, goods or services can be purchased at a price which is significantly below market prices, or

4.

within the framework of a non-open procedure without prior notice, no offer or a request for participation has been made in accordance with this federal law and the initial conditions for the contract are not fundamentally changed.

(3) Contracting authorities may award contracts for intellectual services in a negotiated procedure without prior notice with only one entrepreneur, provided that the implementation of an economic competition on the basis of the cost of the procurement process for the contracting authority is economically unreasonable and the estimated value of 50vH of the respective thresholds set out in Section 12(2). 1 Z 1 or 2 not reached.

Additional possibility of choice of competition

§ 39. If sufficient suitable entrepreneurs are known to the Auslober, the execution of a charged competition in the sub-wave area is permitted.

Additional possibility of awarding contracts under a framework agreement

§ 40. Contracts may be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, provided that the framework agreement is implemented in accordance with § 38. 1 was completed.

Direct award

§ 41. (1) The award of contracts by contracting authorities by means of direct award applies exclusively to the 1., the 4. to 6.part of this federal law, the provisions of § 3(2). 1, 4 to 6, 9, 10, 13 to 16, 19 paragraphs. 1, 25 paragraphs 10 and 78 and the provisions of the paragraph. 2 to 2 4.

(2) Direct award is only allowed if:

1.

the estimated order value does not reach 40 000 euros, or

2.

This is a project co-financed by Community funds whose estimated value is the thresholds in accordance with § 12. 1 not reached, and

(a)

an invitation to submit projects or project ideas through a public request, or

(b)

transnational steering bodies have been established or several Member States are involved in the implementation of the project, or

(c)

these projects have been accepted by the Commission after a selection procedure has been implemented.

(3) The non-binding price statements which may be obtained when carrying out a direct award must be documented accordingly.

(4) In the case of direct award, performance can only be obtained from a competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneur. The power, performance and reliability must be available at the latest at the time of conclusion of the contract. An entrepreneur who opposes bankruptcy or bankruptcy. Insolvency proceedings, a judicial compensation procedure, a settlement procedure or a countervailing process, or which are in liquidation or cease their commercial activity, can however, be awarded by direct award in accordance with paragraph. 2 Z 1 will be awarded if their performance is sufficient.

Maintaining the reasons for choosing certain procurement procedures

§ 42. (1) The reasons for the implementation of a negotiated procedure, a non-open procedure without prior notice or a charged competition must be kept in writing.

(2) In the case of direct award, if the documentation effort is economically justified, the subject matter and value of the contract and the name of the contractor. In the case of direct award under § 41. 2 Z 2 is to be included in the award documentation a short notice of the procedure already in place.

3. Main

Rules for the implementation of procurement procedures

1. Section

Information transfer

Transmission of documents or information between contracting authorities and entrepreneurs

§ 43. (1) The transfer of tender documents, communications, applications, calls and notifications, as well as any other exchange of information between contracting authorities and entrepreneurs, may, if the contracting authority does not exceptionally determine otherwise, be made in writing, by fax or by electronic means. Minder significant communications, calls, notifications and information can also be sent or by phone.

(2) The communication tools selected to transmit information must be generally available and must not lead to discrimination. In the case of electronic communications, the technical characteristics may not be discriminatory and the means of communication must be compatible with the commonly used products of information and communication technology.

(3) The admissibility of electronic offers is as early as possible, but at the latest in the tender documents.

(4) An electronic transfer of tender documents, offers and documents relating to the evaluation of the offer has been made using a secure electronic signature (§ 2 Z 3 SigG) or in such a way that the verification of completeness, authenticity and inviolability of the data transmitted is ensured with the quality of a secure electronic signature.

(5) The chosen type of electronic information transmission according to paragraph 4 shall at least ensure that the completeness, authenticity, inviolability and confidentiality of the information provided is guaranteed. The requirements for devices for the receipt of electronically transmitted data in connection with a procurement procedure must meet the requirements of the Annexes XVII equivalent.

(6) Contracting authorities and entrepreneurs have to disclose a fax number or an electronic address to which all documents and information can be sent in a valid manner. In so far as this law makes provision for a communication of decisions to entrepreneurs on an electronic way or by fax, a briefing is only allowed in justified cases. Electrically transmitted shipments are considered to be transmitted as soon as their data is reached in the recipient's electronic area.

(7) Lower notes, requests for information from entrepreneurs, information from the contracting authority, as well as all statements and documents relating to the award decision (e.g. offers, proofs) where they are produced or transmitted exclusively in electronic form, in this form and with the content that or the content thereof at the time of writing or sending. In the case of the contracting authority, it must be clearly stated that a retrospective change of the content as well as the date of delivery, the departure from or the arrival of the contracting authority.

2. Section

Transmission of documents to the European Commission

Statistical obligations of contracting authorities

§ 44. (1) Contracting authorities have to submit to the Commission statistical reports on contracts awarded in the previous year by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour until 31 August of each year – in the case of contracting authorities falling within the territory of a country.

(2) The Federal Government has adopted, by Regulation, more detailed provisions on the statistical information to be provided, in particular to allow an assessment of the results of the application of this law. In particular, the Regulation should:

1.

Information from contracting authorities according to Annex V concerning:

(a)

the number and value of contracts awarded in the upper threshold area;

(b)

the number and total value of those contracts in the upper threshold area awarded on the basis of derogations to the Convention on Public Procurement, OJ No L 336 of 23 December 1994, p 273;

(c)

the breakdown of contracts in the upper threshold area according to each of the types of procurement procedures carried out, according to the areas of the goods, the construction works in accordance with the CPV or services in accordance with Annex III and IV listed categories of services, including the corresponding code of the CPV nomenclature and the nationality of the entrepreneur who has received the award;

(d)

the number and value of the contracts awarded, as well as the nature of the exceptional amount used in negotiating procedures in the upper threshold area, broken down according to the nationality of the entrepreneur who received the award;

2.

on information from all other contracting authorities concerning:

(a)

the number and value of the contracts awarded in the upper threshold area is broken down according to each of the types of procurement procedures carried out, according to the areas of the goods, the construction works according to the CPV or services in accordance with Annex III and IV listed categories of services, including the corresponding code of the CPV nomenclature and the nationality of the entrepreneur who has received the award;

(b)

the total value of those contracts in the upper threshold area awarded on the basis of derogations to the Convention on Public Procurement, OJ No L 336 of 23 December 1994, p 273;

3.

any other statistical information relating to the threshold area, which has been determined by the Commission in the procedure provided for.

Transmission of other documents

§ 45. In so far as this federal law, with the exception of the provision of § 335, notification or reporting obligations to the Commission or other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement, the contracting authority shall provide the necessary documentation to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour, by means of the relevant national government, in the procurement procedures falling within the territory of a country. This has sent the documents to the Commission and to the contracting parties to the EEA Agreement and to inform the Chancellor of it through the Permanent Representation of Austria to the EU.

3. Section

Notices

1. Subsection

General provisions on notices

Promotion of services

§ 46. (1) Knowing:

1.

the planned award of a works, supply or service contract in the open procedure, in the non-open procedure with prior notice or in the negotiated procedure with prior notice;

2.

the intention to open or open competition;

3.

the planned award of a concession contract or a construction contract to be awarded by a building concessionaire, which is itself not a contracting authority (§ 3(1));

4.

– if not made use of the possibility of applying the negotiated procedure without prior notice to conclude a framework agreement – the envisaged conclusion of a framework agreement;

5.

the planned establishment of a dynamic procurement system;

6.

the intention to award a contract for construction, supply or services through a competitive dialogue.

(2) The notice is based on the 373c, 373d and 373e GewO 1994 or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Regulation, BGBl. No. 694/1995, or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Engineering Decree, BGBl. No. 695/1995.

(3) The contracting authority must indicate in the notice which evidence or evidence of the power (§ 71), for professional reliability (§ 72), for financial and economic performance (§ 74) and for technical performance (§ 75) or must be sufficient upon request by the contracting authority.

(4) Should an open procedure, an open procedure with prior notice, a negotiated procedure with prior notice, in accordance with the provisions of Article 28(2). 1 Z 1, 29(1) Z 1 and 30 paragraphs. 1 Z 1, in a framework agreement after a new call for competition under Article 152(2). 4 Z 2 or a dynamic procurement system, following a separate call for tendering under § 158, the offer to be awarded through an electronic auction, has been published in accordance with paragraph 1 below. 1 Z 1, 4 and 5 to include such a definition.

Correction of notices

§ 47. If a correction of notices is necessary, it is as well known as the original notice.

Publication of a seal profile

§ 48. (1) The contracting authority can publish an sourcing profile on the Internet.

(2) The purchase profile may include notices, information on current procurement procedures, planned contracts, contracts awarded, revoked procedures and any other information concerning a procurement procedure or information of general interest such as contact point, telephone or fax number, postal address and electronic address.

Voluntary notices at Community level

§ 49. The contracting authority may send notices and communications that are not subject to a notice obligation under this federal law directly to the Commission using all relevant standard forms of notices in the upper threshold area. The transmission of notices and communications will take place on an electronic basis, in accordance with the procedures laid down by the Federal Chancellor, in accordance with § 50 kunded procedures for the transmission of notices and communications. The contracting authority must be able to demonstrate the date of sending the notice.

2. Subsection

Special notices for the threshold area

Notices at Community level

§ 50. The contracting authority shall immediately and immediately send notices and communications to the Commission using the relevant standard forms for notices. The transfer also applies to the information provided by the notices and communications in the online procedure. The transmission of notices and communications has to be done electronically, in exceptional cases by fax. The Federal Chancellor has clarified the procedures laid down by the Commission for the transmission of notices and communications in the Bundesgesetzblatt. The contracting authority must be able to demonstrate the date of sending the notice. If data is made available online, the registration of the data in the online system is valid.

Use of CPV in notices

§ 51. (1) The contracting authorities have to use the names and codes of the Common Vokabulars for public procurement (CPV) to describe the subject of the contract.

(2) To define the scope of application of this federal law in relation to this federal law Annex I The NACE nomenclature or the CPC nomenclature prioritising the CPV nomenclature.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 52. (1) The Federal Chancellor and the Governments may, if necessary to ensure a sufficient economic competition, establish, for the respective full-covering area, by regulation, the publication media in which the contracting authority under this part of this federal law additional notices pursuant to Article 46(2). at least 1 in the upper threshold area. This Regulation also allows for more details on the transmission of notices to the publication medium.

(2) The availability of the content must be ensured at least until the expiry of the application or supply period.

(3) Further notices in other appropriate publication media are available to the contracting authorities.

(4) Notices under paragraph 1 or 3 in official or private publication media may not be published before the date of dispatch to the Commission. The notices may contain only those information contained in the notices issued to the Commission or published as a preliminary information in a source profile. The notices have to indicate the date of sending the notice to the Commission or the date of publication in the source profile.

Notice of prior information

§ 53. (1) If the contracting authority wishes to make use of the possibility of shortening the supply period in accordance with Section 61, it must provide a preliminary information in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 or 3.

(2) The preliminary information can be sent to the Commission using the relevant standard form for advertising. The contracting authority must be able to demonstrate the day of sending the pre-information.

(3) The pre-information may also be published in the purchaser's sourcing profile. The pre-information must not be published in the leasing profile before the contracting authority has issued a notice on the publication of the pre-information to the Commission using the relevant standard form. The date of sending the notice to the Commission is to be specified in the reference profile.

(4) The preliminary information contains the following information:

1.

in the case of supply contracts, broken down by groups of goods, in accordance with the positions of the CPV, the total value of all contracts or framework agreements which the contracting authority intends to award or conclude over the next twelve months if, in accordance with the rules on the calculation of the estimated value of the contract for supply contracts and framework agreements (sections 15 and 17), the total value of at least 750 000 euros is estimated;

2.

for service contracts, broken down according to the categories of services Annex III, the estimated total value of all contracts or framework agreements to be awarded or concluded by the contracting authority over the next twelve months, when, according to the rules on the calculation of the estimated contract value for service contracts and framework agreements (sections 16 and 17), the total value of which is at least 750 000 euros;

3.

the essential characteristics of all contracts or framework agreements that the contracting authority intends to award or conclude when, in accordance with the rules on the calculation of the estimated contract value for construction contracts and framework agreements (sections 14 and 17), the total value is at least 5 923 000 euros;

In the case of pre-information on supply and priority service contracts pursuant to Z 1 and Z 2, the pre-information is as soon as possible after the beginning of the respective financial or financial contracts. to submit to the Commission the publication of the financial year or to announce it in the source profile. In the case of preliminary information on works contracts under Z 3, the pre-information is to be notified to the Commission as soon as possible after approval of the planning underlying the planned works contracts or framework agreements.

(5) The pre-information is based on the overdue requirement of recognition or equivalence in accordance with the provisions of 373c, 373d and 373 GewO 1994 or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Regulation, BGBl. No. 694/1995, or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Engineering Decree, BGBl. No. 695/1995.

Disclosure of contracts, competitive results and
closed framework agreements

§ 54. (1) The contracting authority has to announce to the Commission any contract of construction, supply or service and the result of any competition. The information is available to the Commission, using the relevant standard form, at the latest 48 days after the award of the contract or At the end of the competition.

(2) The contracting authority has to announce any final framework agreement. The information must be sent to the Commission, using the relevant standard form, no later than 48 days after the conclusion of a framework agreement. The contracting authority is not obliged to announce the works, supply or service contracts awarded under the Framework Agreement.

(3) The contracting authority has to announce to the Commission any construction, supply or service contract awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system. The information will be sent to the Commission, using the relevant standard form, either at the latest 48 days after the award of each contract or after the year quarter, at the latest 48 days after the end of the year.

(4) In the case of non-privacy services, the contracting authority must indicate whether it is agreed with the publication.

(5) However, information about the award of contracts or the conclusion of framework agreements must not be published if their disclosure would impede the enforcement of laws, run counter to public interest or harm legitimate commercial interests of public or private entrepreneurs or hinder the free and fair competition between entrepreneurs.

3. Subsection

Special notices for the under threshold area

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 55. (1) The Federal Chancellor and the Governments may, if necessary to ensure a sufficient economic competition, have to publish notices in the sub-wave area for each of these areas, in any case differentiated according to the level of the estimated order value and the type of contract, with a regulation setting out the publication media in which the contracting authorities under this part of this federal law have to publish notices in the sub-wave area. This Regulation also allows for more details on the transmission of notices to the publication medium.

(2) The availability of the content must be ensured at least until the expiry of the period of application or offer.

(3) Further notices in other appropriate publication media are available to the contracting authorities.

(4) The notice contains information that allows interested parties to assess whether participation in the award procedure is of interest to them. The notice has at least: Annex XV the information mentioned above.

4. Section

Time limits

1. Subsection

General provisions on time limits

Calculation of deadlines

§ 56. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of the General Administrative Procedure Act 1991 (AVG), BGBl. No 51, to be applied to the deadlines set out in this Federal Law § 903 of the General Civil Code (ABGB), JGS No 946/1811, and the Federal Law on the Inhibition of the Time Cycle by Saturdays and the Car Free Day, BGBl. No 37/1961, application.

(2) The working days will cover all days except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.

(3) Time limits expressed in days starting at 00.00 a.m. of the day when the deadline starts. If, for the beginning of a period of time measured after days, when an event occurs or an action is taken, the calculation of this period will not be counted as the date in which this event or this act falls. A time limit set after days ends with the end of the last hour of the deadline.

(4) Time limits expressed in weeks, months or years start at 00.00 a.m. of the day when the deadline starts. A period of time measured after weeks, months or years shall end on the date of last week, last month or last year of the deadline, which corresponds to the date on which the period starts, according to its name or number. If a corresponding day is missing for a period of months, the deadline expires last day. Time limits expressed in weeks, months or years end at 24.00 p.m. of the day at which the deadline expires.

(5) Time limits expressed in hours start at the beginning of the first hour to start the deadline. If, for the beginning of a period of time measured after hours, when an event occurs or an action is taken, the calculation of this period does not indicate the hour in which this event or action falls. A time limit measured after hours ends with the end of the last hour of the deadline.

(6) If the last day of a period of one day on the Car Free Day, a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday, the period will end at 24.00 a.m. of the following working day.

(7) However, the provisions of paragraphs 3 to 6 do not exclude that an act which is to be carried out before the expiry of a period of time can only be made during the normal official or business hours.

Principles for measuring and extending deadlines

§ 57. (1) The contracting authority has to set deadlines in such a way as to ensure that operators affected by the time-limitation remain within sufficient time to take the appropriate actions. In particular, participation and supply periods and time limits for the preparation of solutions in the competitive dialogue must be judged in such a way that, taking into account the course of the post, entrepreneurs will remain sufficiently time to decide and prepare applications, offers and solutions. Consideration must be given to circumstances which may make it difficult to create a tender or to develop a solution.

(2) The time limit for the offer is to be extended when the correction has a significant impact on the preparation of the tenders. Any change in the offer period is proven to be known to all candidates or tenderers. If this is not possible, it is known in the same way as the notice of the award of services.

(3) The contracting authority may, if necessary, have the time limit for receipt of the applications for participation or participation. a reasonable extension of the supply period for electronically transmitted offers if the server to which requests for participation or offers are to be submitted is not consistent until the date of expiry of the respective period. A prolongation of the deadline must be demonstrated to all candidates or tenderers. If this is not possible, the extension is to be announced in an appropriate form.

Transmission and information periods

§ 58. (1) If the contracting authority has not made the tender documents and any additional documents relating to the award procedure free, directly and fully accessible from the first time available of the respective notice, the tendering documents and all additional documents shall be submitted to an entrepreneur who expresses its interest in a specific open procedure to the contracting authority and, in time before the end of the tender period, requested the tender documents and all additional documents without delay, but within six days of receipt of the request to submit them or to submit them electronically.

(2) If the request is made on time, the contracting authority or the competent authority has to provide additional information on the tender documents, additional documents or on the description in the competitive dialogue without delay, but at least six days, in the case of open proceedings or accelerated negotiation procedures in accordance with Articles 63 and 67 at the latest four days before the expiry of the period for receipt of the tenders.

(3) If requested tender documents, descriptions of the competitive dialogue, additional documents or requested information for reasons that cannot be attributed to the entrepreneur, for example because of their large extent, they are not within the scope of the paragraph. 1 and 2 deadlines are to be sent, made available or granted, so time limits must be extended accordingly.

2. Subsection

Periodic minimum periods for award procedures in the upper threshold area

Participation periods

§ 59. In the non-open procedure with prior notice, during the negotiation process with prior notice and in the competitive dialogue, the time limit set by the contracting authority is at least 37 days for the receipt of requests for participation in the award procedure. It starts with the date of sending the notice.

Supply periods

§ 60. (1) In the open procedure, the time limit set by the contracting authority for receipt of the offers is at least 52 days. If the notice does not indicate a day for the early possible collection of tender documents, the offer period starts with the date of sending the notice. It ends with the time to which the offers must be entered at the latest.

(2) In the non-open procedure with prior notice, the time limit set by the contracting authority for the receipt of the offers is at least 40 days. It starts with the day of delivery of the call for tenders and ends at the time when the offers have to be entered at the latest.

3. Subsection

Reduced deadlines for award procedures in the upper threshold area

Supply periods in the accelerated procedure after pre-information

§ 61. The time limit laid down in § 60 for receipt of the offers in the open and non-open procedure with prior notice may be reduced to 22 days, provided that the contracting authority has sent a preliminary information in accordance with Sections 46 and 50 of the Commission for publication at least 52 days, but not more than 12 months before the date of delivery of a notice. The offer period starts with the day of delivery of the notice and in the case of open procedures with prior notice with the date of sending the call for tenders. The pre-information must: Annex VIII (Part A) provide information for the publication of a preliminary information as far as these are available at the time of publication of the pre-information.

Reduced supply and participation periods for use of electronic media

§ 62. (1) If notices are made electronically using the relevant standard form and are transmitted electronically, in accordance with the procedures laid down by the Federal Chancellor in accordance with Section 50 kunded procedures for the transmission of notices and communications,

1.

in the open procedure the regular supply period (§ 60(2)). 1) or the shortened supply period (§ 61)

2.

in the non-open procedure with prior notice, in the negotiation procedure with prior notice and in the competition dialogue, the deadline for the receipt of requests for participation in the award procedure (§ 59)

for seven days.

(2) The tender periods in the open and non-open procedure with prior notice (§ 60) may be reduced by five days if, from the time of first availability of the respective notice, the contracting authority has made the tender documents and all additional documents relating to the award procedure available on electronic means, directly and completely. The notice shall indicate the Internet address at which these documents are available.

(3) The reductions in the deadlines referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 are cumulative.

Reduced participation and supply periods in the accelerated procedure with urgency

§ 63. If, for reasons of urgency, compliance with the regular or shortened deadlines in accordance with Articles 59 to 62 is not possible, the contracting authority may provide for the following deadlines in the non-open procedure with prior notice and in the negotiated procedure with prior notice:

1.

at least 15 days for the receipt of the requests for participation in the award procedure, which is expected from the date of sending the notice;

2.

at least 10 days for the receipt of the requests for participation in the award procedure, is expected from the date of sending the notice, provided that the notice is electronically produced using the relevant standard form and has been transmitted on an electronic basis in accordance with the procedures laid down by the Federal Chancellor for the transmission of notices and communications;

3.

in the non-open procedure with prior notice, at least 10 days for receipt of the tenders, according to the day of delivery of the call for tender.

4. Subsection

Periodic minimum periods for award procedures in the lower threshold area

Participation periods

§ 64. In the non-open procedure with prior notice, during the negotiation process with prior notice and in the competitive dialogue, the deadline set by the contracting authority is at least 14 days for the receipt of requests for participation in the award procedure. It starts with the first availability of the notice in accordance with § 55 and ends at the time of receipt of the application at the latest.

Supply periods

§ 65. (1) In the open procedure, the time limit set by the contracting authority for receipt of the offers is at least 22 days. If the notice does not indicate a day for the earlyest possible collection of tender documents, the time limit starts with the first time availability of the notice in accordance with Section 55. It ends with the time to which the offers must be entered at the latest.

(2) In the non-open procedure, the time limit set by the contracting authority for receiving the offers is at least 22 days. It starts with the day of delivery of the call for tenders and ends at the time when the offers have to be entered at the latest.

5. Subsection

Shorter deadlines for tendering procedures in the lower threshold area

Shorter supply periods for use of electronic media

§ 66. The tender periods in the open and non-open procedure (§ 65) may be shortened by three days if the contracting authority has made available, directly and completely, from the date of first availability of the respective notices, the tender documents and all additional documents relating to the award procedure. The notice shall indicate the Internet address at which these documents are available.

Reduced participation and supply periods

§ 67. The contracting authority may, in particularly justified cases, in particular for reasons of urgency, shorten the minimum offer periods and the periods of participation. The reasons for a reduction must be written.

5. Section

Fitness of entrepreneurs

1. Subsection

Entrepreneurs excluded from participating in the award procedure

Exclusion

§ 68. (1) The contracting authority has, without prejudice to the paragraph. 2 and 3 - exclude entrepreneurs from participating in the award procedure if:

1.

the contracting authority is aware of a final conviction against them or, if they are legal persons, persons belonging to trade law, registered acquisition companies or working groups, has to be held against any physical person involved in their management, which is one of the following offences: membership of a criminal organisation (§ 278a of the Criminal Code – StGBl, BGBl. No 60/1974), bribery (Articles 302, 307, 308 and 310 StGB; § 10 of the Federal Law against unfair competition 1984 - UWG, BGBl. No 448), fraud (Articles 146 ff StGB), inconsistency (§ 153 StGB), gift (§ 153a StGB), promotional abuse (§ 153b StGB) or money laundering (§ 165 StGB) or a corresponding offence according to the rules of the country in which the entrepreneur is established;

2.

against them a bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a judicial compensation procedure, a settlement procedure or a penalty compensation, or the opening of a bankruptcy procedure has been rejected without sufficient assets;

3.

they are in liquidation or have ceased or ceased their commercial activity;

4.

against them, or, if they are legal persons, persons belonging to trade law, registered acquisition companies or working groups, a final judgment has been taken against physical persons operating in the management of a crime which threatens their professional reliability;

5.

they have committed a serious failure, in particular against provisions of labour, social or environmental law, which has been established by the contracting authority;

6.

they have not fulfilled their obligations to pay social security contributions or taxes and charges in Austria or under the rules of the country in which they are established; or

7.

they are guilty of a considerable amount of false declarations when providing information on the power to provide professional reliability, technical performance and financial and economic performance, or have not given such information.

(2) An entrepreneur who opposes bankruptcy or bankruptcy. Insolvency proceedings, a judicial compensation procedure, a settlement procedure or a countervailing process, or which are in liquidation or cease their commercial activity, however, contracts may be entered in the negotiation procedure in accordance with the provisions of Article 29(2). 2 Z 7 and 38 paragraphs. 2 Z 3 will be awarded if their performance is sufficient.

(3) Exclusion of entrepreneurs in accordance with paragraph 1 can be removed if:

1.

cannot be waived for reasons of public interest, or

2.

in the case of the paragraph. 1 Z 6 is limited to social security contributions or taxes and charges.

2. Subsection

Fitness requirements and qualifications

Time of existence of aptitude

§ 69. Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 20(2). 1 has the power, efficiency and reliability at the latest

1.

the open procedure at the time of supply opening,

2.

at the time of the call for tender,

3.

at the time of the call for tender,

4.

open competition at the time of presentation of the competition work,

5.

at the time of the call for competition,

6.

in the framework agreement at the relevant time, in accordance with the chosen method, for the conclusion of the framework agreement in accordance with Z 1 to 3 and for a new call for competition at the time of expiry of the supply period,

7.

in the dynamic procurement system at the time of approval to the dynamic procurement system, as well as in the separate call for a supply levy in accordance with Section 158 at the time of expiry of the supply period; and

8.

at the time of the call for tender

available.

Requests from the contracting authorities

§ 70. (1) The contracting authority may request evidence from operators participating in a procurement procedure that their

1.

professional power,

2.

professional reliability,

3.

financial and economic performance, and

4.

Technical performance

is given.

(2) Evidence can only be required by the entrepreneur as far as it is justified by the subject matter of the contract. The contracting authority must take into account the legitimate interests of the entrepreneur in protecting its technical or trade-related business secrets.

(3) The contracting authority may request the entrepreneur to submit or submit necessary evidence within a reasonable period of time. complete or explain the certificates submitted within a reasonable time. Evidence can also be provided in copy or electronically.

(4) The entrepreneur can also demonstrate the power to ensure reliability and performance by showing the registration in a relevant, generally accessible directory of a third party, provided that the documents requested by the contracting authority are available directly from the contracting authority. The entrepreneur can also demonstrate the power to maintain reliability and performance with documents other than those requested by the contracting authority, provided that the required documents cannot be submitted for a justified reason and the documents submitted show the same meaning as those originally required. The proof of the same meaning is to be provided by the entrepreneur after request.

(5) Where the subject-matter of the service applies only to services that are necessary for the same power, all members have to assign the appropriate authority in the event of tendering by a consortium of bidders. In the case of tendering a total power which requires different powers in various fields, each member of a tendering group has to assign the power to the part of the service which it has to be given.

Detection of power

§ 71. The contracting authority shall demonstrate the existence of the relevant authority in accordance with § 70. 1 Z 1 that, in accordance with the rules of its country of origin, the entrepreneur is entitled to provide concrete performance:

1.

In accordance with the rules of the country of origin of the entrepreneur, a certificate of registration in the country concerned Annex VII Professional or trade registers of the country of origin or the presentation of the relevant Annex VII the abovementioned certificate or statement of eides, or

2.

in the case of a service contract, the submission of the authorization or a certificate relating to membership required in the country of origin of the operator for the performance of the service concerned to a particular organisation.

Evidence of general professional reliability

§ 72. (1) As proof of professional reliability according to § 70. 1 Z 2 requires the purchaser of entrepreneurs to prove that there is no grounds for exclusion in accordance with § 68. 1).

(2) Evidence can be found for reasons of exclusion

1.

according to § 68. 1 Z 1 to 4 by submitting an extract from one in Annex VII professional or commercial registers, the criminal register or an equivalent certificate of a court or administrative authority of the country of origin of the entrepreneur showing that these grounds are not available and

2.

according to § 68. 1 Z 6 by submitting the last permanent accounts of the competent social security institution or the final debit of the competent financial authority or equivalent documents of the competent authorities of the country of origin of the entrepreneur

are provided.

(3) If the certificates referred to in paragraph 2, direct debits, account extracts or documents in the country of origin of the entrepreneur are not issued or are not issued all of them in § 68. The contracting authority may request a certificate of e-invoicing declaration or a corresponding court or administrative authority, before a notary or prior to a qualified professional organisation of the country of origin of the entrepreneur, that no exclusion is required in accordance with § 68(2). 1 Z 1 to 4.

(4) The authorities and bodies which certificates under paragraph 2 and 3 are to be announced by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour to the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs to forward to the Commission and the contracting parties to the EEA Agreement. The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour has to inform the Chancellor of the content of this letter.

Assessment of special professional reliability

§ 73. (1) To assess professional reliability, according to § 70. 1 Z 2 of the candidates, bidders and their subcontractors eligible for the award of the contract, the contracting authority has provided information on the central administrative penalty of the Federal Minister for Finance in accordance with § 28b of the Alien Employment Act (ExlBG), BGBl. No. 218/1975. The information must not be older than six months.

(2) The contracting authority shall assess the reliability of the bidder, in particular, the information from the central administrative penalty as provided for in paragraph 4. 1. For a bidder for which this information is subject to legal penalties in accordance with § 28(2). 1 Z 1 AuslBG proves that the required reliability is not ensured unless it makes credible that, despite the existence of legal penalties, it is in accordance with Article 28(2). 1 Z 1 AuslBG is not negligible.

(3) For the purpose of the prohibition. 2 has to explain to the tenderer that he has set out specific organisational or personal measures that are suitable to set out the still-of-the-art behaviour of a Bestraising exercise in accordance with § 28(2). 1 Z 1 AuslBG led to stop.

(4) As measures within the meaning of the paragraph. 3 in particular

1.

the establishment of an internal revision body to regularly review the existence of the necessary authorisations for foreign nationals employed in the company;

2.

the introduction of an appropriation requirement by an institution of company management or internal control for the recruitment of aliens;

3.

the introduction of internal liability and compensation schemes to comply with the provisions of the AuslBG;

4.

the introduction of a high-quality reporting and control system.

(5) The contracting authority must examine the bidder's arguments and assess its reliability. In assessing reliability, the contracting authority shall have the measures set by the tenderer in proportion to the seriousness of the final punishment in accordance with Section 28(2). 1 Z 1 . In particular, the number of illegally employed workers and the duration of illegal employment must be taken into account in the seriousness of the final punishment. Where there are more than two final offences under Article 28(2). 1 Z 1 AuslBG before or took two final cases in accordance with § 28(2). 1 Z 1 AuslBG in a short period of time is to set a stricter scale.

Evidence of financial and economic performance

§ 74. (1) proof of financial and economic performance according to § 70. 1 Z 3 may in particular require the contracting authority:

1.

a corresponding bank statement (Bonity)

2.

proof of appropriate professional liability insurance;

3.

the presentation of balance sheets or balance sheets, if their disclosure is mandatory in the country of origin of the entrepreneur;

4.

a declaration on the solidarity of subcontractors with the contracting authority, if the entrepreneur is based on the capacity of subcontractors to demonstrate its financial and economic performance;

5.

a statement on the total turnover and, where applicable, on turnover for the area of activity in which the undue award falls, maximum for the last three financial years or for a shorter period of activity, if the company is not yet in existence.

(2) Can an entrepreneur from a legitimate reason to be made by him, who is entitled by the contracting authority pursuant to paragraph 1 required evidence cannot be obtained, it can provide proof of its financial and economic performance by presenting any other evidence which the contracting authority considers appropriate. Appropriate evidence should at least be considered:

1.

information about the number of employees;

2.

information on company participations;

3.

Information about capital, investment assets, land ownership.

Technical performance proof

§ 75. (1) as proof of technical performance according to § 70. 1 Z 4, depending on the type, quantity or scope and purpose of the goods to be supplied, the construction or services to be provided in paragraph. 5 to 7 claims. Other than the evidence mentioned in paragraphs 5 to 7 may not require the contracting authority.

(2) Where the contracting authority obtains evidence of the services provided (references), if the recipient was a contracting authority, it is in the form of a certificate issued or certified by the contracting authority that the recipient can also send directly to the contracting authority. If the recipient has been a private contracting authority, the proof of the services provided (references) in the form of a certificate issued by the beneficiary or, if such a certificate is not available, is to be provided by a simple statement by the entrepreneur.

(3) Evidence of delivered services (references) must at least include:

1.

name and seat of the recipient as well as name of the information person;

2.

value of performance;

3.

time and place of service provision;

4.

An indication of whether the performance has been properly performed.

(4) If evidence of services provided by the entrepreneur in working communities is provided, the share of the service provided by the entrepreneur must be indicated.

(5) As proof of technical performance, supply contracts may be required:

1.

a list of essential deliveries in the last three years;

2.

a description of the technical equipment, the activities of the entrepreneur on quality assurance and the investigative and research opportunities of the entrepreneur;

3.

information about technical professionals or technical bodies, whether or not they are affiliated to the company, in particular those responsible for quality control;

4.

patterns, descriptions and photographs of the products to be supplied, whose authenticity must be detectable at the request of the contracting authority;

5.

certificates issued by competent institutes or official bodies for quality control, which confirm that the goods referred to in the relevant references correspond to specific specifications or standards;

6.

in the case of goods of a complex nature or in the case of goods to be supplied, which are intended for exceptional purposes, a control carried out by the contracting authority or its name by a competent official body in the country of origin of the entrepreneur. This control concerns the production capacity and, if necessary, the investigative and research possibilities of the entrepreneur and the arrangements made by this quality control;

7.

a statement showing the equipment, equipment and technical equipment of entrepreneurs for the execution of the contract;

8.

a statement showing the annual funding of the employees of the entrepreneur over the last three years and the number of its managers over the last three years;

9.

in the case of supply contracts that are necessary for the establishment or assembly work, the certificate that the entrepreneur also has the professional competence, expertise and experience required for the establishment or assembly work.

(6) As proof of technical performance, construction orders can be required:

1.

a list of construction services provided in the last five years;

2.

information about the technical professionals or technical bodies, whether or not they are affiliated to the company, in particular those responsible for quality control or who will have the entrepreneur in carrying out the construction project;

3.

training certificates and certificates of professional competence of the entrepreneur and managers of the entrepreneur, in particular those responsible for the execution of the work;

4.

in the case of construction services, the type of which warrants a corresponding request from the contracting authority, the indication of the environmental management measures that the entrepreneur intends to apply when performing the contract;

5.

a statement showing the equipment, equipment and technical equipment of entrepreneurs for carrying out the contract;

6.

a statement showing the annual funding of the employees of the entrepreneur over the last three years and the number of its managers over the last three years;

7.

an indication of which parts of the contract of entrepreneurs may be intended as subcontracting;

8.

the certificate that the entrepreneur has the professional competence, expertise and experience required for the provision of the construction service.

(7) As proof of technical performance, service contracts may be required:

1.

a list of essential services provided in the last three years;

2.

a description of the technical equipment, the activities of the entrepreneur on quality assurance and the investigative and research opportunities of the entrepreneur;

3.

information about technical professionals or technical bodies, whether or not they are affiliated to the company, in particular those responsible for quality control;

4.

in the case of services of a complex nature or in the case of services intended exceptionally for a particular purpose, a control carried out by the contracting authority or its name by a competent official body in the country of origin of the entrepreneur. This control concerns the technical performance and, if necessary, the investigative and research possibilities of the entrepreneur as well as the measures taken by this quality control;

5.

training certificates and certificates of professional competence of the entrepreneur and managers of the entrepreneur, in particular those responsible for providing services;

6.

in the case of services whose type warrants a request from the contracting authority, the indication of the environmental management measures that the entrepreneur intends to apply when carrying out the contract;

7.

a statement showing the equipment, equipment and technical equipment of entrepreneurs for the execution of the contract;

8.

a statement showing the annual funding of the employees of the entrepreneur over the last three years and the number of its managers over the last three years;

9.

an indication of which parts of the contract of entrepreneurs may be intended as subcontracting;

10.

the certificate that the entrepreneur has the professional competence, expertise and experience required to provide the service.

Evidence of performance by other entrepreneurs and tenderers and working groups

§ 76. (1) To demonstrate its performance, an entrepreneur can rely on the capacities of other entrepreneurs regardless of the legal character of the links between him and these entrepreneurs. In this case, it must prove that, for the execution of the contract, it is actually available to the other entrepreneurs, to the extent necessary.

(2) Under the same conditions, tenderers and working groups can also rely on the capacities of their members or other entrepreneurs.

Quality assurance standards and standards for environmental management

§ 77. (1) If the contracting authority obtains evidence that the entrepreneur meets certain quality assurance standards, the presentation of certificates by independent bodies, it has referred to quality assurance procedures that comply with relevant European standards (in particular series ÖNORM-EN ISO 9000) and certified by appropriate bodies that comply with European certification standards (in particular those certified under the ÖNORM-EN 45 000 series). Equivalent certificates from other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement must be recognised. The contracting authority must recognise equivalent evidence of quality assurance measures in other forms, in particular if the trader makes credible that he may not apply for the certificates concerned or cannot receive them within the relevant deadlines.

(2) Where the contracting authority obtains in the § 75. 6 Z 4 and paragraphs. 7 Z 6 cases referred to as proof that the entrepreneur meets certain standards of environmental management, the presentation of certificates by independent bodies, refer to the Community Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) or to environmental management standards based on relevant European or international standards and certification bodies that comply with Community law or relevant European or international certification standards. Equivalent certificates from other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement must be recognised. The contracting authority must also recognise other evidence of equivalent environmental management measures, in particular if the entrepreneur crediblely states that he may not apply for the certificates or cannot receive them within the relevant time limits.

3. Subsection

Special provisions for the lower threshold area

The possibility of abstaining from proof of power, reliability and performance

§ 78. In the lower threshold area, the contracting authority may, in the case of the award of works contracts whose estimated order value does not reach EUR 120 000 and in the case of the award of supply and service contracts whose estimated value does not reach EUR 80 000, provide evidence of the power to provide reliability and performance, provided that there are no doubts as to the existence of a tenderer or candidate.

6. Section

The tender

1. Subsection

General provisions

Principles of tender

§ 79. (1) The services must be made public in time, unless a tender procedure is applied without prior notice, so that the award is made possible under the procedures of this federal law.

(2) The tender documents refer to appropriate technical specifications for the planning and tendering of eco-friendly products as well as environmentally-friendly procedures and take into account them. In the tender documents, as far as possible, technical specifications should be defined in such a way as to take into account the access criteria for people with disabilities or the design for all users.

(3) The tender documents must be prepared in such a way as to ensure comparability of tenders and to ensure prices without taking uncalculable risks and, if not, a functional performance description in accordance with § 95(2). 3 will be carried out without extensive preparatory work from tenderers.

(4) To the extent that in an open or unopened procedure only a constructive description of performance in accordance with § 95(2). The description of the performance and other provisions must be drawn up in such a way that they can be used in the same version for both the offer and the performance contract.

(5) Calls for tenders in accordance with Section 22(2). 2 are so designed that the bidder can create sub-contract prices.

(6) If tenders are made for the entire performance or for parts of the same variants, the tender must be designed in such a way that the tenderer can form the offer price of variants.

(7) In the tender documents, it is generally only a place for the tenderer to be finalised.

(8) Any participation of third parties in the preparation of a tender must be documented.

(9) The preparation of a tender must be entrusted only to such persons who meet the technical requirements for this purpose. If necessary, unrestricted experts will be used.

Content of the tender documents

§ 80. (1) In the tender documents or in the notice, the contracting authority or the contracting authority and the awarding body shall specify whether the award of the tendered performance is carried out in accordance with the provisions of this federal law for the upper or lower threshold area and the regulations to be adopted and the contracting authority responsible for controlling this award procedure.

(2) The tender documents are deemed necessary or to include the evidence required by the contracting authority in accordance with Articles 71, 72, 74 and 75 as far as they were not already mentioned in the notice.

(3) The notice or tender documents must indicate whether the contract is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous offer or, if the quality standard of performance is clearly and clearly defined in the tender documents, the offer is to be awarded at the lowest price. If the contract is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous tender, the contracting authority shall, in the notice or in the tender documents, specify all the award criteria for its use in relation to the importance which they have given. This indication can also be made by setting a margin that must be appropriate to its maximum bandwidth. If the contracting authority considers that the definition of the award criteria in relation to the importance which they have given to them cannot be possible for reasonable reasons, the contracting authority shall, in the notice or in the tender documents, specify all the award criteria for its use in the order of importance to them. If there is no definition of the award principle in the contract notice or in the tender documents, the contract must be awarded at the lowest price.

(4) The contracting authority may indicate in the tender documents the positions as essential.

(5) The tender documents contain technical specifications.

(6) In the tender documents, it is necessary to indicate whether a computerised and defective offer is set out in § 126. 4 will be eliminated and if a delay is allowed as a result of the correction of a computing error.

Alternative offers

§ 81. (1) Only contracts to be awarded according to the criteria of the most technically and economically advantageous tenders may allow the contracting authority to offer alternative offers. In the tender, the contracting authority must expressly indicate whether and what kind of alternative offers are allowed. If the contracting authority did not indicate the admissibility of alternative offers, alternative offers are not allowed. In addition, if the levy of alternative offers is allowed, alternative offers are only allowed in addition to a tendered offer, as far as the tender has not been explicitly specified.

(2) In the tender documents, the contracting authority must explain and specify the minimum requirements that alternative offers must meet in order to compare with the tendered performance, in which way these offers must be submitted. The contracting authority may only take account of the alternative offers in the award procedure that meet the minimum requirements set.

(3) A contracting authority, the alternative offers after paragraph. 1 has not been allowed to reject a proposed alternative offer solely because it would lead to a delivery order and not to a service contract or a service contract and not to a delivery order within the meaning of this federal law.

Amendments

§ 82. (1) If the contracting authority does not otherwise set out in the tender, amendments are allowed. The contracting authority may limit the admissibility of amendments to certain positions and impose certain minimum requirements. In addition, if the levy of amendments is allowed, amendments are only allowed in addition to a tendered offer, as far as the tender has not been explicitly specified.

(2) The contracting authority must specify in the tender documents in which way these offers must be submitted.

Subcontracting

§ 83. The transfer of the entire contract is inadmissible, except for purchase contracts. The contracting authority must, in the tender documents, determine whether only the essential parts of the contract that the tenderer intends to award to third parties by subcontracting at any time. The transfer of parts of the service is only permitted to the extent that the subcontractor has the power, technical, financial and economic performance required for the execution of its parts, as well as professional reliability in accordance with Articles 72 and 73.

Compliance with labour and social provisions

§ 84. (1) For all procurement procedures to be carried out in Austria, the Conventions No 29, 87, 94, 95, 98, 100, 105, 111, 138, 182 and 183 of the International Labour Organisation, BGBl. No. 228/1950, No. 20/1952, No. 39/1954, No. 81/1958, No. 86/1961, No. 111/1973, BGBl. III No. 41/2002 and BGBl. III/2004 No. 105/2004

(2) In the tender procedure, the contracting authority has to make provision for services to be provided in Austria, taking into account the labour and social regulations applicable in Austria, and that the tenderer undertakes to comply with these rules when executing the contract in Austria. These rules are available for the organisation of the legal representation of employers and workers in order to obtain access from interested bidders and candidates. The tender documents must be explicitly mentioned.

Species and means to ensure

§ 85. (1) Types of guarantee are the Vadium, the deposit, the cover and the reintroduction of liability.

(2) If a means of freezing is required, a bank guarantee must be set by the contracting authority as such in the tender documents. You can be replaced by a corresponding reinsurance or by cash or by cash deposits at an appropriate level after the decision of the depositor.

Vadium

§ 86. If a Vadium is requested, it is necessary to determine its level. The Vadium may not exceed 5 vH of the estimated order value except in justified cases. It is also necessary to make sure that the offer of proof of the status of a Vadium is to be interpreted and that the absence of such evidence constitutes an indefinable lack. The Vadium shall be returned no later than 14 days after the award of the contract or after the withdrawal of the tendering procedure, unless it is missing. If no additional contract is granted within the period of the award, the Vadium shall be returned no later than 14 days after the end of the award period. The Vadium shall be returned immediately if an offer for an award is not considered.

Accessible constructions

§ 87. (1) The tender documents have to refer to the relevant provisions concerning the barrier-free construction. If such rules are not in place for the concrete construction project, the following minimum requirements for the planning and construction of new buildings and for general renovations of buildings, subject to the constitutional requirement:

1.

equal access or, at a level difference, arrangement of ramps with terrain, as well as horizontal interconnections;

2.

sufficient passage widths;

3.

adequate movement areas;

4.

the design of the main entrance.

(2) The scheme referred to in paragraph 2. 1 excludes construction objects or parts from which, after obtaining an opinion from an organisation representing the interests of people with disabilities, there is no need for access for people with disabilities.

(3) 1 also applies to tenders for the planning and construction of buildings and parts of buildings, provided that this does not disproportionately increase the total cost and requires it.

Transmission of tender documents and other documents

§ 88. (1) § 58§ 1.

(2) In the non-open procedure and in the negotiation process, tender documents are to be submitted with the call for a bid or to be made available electronically at the same time with appropriate understanding.

(3) In open proceedings, each applicant, in the case of open procedures and negotiation procedures, is entitled to give any applicant, under the same conditions, the opportunity to access all documents necessary for the preparation of the tenders, to warrant copies and to purchase them, as long as it is provided or usual.

(4) The names and number of candidates who accept or buy documents must be kept secret.

Cost of tender documents

§ 89. In open proceedings, the tender documents may require the production costs (paper, printing or reproduction costs, costs for the medium) and all relevant Portopes. For free of charge, but back-up documents may be required to ensure this. In the other procurement procedures, only in justified cases, there is a fee.

Correction of tender

§ 90. (1) If changes are necessary during the tender period, tender documents and, if necessary, the notice must be corrected and, if necessary, extended accordingly.

(2) If an amendment to the tendering documents is necessary, all candidates or tenderers must be shown to submit the correction. If this is not possible, the correction must be disclosed in the same way as the tender procedure.

2. Subsection

Special tender provisions relating to electronic submissions

Definitions for the delivery of electronic offers

§ 91. (1) The admissibility of electronic tenders must be disclosed in the tender documents at the latest. If a contracting authority has not made any indication of the admissibility of the charge of electronic offers, the charge of offers on electronic means is not allowed.

(2) Is the provision of offers on electronic means in accordance with paragraph 1 is allowed to indicate in the tender documents whether offers can only be made electronically or whether offers can be made on both electronic and paper form. If the contracting authority has not made any indication, the delivery of offers is permitted on both electronic and paper form.

Communication channels

§ 92. (1) The contracting authority has not to discriminate against the means of communication or communication on which offers can be submitted electronically and, together with an electronic address to which the offers are to be submitted, to the tender documents at the latest.

(2) The defined communication path or the defined communication channels must be suitable for building a link that is secured by the end.

Documents

§ 93. The contracting authority has the document format or the document formats in which offers or documents are made. supply elements can be created, not to be discriminatory and to be announced in the tender documents at the latest. For offers produced in a single document and for supply parts, only document formats that can be ordered with a secure electronic signature may be required.

encryption

§ 94. (1) The contracting authority has to announce the admissible or permissible decoding procedures to be applied to tenders at the latest in the tender documents.

(2) The decoding and decoding procedures have to comply with the standard of strong encryption according to the respective state of technology.

3. Subsection

The specifications

Types of performance description

§ 95. (1) The description of the performance can be performed in an alternatively constructive or functional manner.

(2) In a constructive performance description, the services must be divided into a performance directory according to the partial services to be provided.

(3) In a functional performance description, the services are described as tasks by setting performance or functional requirements.

Principles of performance description

§ 96. (1) The services are so clear, complete and neutral in a constructive performance description that the comparability of offers is guaranteed. A constructive description of performance has to include technical specifications and, if necessary, is complemented by plans, drawings, models, samples, patterns and similarities.

(2) In a functional performance description, the technical specifications in accordance with § 98 describe the performance target as sufficiently precise and neutral so that all conditions and circumstances relevant to the preparation of the offer are visible. From the description of the performance, both the purpose of the finished performance and the technical, economic, conceptual and functional requirements imposed on the performance must be seen to the extent that the comparability of the offers is ensured with regard to the performance or functional requirements imposed by the contracting authority. Performance and functional requirements must be sufficiently specified so that they give the candidates and tenderers a clear idea of the subject-matter of the contract and allow the contracting authority to award the contract. A functional performance description has to include technical specifications as well as plans, drawings, models, samples, patterns and similar to those available to the contracting authority.

(3) The performance and tasks must not be described in such a way that certain bidders enjoy competitive advantages in advance.

(4) The description of the performance may also indicate the specifications for the delivery of environmentally-friendly products or for the provision of services in the framework of environmentally-friendly procedures, as far as this is possible according to the respective state of technology and the current market offer. Performance and functional requirements, as far as this is possible on the basis of the tasks to include requirements on environmental fairness of performance.

(5) In drawing up the description of the performance and tasks, all relevant future or cost-effective factors (e.g. operating and conservation work, services, required spare parts storage, disposal) are also to be added if their costs are an award criterion.

(6) In the description of the performance and tasks, all circumstances (e.g. local or temporal circumstances or special requirements relating to the way in which the service is provided) are relevant for the performance of the service and hence for the preparation of the offer. This also applies to special difficulties or facilitation.

Creation of a performance directory

§ 97. (1) In a constructive performance description, extensive services are to be divided into a performance directory. The breakdown has progressed towards a summary description of the overall performance.

(2) Where appropriate guidelines, such as ÖNORMen or standardised performance descriptions, are in place for the description or breakdown of certain services, are used. The contracting authority may, on a number of points, adopt different definitions in the tender documents. The reasons for the divergences are to be retained by the contracting authority and to immediately inform the entrepreneurs on request.

(3) In addition, the following definitions must be observed when drawing up the directory:

1.

the overall performance is to be structured as to the fact that under each of the order numbers (positions) only performance of the same type and price formation, which are to be determined as accurately as possible on the basis of project documentation or other information. Services that cause one-off costs are to be recorded in separate positions, insofar as this corresponds to sectorial price assessments, from those that cause time or quantity-related costs;

2.

the summary of joint services of various kinds and price formation in a position, in particular of main and by-products, can only be done if the value of a performance exceeds the value of the other so that the separate price indication would be minor. The overview and the precise description of performance cannot be affected by the summary. In specific cases, however, by-products, such as special preparatory work or exceptional freight services, must be recorded in their own positions (by-products as main services);

3.

the list of services is to determine the extent to which the prices are to be separated (e.g. wages, other supplies, assembly). If variable prices are to be reconciled, prices must in any case be divided into wage-related and other price shares;

4.

Individual services can also be advertised in separate positions according to Art, quality, quantity, origin of raw and auxiliary substances, location of performance and, at the same time, optional. These services are also subject to competition in the amount provided and must be taken into account when determining the total prices for certain specified execution variants.

Technical specifications

§ 98. (1) Technical specifications must be equally accessible to all candidates and tenderers and must not impede competition in an unjustified manner.

(2) Without prejudice to the binding, Community-compliant national technical regulations, technical specifications must be determined

1.

Having regard to the following hierarchy:

(a)

national standards to implement European standards;

(b)

European technical approvals,

(c)

common technical specifications,

(d)

international standards and other technical reference systems developed by European standards bodies, or

(e)

if such standards and specifications are lacking, national standards, national technical approvals or national technical specifications for the design, calculation and execution of buildings and the use of products,

without exception, with any reference to the "or equivalent" supplement, or

2.

in the form of performance or functional requirements, or

3.

in the form of performance or functional requirements under Z 2, with reference to technical specifications in accordance with Z 1 as a means of presumption of conformity with these performance or functional requirements, or

4.

with reference to technical specifications in accordance with Z 1 concerning certain characteristics and in the form of performance or functional requirements relating to other characteristics.

(3) The technical specifications referred to in paragraph 3. The contracting authority may not refuse an offer, an alternative or an amendment offer on the ground that the goods and services offered do not correspond to the specifications it uses, provided that the tenderer proves, by means of appropriate means, that the solutions suggested by it meet the requirements of the technical specification referred to. The appropriate means apply in particular to a technical description of the manufacturer or an audit report of a recognised body.

(4) If technical specifications are in the form of performance or functional requirements in accordance with paragraph The contracting authority may not oppose an offer, an alternative or an amendment offer, which corresponds to a national standard implementing a European standard, or a European technical approval, a common technical specification, an international standard or a technical reference system developed by the European standards bodies, if these specifications relate to the performance or functional requirements required by it. The tenderer must demonstrate, in its offer or in its alternative or amendment offer, that the product, service or construction service corresponds to the performance and function requirements of the contracting authority. The appropriate means apply in particular to a technical description of the manufacturer or an audit report of a recognised body.

(5) The accredited bodies within the meaning of this provision are those testing and calibration laboratories and inspection and certification bodies that comply with relevant European standards. The contracting authority must recognise certificates from recognised bodies established in other EEA Contracting Parties.

(6) Are requirements for environmental fairness of performance in the form of performance or functional requirements as set out in paragraph 2 Z 2 may refer to contracting authorities to describe the performance of technical specifications or parts thereof defined in European, national, multinational or other environmental quality labels, provided that:

1.

are suitable for the specifications defining the characteristics of goods or services that are contractable,

2.

the requirements for eco-labelling have been prepared on the basis of scientific secure information;

3.

the eco-labels have been developed and decided in the framework of a procedure in which all stakeholders such as administrative authorities, consumers, manufacturers, distributors and environmental protection organisations can participate; and

4.

the eco-label is accessible and available to all interested parties.

The contracting authority may indicate in the tender documents that, in the case of goods or services equipped with a specific eco-label, they are presumed to conform to the technical specifications set out in the tender documents. However, the contracting authority must acknowledge any other appropriate evidence, such as a technical description of the manufacturer or a test report of a recognised body.

(7) In so far as it is not justified by the subject matter of the contract, technical specifications may not be referred to a specific production or origin, or to a specific procedure or to trademarks, patents, types, a specific origin or a particular production if this favours or excludes certain operators. However, such references are exceptionally permitted if the object of the contract cannot be sufficiently precise and in general understandable. Such references are, exceptionally, provided with the addition "or equivalent".

(8) Exceptionally, the tendering of a particular product with the addition of ‘or equivalent’ is made in free lines (peace gaps) of the service directory according to the corresponding position of the tenderer information about factory and type of equivalent products chosen by him and, if required, other information relating to these products. The relevant criteria for assessing equivalence must be specified in the description of performance.

4. Subsection

Rules on the Performance Contract

Treaty provisions

§ 99. (1) Where the provisions of the Treaty do not already result from the description of performance, they must be clearly and comprehensively defined so that a clear performance contract can be concluded. For the following information, it is necessary to define its own provisions in the performance contract:

1.

compliance times and all reasonable fixed transactions;

2.

contractual penalties (Pönale);

3.

freezing;

4.

types of prices; the rules and conditions that allow a clear price transfer to be determined in the event of variable prices, if appropriate ÖMen is not present and declared applicable;

5.

More or less benefits;

6.

premiums;

7.

advance payments;

8.

law and jurisdiction;

9.

provisions on arbitration;

10.

specificities relating to technical implementation;

11.

deviations from commonly accepted or normal execution rules;

12.

the type of examination of compliance with certain prescriptions, e.g. as regards the quality of the material;

13.

conditions in particular social (such as women, disability, social and employment) or environmental content that are to be fulfilled during the provision of the services provided that these conditions have already been announced in the notice or in the tender documents;

14.

material used as a result of the performance (equity ratio, movement, use, remuneration);

15.

packaging;

16.

Place of performance;

17.

partial and final adoption;

18.

billing, accounting, payment and late payment interest;

19.

Services to government prices (e.g. admissibility, proof);

20.

provision of tendering or tender documents and preparation according to § 23;

21.

remuneration of special preparation in the context of supply creation;

22.

§ 23;

23.

guarantee and liability;

24.

Insurance.

(2) The contracting authority may take further decisions on the performance contract. Where appropriate guidelines, such as ÖNORMen or standardised performance descriptions, are in place for the provisions of the Treaty. The contracting authority may, on a number of points, adopt different definitions in the tender documents. The reasons for the divergences are to be retained by the contracting authority and to immediately inform the entrepreneurs on request.

5. Subsection

Special provisions for the lower threshold area

Election of the award principle

§ 100. In the lower threshold area, the contracting authority may grant the contract to the most technically and economically advantageous offer or offer the lowest price. If the contract is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous tender, the contracting authority shall, in the notice or in the tender documents, specify all the award criteria for its use in relation to the importance which they have given. If such a definition is not possible for reasonable reasons, according to the contracting authority, in the notice or in the tender documents, the contracting authority must specify all the award criteria for its use in the order of importance to them. If there is no definition of the award principle in the contract notice or in the tender documents, the contract must be awarded at the lowest price.

7. Section

Procedures

End of open procedure

§ 101. (1) Open procedures are to be announced in the relevant publication media in accordance with Articles 46, 50 to 52 and 55.

(2) Number and names of entrepreneurs who have expressed their interest in participating in an open procedure must be kept secret until the opening of the offer.

(3) In the open procedure, entrepreneurs can submit their offers within the supply period.

(4) During an open procedure, tenderers may not negotiate on a change of offer.

Participants in the open procedure without prior notice and
negotiated procedure without prior notice

§ 102. (1) In the case of non-open procedures without prior notice and without prior notice, the call for tendering has only been made to competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs. These conditions must be examined and maintained in advance.

(2) The selection of the entrepreneurs to be asked has taken place in a non-discriminatory way. The contracting authority has to change as often as possible the required entrepreneurs. In particular, small and medium-sized entrepreneurs may be involved in the award procedure.

(3) The number of entrepreneurs to be asked must be determined according to performance. It must not be less than five for open procedures without prior notice. In the case of negotiated procedures without prior notice, it may, unless the performance can only be provided by a particular entrepreneur or if there are compelling, compelling reasons, if there is a sufficient number of authorized, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs.

(4) The prospective entrepreneurs have to obtain offers.

Participants in the open procedure with prior notice and
in the negotiation procedure with prior notice

§ 103. (1) Not open procedures with prior notice and negotiated procedures with prior notice are to be announced in the relevant publication media in accordance with Articles 46, 50 to 52 and 55.

(2) Applications for participation can be sent in writing or electronically. Interest statements on participation can also be sent by phone or by fax.

(3) If the entrepreneur requires the performance of subcontractors to demonstrate his own performance, he has to announce the eligible subcontractors and to present the certificates and evidence relating to their performance and professional reliability already with the application for participation.

(4) Entrepreneurs who, on the basis of the notice, have submitted applications for participation in time and who are empowered to be efficient and reliable in accordance with the provisions of Articles 68 to 78 shall be considered to be abated. 6 and 7 opportunities to participate in the open procedure with prior notice and in the negotiating process with prior notice.

(5) The contracting authority may only be informed of the content of the application after the expiry of the deadline for its submission. The examination of the application for participation is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the application for membership must be kept. On request, the applicant must be informed of the part of the notice relating to his application. The design of the inscription is to be considered.

(6) The number of traders to be requested must be determined according to the performance, but not open procedures with prior notice may not be less than five. In the case of negotiated procedures with prior notice, it may not be less than three if there is a sufficient number of authorised, powerful and reliable entrepreneurs. The number determined must ensure genuine competition and must be indicated in the notice. The objective and non-discriminatory selection criteria have to take into account the specific requirements of the performance to be performed and must be announced in the notice.

(7) As a result of more applications for participation than the number of traders to be requested by the contracting authority, the contracting authority has to select the best candidates among the authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs based on the selection criteria. The relevant reasons for the selection are to be kept in a reasonable way. The contracting authority has immediately and at least one week to agree on the implementation of an accelerated procedure in accordance with Articles 61 to 63, 66 and 67 three days, after the end of the selection, on the grounds for non-authorisation. The reasons for non-authorisation are not known unless the disclosure of this information would conflict with public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs, or harm the free and fair competition.

(8) As a result of fewer applications for participation from authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs than the number of traders to be requested by the contracting authority, the contracting authority may not involve additional entrepreneurs in the award procedure in the upper threshold area. In the lower threshold area, the contracting authority may include additional entrepreneurs in the award procedure.

(9) At the same time, the contracting authority has to request the selected candidates in writing for the supply levy. The request will be accompanied by tendering documents and all relevant additional documents if the documents are not provided on the Internet. It contains at least the following information:

1.

if the additional documents are not available to the contracting authority, the address or electronic address of the place where the additional documents can be requested; the amount and conditions for payment of the amount to be paid, where appropriate, for the additional documents;

2.

the date of receipt of the offers, the address or the electronic address of the place where they are to be submitted, and the language in which they are to be drawn;

3.

a reference to the published notice;

4.

the indication of the documents which may be attached;

5.

where appropriate, if the documents are made available on the Internet, the Internet address (URL) under which the documents are available on the Internet;

6.

(in relation to their meaning) award criteria if they are not included in the notice or in the tender documents; and

7.

all other special conditions of participation.

If the additional documents within the meaning of the Z 1 are not available to the contracting authority, the place in which the additional documents can be requested shall immediately send them to all selected candidates who have requested the documentation in time, immediately after receiving the request.

End of the open procedure

§ 104. (1) In the non-open procedure, operators requested to provide offers may submit their offers within the supply period.

(2) During a non-open procedure, tenderers may not negotiate on a change of offer.

(3) The number and names of the operators requested to provide the offer must be kept secret until the opening of the bid.

The expiry of the negotiating procedure

§ 105. (1) The contracting authority has to negotiate with several bidders on the entire content of the service in order to identify the best offer for it in accordance with the announced award criteria. In carrying out negotiations with a tenderer, the contracting authority may negotiate with this on the entire content of the service in order to identify the best offer for him in accordance with the announced award criteria. The contracting authority may not disclose information in such a way as to discriminate against certain bidders against other bidders.

(2) A negotiated procedure with several bidders can be carried out in various successive phases. The contracting authority may reduce the number of offers in hand of the announced award criteria. The contracting authority has immediately agreed to those tenderers whose bids are not taken into account. The procedure chosen by the contracting authority is known in the call for tender or in the tender documents. In the final phase of a negotiated procedure with several bidders, if a sufficient number of suitable bidders remain, there are so many offers that a genuine competition is ensured. If, on the basis of the reduction of the number of offers, only an appropriate bidder is allowed to negotiate with only one bidder in the final stage of the negotiation process.

(3) The contracting authority has, if not specified in the tender documents, the tenderer or the tenderer participating in the negotiation procedure. to announce the conclusion of the negotiations in advance. This can be done by making a round of negotiations known as the last round of negotiations, or by requesting the remaining bidders to make a bid for a last time.

(4) In the implementation of negotiated procedures without prior notice in the upper threshold area and in the implementation of negotiating procedures in the sub-wave area, the contracting authority can be reserved in the tender documents that, in the case of the submission of fully prepared and comparable tenders, it only leads to negotiations with the other tenderers only if the negotiations are not successfully concluded with the bidder.

(5) The announced award criteria may, unless otherwise specified in the tender documents, no change is made during the negotiation process.

(6) The number and names of the operators requested for the supply levy must be kept secret until the award decision is announced.

8. Section

The offer

1. Subsection

General rules for offers

General provisions

§ 106. (1) The tenderer has to comply with the tender documents when preparing the tender. The required text of the tender documents may not be amended or supplemented.

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the tender documents, the offer must be made with all relevant documents (e.g. test certificates) in German and in euro.

(3) tenders must relate to the total tendered, unless the tender procedure provided for the possibility of partial offers. A sub-sistence offer, which is incompatible with the tender procedure, is subject to an unsustainable lack.

(4) alternative offers must meet the minimum requirements and ensure equivalent performance. The tenderer must demonstrate the equivalence. Alternative offers may relate to the overall performance, to parts of the service, to the economic or legal conditions of the provision of services. Alternative offers must be labelled as such and submitted in their own preparation. For each alternative offer, even if it relates only to parts of the total power, the bidder will always form an overall alternative offer price.

(5) Amendments have to ensure equal performance. The tenderer must demonstrate the equivalence. Amendments can only relate to technical aspects of parts of the performance. Amendments are to be labelled as such and submitted in their own preparation. For each offer of amendments, the bidder will always form an overall change price.

(6) If, from the point of view of an entrepreneur, an amendment to the tendering or tendering documents is necessary, it must immediately inform the contracting authority. If necessary, the contracting authority must implement an amendment in accordance with Section 90.

(7) Success exceptionally according to § 98(2). 7 and 8 the tendering of a particular product with the addition "or equivalent", the tenderer may indicate an equivalent product in free rows (petrol loopholes) of the service directory. The tenderer must show the equivalence. The products referred to in the tender documents are considered as examples if the bidder did not use any other products to the free lines of the service directory. If the products referred to by the tenderer do not conform to the equivalence criteria set out in the tender documents, the tendered product is only offered if the tenderer has declared this to the bid.

(8) During the offer period, the tenderer may change, supplement or withdraw its offer by means of an additional declaration which is valid under the law. If a new total price is added to the offer change or supplement, it must also be specified. The change in offer or supplement is to be transmitted to the contracting authority according to the rules applicable to offers and to treat it as an offer. The resignation must be informed to the contracting authority. In this case, the tenderer may request the immediate withdrawal of his unopened offer.

Form of offers

§ 107. (1) offers must have the form prescribed in the tender documents. In the event of a media exchange, the transfer of an automated device supported is allowed to be made of printed and validly substantiated short-performance directory, even if the description of the performance produced by the contracting authority is legally substantiated by the tenderer.

(2) offers must be made fully and free of numerical and computing errors.

(3) The tenderer has a loose part of the offer with the name of the offer, as part of the offer, and must give it.

(4) offers must be so unjustified that changes (such as the injunction or removal of the document or pressure) or can be demonstrated. Corrections of bidders must be clear and clear and must be carried out in such a way as to ensure that the correction is made before the bid fee. They must be confirmed by a valid signature, indicating the date.

Content of the offers

§ 108. (1) Each offer must include in particular:

1.

name (company, business name) and seat of the bidder; at working groups the designation of a representative responsible for the completion and resolution of the award procedure and the contract, indicating his address; finally the (electronic) address of the body entitled to receive the mail;

2.

Disclosure of subcontractors whose performance is required to demonstrate the performance of the bidder, on the basis of the necessary certificates and on the evidence that the tenderer is aware of their capacities or capacities. in the financial and economic performance of the contracting authority has the security necessary to carry out the overall order. Disclosure of all parts or, if the contracting authority has provided for this in the tender documents, only the essential parts of the contract which the tenderer intends to award at least or possibly through subcontracts to third parties. The subcontractors in question are known to demonstrate their power and professional reliability. The number of subcontractors per part of the service is allowed. The liability of the contractor is not affected by this claim;

3.

the evidence that a Vadium called for at all;

4.

the prices and all necessary reintegrations and the explanations, if necessary; in the performance directory or in the short performance register, prices must be recorded at the places in question; no price is charged for a position, this is to be explained in the offer;

5.

§ 99, if any, at variable prices. 1 Z 4 necessary information;

6.

other explanations or declarations required for the assessment of the offer or considered necessary by the tenderer;

7.

the list of documents that are open to the offer, the evidence of the power, reliability, financial and economic as well as the technical performance required under Articles 71, 72, 74 and 75, as well as those documents which are submitted separately (e.g. samples, patterns);

8.

any alternative or amendment package;

9.

Date and final written instructions from the bidder.

(2) By submitting its tender, the tenderer declares that he knows the provisions of the tender documents that he has the necessary powers to perform the contract, that he provides the tendered performance at these provisions and the prices it has stated, and that he is bound to his offer by the end of the award period.

Special provisions on the content of offers in functional specifications

§ 109. (1) In a functional performance description, the offers must be prepared in such a way as to clearly determine the nature and extent of the performance, to demonstrate the fulfilment of the requirements of the tasks, to assess the adequacy of the required prices and, after completion of the performance, to verify the conformity of the contract.

(2) The offer must, in principle, include a list of services to be drawn up by the tenderer with quantity and price information for all parts of the functionally described performance, the plans and other documents as required by § 96(2). 2, on which the performance directory is based, with detailed explanation, must be attached.

(3) The offer has to contain the statement that the tenderer is responsible for the completeness of his information, in particular the quantities that it itself has identified, either without restriction or in a quantity tolerance to which is specified in the tender documents.

(4) In the bid, the assumptions on which the bidder is forced in particular cases because, at the time of the bid, individual sub-performances cannot be determined by type and quantity, if necessary, by hand of plans and quantitative investigations.

(5) paragraphs 1 to 4 do not apply to offers in those phases of a negotiated procedure, for which the contracting authority does not yet require a fully prepared offer.

A sufficient number of offers in paper form

§ 110. Paper form offers must be submitted in a closed transhipment within the supply period. Any surcharges placed by the contracting authority are to be used as soon as possible. The transhipment is accompanied by the mandatory password or, if such a form is not required, must be accompanied by a characteristic of the contents. If a medium is used for the supply charge, this is particularly noteable on the transhipment (e.g. "Achting medium"). In the same way, packaging must be labelled by separate parts to be submitted.

Remuneration for the preparation of offers

§ 111. (1) offers must in principle be created without separate remuneration. The calculation and all necessary preparatory work, the completion of the performance register and the creation of alternative or amendments are not a special preparation within the meaning of the paragraph. 3).

(2) If a tender procedure is revoked for reasons that the contracting authority has to represent, on request, the costs of the tender documents must be refunded to tenderers, but only against the withdrawal of tender documents.

(3) If special preparation is required for the preparation of the offer, appropriate remuneration is provided. However, this remuneration will only be due if the tender is in line with the tender.

(4) If a public procurement procedure is revoked before the expiry of the supply period, the remuneration is payable in accordance with paragraph 3 only those bidders whose bids have already been made or which have been posted within three days of the notification of the revocation decision, submit their offer or only the part already drawn up. In the case of partial work, the remuneration must be calculated in proportion. If a tender procedure is revoked after the expiry of the tender period, the remuneration of all those bidders who have put in place an offer corresponding to the tender.

Additional period

§ 112. (1) The award period starts with the expiry of the supply period. It covers the period during which the award of the contract is intended. The award period is short. It may not exceed five months if it has already been specified in the tender documents for compelling reasons for a longer period, which may not exceed seven months. If the tendering period is not specified, it is one month.

(2) During the award period, the bidder is bound to its offer. At the request of a contracting authority, a tenderer may extend the binding effect of his offer. At the request of a tenderer whose offer is not eligible for an award, the contracting authority may dismiss it from the link to its offer. In this case, the contracting authority has to withdraw a Vadium which is all the case.

(3) If a candidate or tenderer has an application in good time in accordance with Section 20(2). 1, the contracting authority, if it is an offer which is eligible for an award, has, on a justified request from the entrepreneur whose recognition, equivalence or confirmation procedures have not yet been completed, to prolong the award period by one month and to impose a reasonable period of time to obtain recognition, equivalence or confirmation. This does not apply to proceedings in accordance with Article 28(2). 2 Z 3, 29(2) Z 3, 6 and 7, 30 paragraphs. 2 Z 3 and 38 paragraphs. 2 Z 3 and for accelerated procedures in accordance with Articles 61 to 63, 66 and 67.

(4) The continuation of the award period in accordance with paragraph 1 is blocked for the duration of an inspection procedure.

2. Subsection

Special provisions for electronic offers

General provisions for electronic offers

§ 113. (1) Is the delivery of offers on electronic means in accordance with § 43. 3 or § 91. In addition to its electronically delivered offer, a bidder may not offer or offer a bid. no supply elements in paper form. This does not apply to supply elements such as proof of the power to professional reliability, financial, economic or technical performance, provided that these elements are not available electronically.

(2) If tenders are sent electronically, tenderers have requested the documentation, documents, certificates and declarations that have been required to demonstrate the competence to prove professional reliability, to prove financial and economic performance and to demonstrate technical performance, unless they are sent in electronically signed form, at the latest at the end of the offer period in paper form.

Form, encryption and secure signature of the offer

§ 114. (1) The tenderer has to prepare the offer or supply components within the time limit of the offer in one of the documents defined by the contracting authority, to submit a communication path established by the contracting authority and to decrypt one of the well-known procedures. If the contracting authority does not define document formats, the bidder has to create the offer or the main offer in a generally available, non-discriminatory and secure document format. If the contracting authority has established only securely significant document formats, the tenderer may, in the case of secure chaining of supply elements, draw up the other supply elements in generally available, non-discriminatory document formats. Once requested by the contracting authority, the tenderer shall immediately provide all necessary means to process the document formats for free of charge.

(2) The tenderer shall ensure that after the tender is transmitted to the contracting authority, examination of the completeness, authenticity and inviolence of the offer is possible.

(3) If the offer is produced in a single document, the tenderer must have a secure electronic signature.

(4) Where the offer is made of several tender elements, the tenderer must ensure that the verification of the completeness, authenticity and inviolence of the offer is ensured with the quality of the secure electronic signature. In particular, this can be done through a secure chain of all supply elements in accordance with § 115.

(5) Once requested by the contracting authority, the tenderer must immediately provide the necessary information and methods to verify signatures for free.

(6) Paragraph 1 to 5 also applies to data supplied separately from the offer, which changes, supplements or withdraws its offer by the bidder. When transferring a separate dataset submitted by the offer, the tenderer has to indicate the award procedure and the offer of the separate dataset.

Safe chains of supply components

§ 115. (1) Where the offer is made of several tender elements, the tenderer meets the requirement of a secure electronic signature of the offer, including through the safe chaining of all supply elements in accordance with paragraph 2. 2 to 4.

(2) The bidder has to create the tendering part in one of the document formats defined by the contracting authority and to provide the date and secure electronic signature.

(3) As a procedure for the formation of the Hash value of a file, in the case of secure chains, use the procedure which applies to the safe signature of the supply part. The supply elements presented in paper form are to be displayed in the supply table in such a way that the contracting authority can clearly identify where the supply part relates or what contents it has.

(4) In the case of a secure chain of supply parts with the other parts of the offer, the bidder may also create the other parts of the offer in document formats that cannot be labelled as such with a secure electronic signature.

Authorisation

§ 116. In order to ensure free and fair competition, the legal protection of bidders, in the interest of a uniform and legally-safe procedure for awarding contracts, and to ensure the most economical procedure in the context of the electronic process of the electronic tendering process, the German Government may adopt more detailed provisions on the procedure for the electronic transmission of tenders, the supply deposit and the storage of bids and the standardised electronic tendering procedures.

9. Section

The award procedure

1. Subsection

Contrary and opening of tenders in paper form

Contrary and preservation of offers

§ 117. (1) The place where the offers have to be submitted has to be noted on the closed terminal date and time of receipt. All offers must be entered in a list in the order of their receipt.

(2) Information about the relevant offers, in particular on the bidders or on the number of bids made, may not be given.

(3) The offers must be kept in such a way that they are inaccessible until opening.

(4) The contracting authority may only be informed of the content of the offers after the expiry of the supply period.

Opening of offers

§ 118. (1) On open and open procedures, offers must be opened at the specified place and at the fixed time, immediately after the expiry of the offer period. The opening has to be done by a Commission consisting of at least two competent representatives of the contracting authority. The bidders are in principle entitled to participate in the opening. You can only be excluded from opening of the offers for duly justified reasons. In this case, opening is to be done by a Commission consisting of at least three competent representatives of the contracting authority.

(2) Negotiations do not require formalised opening of offers. The bidders are not allowed to participate in the opening. The result of the opening is to be kept secret.

(3) Before opening a bid, it must be found whether it is unopened and before the end of the offer period. At the end of the offer period, tenders have not to be opened and labelled as delayed.

(4) The open offers are provided in the order in which they have been registered in the entry directory. It should be noted whether the offer is justified, as many parts exist, and whether the elements of the tender (e.g. calculations, the Vadium's proof) as listed as the facilities are actually present. All parts in the opening of the offer are so clearly marked by the Commission during the opening of the offer, e.g. in such a way as to establish a retrospective change.

(5) The offers, including alternative and amendment offers, provide the following information and maintain it in the inscription:

1.

the name and place of business of the bidder;

2.

the total price or the offer price with an indication of the extent of all reasonable discounts and surcharges and, if the award was intended in parts or for parts of the same variants, the total price or partial offer prices as well as the offer price of variants;

3.

substantial statements by tenderers;

4.

other tender information relevant to other award criteria than the price, which is possible and reasonable and announced in the tender documents.

Only the amended single or position prices, as well as the revised total price or offer price, may be announced from the letter of the tenderer, which amends individual prices or prices. Other information may not be disclosed to tenderers. If, on the basis of the large number of prices, a reading of the same would be unfortunate, the bidders requesting this to give the prices a proven notice within three working days.

(6) It is to be included in which in addition to the after paragraph. 3 to 5 necessary information:

1.

date and time from start and end of opening;

2.

business number, subject matter and reference to the type of procedure;

3.

the name of the present;

4.

mandatory, but not existing allowances;

5.

Note about obvious supply constraints.

The Minute is to be substantiated by the members of the Commission. At the request, the bidders – as they were entitled to the opening – will follow a copy of the notice.

(7) After the opening, the words, the offers and their surcharges must be kept in such a way that they are inaccessible.

2. Subsection

Contrary and opening of electronically transmitted offers

Contrary to offers

§ 119. (1) The date of receipt of the offer of a bidder is to be documented by a time stamp service and to confirm immediately the bidder. The time of the time stamp service is to make interactive procurement solutions inter-active. All offers must be entered in a list in the order of their receipt.

(2) Information about the relevant offers, in particular on the bidders or on the number of bids made, may not be given.

(3) The contracting authority must ensure that it can take note of the content of the offers only after the expiry of the supply period and that no unauthorised decoding of the offers can be made before the end of the offer period.

Storage of offers

§ 120. Electrically transmitted offers must be kept so that

1.

guarantees their authenticity, inviolence and confidentiality;

2.

no unauthorised access can be made until the opening of the offers is opened; and

3.

any access to the offer will be documented.

Opening of electronically transmitted offers

§ 121. (1) On open and open procedures, offers must be opened at the specified place and at the fixed time, immediately after the expiry of the offer period. The opening has to be done by a Commission consisting of at least two competent representatives of the contracting authority. The bidders are in principle entitled to participate in the opening. You can only be excluded from opening of the offers for duly justified reasons. In this case, opening is to be done by a Commission consisting of at least three competent representatives of the contracting authority.

(2) Negotiations do not require formalised opening of offers. The bidders are not allowed to participate in the opening. The result of the opening is to be kept secret.

(3) Before opening a tender, it must be ascertained whether it is encrypted in accordance with the requirements of the contracting authority and no unauthorised access was made. At the end of the offer period, tenders have not to be opened and labelled as delayed.

(4) The open offers are provided in the order in which they have been registered in the entry directory. The authenticity of the offer is to be established (in particular, whether the offer is a secure electronic signature), as well as to determine how many parts of the offer exist and whether the elements of the offer as listed as the facilities and those requested in the tender (e.g. calculations documents, proof of the Vadium). All the data available at the opening of the offer are clearly labelled by the Commission during the opening of the offer so that a subsequent change would be possible.

(5) The offers, including alternative and amendment offers, provide the following information and maintain it in the inscription:

1.

the name and place of business of the bidder;

2.

the total price or the offer price with an indication of the extent of all reasonable discounts and surcharges and, if the award was intended in parts or for parts of the same variants, the total price or partial offer prices as well as the offer price of variants;

3.

substantial statements by tenderers;

4.

other tender information relevant to other award criteria than the price, which is possible and reasonable and announced in the tender documents.

Only the amended single or position prices, as well as the revised total price or offer price, may be announced from the letter of the tenderer, which amends individual prices or prices. Other information may not be disclosed to tenderers. If, on the basis of the large number of prices, a reading of the same would be unfortunate, the bidders requesting this to give the prices a proven notice within three working days.

(6) It is to be included in which in addition to the after paragraph. 3 to 5 necessary information:

1.

date and time from start and end of opening;

2.

business number, subject matter and reference to the type of procedure;

3.

the name of the present;

4.

mandatory, but not existing allowances;

5.

Note about obvious supply constraints.

The Minute is to be substantiated by the members of the Commission. At the request, the bidders – as they were entitled to the opening – will follow a copy of the notice.

(7) After the opening, the notice and the offers must be stored or kept so that they are inaccessible.

3. Subsection

Examination of offers and termination of offers

General provisions

§ 122. The examination and evaluation of a bid must only be transferred to such persons who meet the technical requirements for this purpose. If necessary, independent experts from tenderers will be employed.

Procedures for examination

§ 123. (1) The examination of the tenders must be carried out in technical and economic terms according to the criteria set out in the tender.

(2) In particular,

1.

whether the § 19(2). 1 of the above principles has been met;

2.

the power, performance and reliability of the bidder or – for the transfer of services – the subcontractor that has been made legally;

3.

whether the offer is technically correct;

4.

the adequacy of prices;

5.

whether the offer conforms to the other provisions of the tender, in particular whether it is correct and complete.

(3) The examination of offers that are not eligible for an award may be based on individual of the in paragraph. 2 criteria.

Doubtful price indications

§ 124. (1) If bids with unit prices of the position price do not match the price that can be determined on the basis of the quantity and the unit price, the specified quantity and the single price offered will apply. If there are differences between the unit prices offered and any price breakdown, the unit prices offered will apply.

(2) Corrections are clearly visible in the offer.

(3) In the case of offers with flat-rate prices, only these apply without regard to a specified price breakdown.

Checking the adequacy of prices – in-depth tendering

§ 125. (1) The adequacy of prices must be examined in relation to the advertised or alternatively offered performance and taking into account all circumstances in which it will be to be provided.

(2) When assessing the adequacy of prices, it is to be considered by comparable experience, from other documents and from the relevant market conditions.

(3) The contracting authority must request information about the positions of the offer and in accordance with paragraph. 4 and 5 in-depth reviews if:

1.

offer a low overall price relative to performance,

2.

High or low unit prices in essential positions in accordance with § 80. 4 have, or

3.

after examination in accordance with paragraph There are 2 reasoned doubts about the adequacy of prices.

(4) In an in-depth bid test, it will be necessary to examine whether prices are sound and understandable. In particular, it can be verified whether

1.

in the price of all essential positions, all directly superior personnel, material, equipment, external power and capital costs are included and whether the effort and consumption approaches are understandable;

2.

the unit price (flat price, price) for higher-quality services was generally higher than for lower-value services;

3.

§ 97(2). 3 Z 3 requested or requested by the tenderer in accordance with § 109. 2 of the prices or the total price (in particular the share of wages) are clarified from experience.

(5) As a result of the in-depth tendering, the contracting authority must request a binding written warning from the tenderer, including oral or telephone information, in the event of minor confusion. The subsequent examination has to be carried out taking into account the information received or the evidence provided by the tenderer at all times. In particular, the contracting authority has clarifications about the efficiency of the selected manufacturing or construction process or the provision of the service, the chosen technical solutions, exceptionally favourable conditions, which the tenderer has in the provision of the service, the originality of the service offered by the tenderer, the employment and social provisions applicable at the place of delivery of the service, or the possibility of granting a State aid to the tenderer in the review. The information provided by the tenderer shall be accompanied by the notice concerning the examination of the bids. If the estimated order value does not reach EUR 120 000, the procedure provided for in this paragraph may be waived.

(6) If, in the case of a procurement procedure in the upper threshold area, a tender price is abnormally low in relation to the performance of the bidder, because the tenderer has received state aid, it may, for this reason, leave the offer only if, after request by the contracting authority, the tenderer cannot demonstrate that the aid was lawfully granted. As a result of this, a contracting authority has announced this by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour.

Disability of offers

§ 126. (1) If the examination of the tenders reveals any confusion about the offer, including any variants, alternative or amendments, or about the intended type of implementation, or if the uncertainties for the assessment of the bids are of importance, the tenderer is required to request a binding written information. The written information provided by the tenderer or the evidence provided by the tenderer at all times shall be accompanied by the notice concerning the examination of the bids. If the estimated order value does not reach EUR 120 000, the procedure provided for in this paragraph may be waived.

(2) Any further procedure initiated by the information provided may be the principles of § 19(2). 1, 101 paragraphs. 4, 104. 2 and 127 do not violate.

(3) If an offer of such deficiencies indicates that the contracting authority cannot be presumed to be processing, it must be dismissed.

(4) Incorrect offers are not to be taken into account when the sum of the absolute amounts of all corrections is increased or reduced - 2 vH or more of the original total price without VAT. Corrections of side transfers of intermediates in the offer (transmission errors) that have not been further reported remain unintended. This is because of the correction of a numeracy error, except the contracting authority has explicitly defined otherwise, inadmissible.

Information talks and discussions

§ 127. (1) During an open or non-open procedure, only information talks are allowed to obtain information about financial, economic or technical performance, as well as information necessary to examine price adequacy, meet minimum requirements and equivalence of alternative or amendment offerings.

(2) In the case of alternative and amendments, discussions relating to minor technical changes and resulting minor changes in prices will be held, while respecting the principles of § 19(2). 1.

(3) Information talks and discussions must be conducted by the Commission. The reasons and results must be kept in a descript.

Minutes of the examination

§ 128. (1) The examination of the tenders and their result is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the offers must be kept.

(2) On request, any bidder who was entitled to participate in the opening of tenders will be informed about the total prices in question after examination of the bids. Each tenderer is to grant access to its all correct offer or to transfer its offer.

(3) On request, the tenderer must be informed of the part of the notice relating to his offer. The design of the inscription is to be considered.

Termination of offers

§ 129. (1) Before choosing the tender for the award decision, the contracting authority must, on the basis of the outcome of the examination,

1.

Offered by tenderers who participate in the tendering procedure pursuant to Section 20(2). 5 or according to § 68. 1 must be excluded;

2.

tenders by tenderers whose power is not given to financial, economic or technical performance or reliability;

3.

offers that have a non- plausible composition of the total price (e.g. speculative pricing) identified by an in-depth bid test;

4.

offers where the bidder does not receive any prices, but only declares that the cheapest offer is prohibiting a certain percentage or value;

5.

offers where a Vadium has been requested, but whose evidence is lacking when opening bids;

6.

delayed offers;

7.

tenders, partial, alternative and amendment offers, if they have not been approved, non-equivalent alternative or amendments and alternative offers that do not meet the minimum requirements, as well as incorrect or incomplete tenders if their shortcomings have not been resolved or are not negligible;

8.

tenders made by tenderers who have failed to meet with other contractors for the contracting authority, have failed to respect the morality or the principle of competition;

9.

pecificly defective tenders that must not be taken into account in the tender procedure in accordance with the terms of the tender;

10.

offers from unsolicited bidders;

11.

tenders by tenderers at the time of the award decision or the expiry of the contract referred to in § 112. 3 did not set a decision on the granting of recognition or 373c, 373d and 373e GewO 1994, or no confirmation under the EEA Official Regulation or the EEA Engineering Decree.

(2) Before choosing the tender for the award decision, the contracting authority may dismiss tenders from tenderers who have failed to provide the required information within the time limit for them, or to dismiss their clarification of a reasonable justification.

(3) The contracting authority has informed the tenderer of the departure of his offer, indicating the reason that it is proven to be electronic or by fax.

4. Subsection

The award

Election of the tender for the award

§ 130. (1) From the tenders that remain pending after the departure, the award, in accordance with the information provided in the tender, is to offer the most technically and economically advantageous offer or offer the lowest price.

(2) The reasons for the award decision must be written.

Disclosure of the award decision

§ 131. The contracting authority must notify the tenderers remaining in the award procedure without delay and prove to which bidder is to be awarded. The notice of the award decision must be made electronically or by fax. If a proven transmission of electronic or fax is not possible, the notice of the award decision must be sent in writing. In this Communication, the remaining bidders are aware of the end of the standstill period in accordance with § 132, the reasons for the rejection of their offer, the total award and the characteristics and advantages of the successful offer, unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or the legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or would harm the free and fair competition. There is no obligation to communicate the award decision if:

1.

a negotiated procedure in accordance with § 28(2). 1, 1, or no. 2 Z 1, § 29(2). 1, 1, or no. 2 Z 1, § 30(2). 1, 1, or no. 2 Z 1 with only one entrepreneur, or

2.

a negotiated procedure under § 28(2). 2 Z 2 to 5, § 29(2). 2 Z 2, 3 and 5 to 7 or § 30. 2 Z 2 to 5, or

3.

after competition, a negotiated procedure pursuant to § 30(2). 2 Z 6 with the winner of the contest, or

4.

a negotiated procedure in accordance with § 38. 2 Z 3 or paragraphs. 3 has been implemented, or

5.

to be awarded to those entrepreneurs who are solely party to a framework agreement, or

6.

to be awarded to those entrepreneurs who have been asked to provide a bid for a competitive dialogue alone, or

7.

in the case of a procedure for awarding a contract with prior notice only one offer; or

8.

a performance directly on the basis of a framework agreement without a renewed call for competition.

standstill period, non-compliance of awarding, claiming invalidity

§ 132. (1) The contract may not be issued within a standstill period of 14 days for any other absolute nullity. The standstill period starts with the notification of the award decision, when it comes to a transmission to electronic means or by fax, when it comes to sending the contract decision. In the case of the award of contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, after the implementation of an accelerated procedure for urgency in accordance with Articles 63 or 67, by means of an electronic auction, on the basis of a framework agreement or after an award procedure in the sub-segment, the standstill period is reduced to seven days.

(2) In breach of the obligation to communicate the award decision in accordance with the first sentence of Article 131, it is absolutely void.

(3) If a contracting authority finds that:

1.

a contract award was made directly to an entrepreneur without other entrepreneurs participating in this award procedure, and

2.

this was clearly inadmissible on the basis of the provisions of this federal law,

the contractual relationship will not be reached at the time of the final conclusion.

Effectiveness of the award

§ 133. During the award period, the contractual relationship will be reached at the time when the tenderer receives the written understanding of the acceptance of his offer. If the contract period is exceeded, the contractual relationship will only be created by the written statement of the tenderer that he accepts the contract. In order to make this declaration, the tenderer must set a reasonable time.

Form of conclusion of the contract

§ 134. (1) The award is to be issued by letter of formal notice, order or final letter. The contracting authority may request a substantiated acknowledgement of the contract (counter letter).

(2) If, apart from the offer, the content of the contract is also derived from other documents containing additional agreements, all documents in the letter of formal notice, order or final letter and, if a confirmation of the contract has been requested, must also be added to it.

(3) If this is necessary in order to ensure free and fair competition, the legal protection of bidders and in the interests of a uniform and legally secure procedure, the German Government has to adopt detailed provisions on electronic means, in particular to ensure the authenticity and inviolability of the data transmitted by electronic means through secure electronic signatures and to ensure confidentiality.

10. Section

Termination of the award procedure

Basically

§ 135. (1) The award procedure ends with the state of play contract or with the withdrawal of the award procedure.

(2) Immediately after completion of the procedure, except in the case of an award-control procedure which has not yet been finalized, on the basis of a request, those bidders who have not been awarded the contract or, in the case of withdrawal, return to all candidates or tenderers to the final preparation.

Documentation obligations

§ 136. (1) Contracting authorities have a public procurement note on each contract awarded, through each awarded concession contract, through any closed framework agreement and through each dynamic procurement system or a note on the withdrawal of a procurement procedure, which includes at least:

1.

the name and address of the contracting authority;

2.

the object and value of the contract, the concession contract, the framework agreement or the dynamic procurement system;

3.

the names of the selected candidates or tenderers and the reasons for their selection,

4.

the names of the excluded candidates or tenderers and the reasons for their rejection, as well as the names of the bidders of their bids and the reasons for their departure,

5.

the name of the successful bidder and the reasons for selecting its offer and, if known, the share of the contract or the share of the framework agreement which the successful bidder intends to pass to third parties;

6.

- with the exception of concession contracts - the reasons laid down in Articles 36 and 42 for the implementation of a negotiated procedure, a competitive dialogue or an open procedure without prior notice,

7.

where appropriate, the reasons on which the contracting authority has waived the award of a contract, the conclusion of a framework agreement or the establishment of a dynamic procurement system.

(2) In the case of procurement procedures in the upper threshold area, the contract notice is in accordance with paragraph. 1 or its essential content to the Commission on request.

(3) The contracting authority may, by drawing up a contract notice or a note on the withdrawal of a tendering procedure pursuant to paragraph 1. 1 in the case of award procedures whose estimated order value does not reach €120 000, provided that the information provided for in paragraph 1 Z 1 to 7 without heavy burden of the award documentation.

archiving of electronic procurement procedures

§ 137. The contracting authority has all relevant documents concerning the expiry of an electronic tendering procedure or to store all relevant documents about each award procedure in which bids have been submitted electronically, at least four years from the termination of the award procedure. This relates in particular to documents relating to access documentation pursuant to Section 120 Z 3.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure before the end of the supply period

§ 138. (1) Before the end of the tender period, a tender procedure must be revoked if circumstances are known which, before the opening of the tender procedure, would have been known to have been excluded or led to a substantial other tendering procedure.

(2) The contracting authority may withdraw a tender procedure if there are objective reasons.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure after expiry of the supply period

§ 139. (1) After the end of the offer period, a tender procedure must be revoked if:

1.

The circumstances that would have been known before the opening of the tender procedure, or

2.

The circumstances that would have been known before the opening of the award procedure, have led to a substantial number of other tenders, or

3.

no offer is available, or

4.

after the termination of tenders, there is no offer in the award procedure.

(2) An award procedure may be revoked if:

1.

only one offer has been received, or

2.

after the termination of offers pursuant to § 129, only one offer remains, or

3.

there are objective reasons.

Notice of withdrawal decision, standstill period, ineffectiveness of withdrawal

§ 140. (1) The contracting authority must immediately and prove that he intends to withdraw the award procedure,

1.

in the case of § 139. 1 Z 1 and 2 and § 139. 2 Z 3 all bidders,

2.

in the case of § 139. 1 Z 4 and § 139. 2 Z 2 of all bidders whose bids have been eliminated but the exit decision is not yet final;

3.

in the case of § 139. 2 Z 1 of the bidder whose bid is the only one;

4.

in the case of § 139. 2 Z 2 of the bidder whose bid is the only one remaining.

The notification of the revocation decision must be made electronically or by fax. If a proven transmission of electronic or fax is not possible, the notice of the revocation decision must be sent in writing. In this Communication, bidders are the respective end of the standstill period according to paragraph. 3 or 4 as well as the reasons for the intended withdrawal.

(2) In the case of § 138, the withdrawal decision is to be announced in the same way as the tender procedure. As far as this is possible, the contracting authority shall notify candidates to whom the tender documents have been issued, or tenderers immediately and provenly electronically or by fax, that it intends to withdraw the tender procedure. The notice and the communication indicate the reasons for the intended withdrawal and the end of the standstill period.

(3) The withdrawal must not be declared within a standstill period of 14 days. The standstill period starts with the sending of the notice of the revocation decision, when it comes to electronic means or by fax, when the sending of the notice of the revocation decision. In the case of a notice of the revocation decision pursuant to paragraph 2 shall not declare the withdrawal of other ineffectiveness within a standstill period of 14 days from the first time the notice of the notice of the revocation decision.

(4) The standstill period is reduced to seven days

1.

accelerated procedure for urgency in accordance with Articles 63 or 67,

2.

e-procurement through an electronic auction,

3.

negotiating procedures with only one entrepreneur,

4.

the implementation of tendering procedures in the lower threshold area;

5.

a withdrawal of the procedure for awarding a contract because, after the termination of offers, there is no offer or only one offer in the procedure, or only one offer has been received;

6.

Procedures for awarding a contract based on a framework agreement or a dynamic procurement system.

(5) There is no obligation to notify the revocation decision if there is no offer.

(6) Before the end of the standstill period, a new award procedure on the same subject of the contract may not be initiated, unless the procurement is necessary for imperative reasons of urgency. The notice or notice of the revocation decision cannot be opened.

(7) After the expiry of the standstill period, the contracting authority must notify the revocation declaration in the same way as the revocation decision or, if this is not possible, to make it known on the Internet. The notice of the withdrawal declaration on the Internet is sufficient for sub-densed procedures. With the declaration of withdrawal after expiry of the standstill period, contracting authorities and tenderers regain their freedom of action. The tenders already received will have to be returned upon request, following the declaration of withdrawal. The date of the declaration of withdrawal is proven to be documented.

(8) If a contracting authority finds that, after a significant breach of the award period and contrary to the request of the tenderer to continue the procedure of the contracting authority, a procedure for the award of a contract has not been completed by a revocation declaration or an award of a contract or has continued the procedure in an appropriate manner, this is considered a declaration of withdrawal within the meaning of this federal law.

4. Main

Provisions for special contracts and special procedures

1. Section

Awarding non-privacy service contracts

Not priority service contracts

§ 141. (1) For the award of non-privacy services contracts by contracting authorities, only the provisions of this section, the 1st part, with the exception of Section 2 Z 16., shall apply § 3(2). 1, 6, 9, 10, 12 paragraphs 1 and 3, 13, 16, 21, 44, 49, 98 and 132 paragraphs. 3 and the 4. to 6. part of this federal law.

(2) Non-privacy services contracts are to be awarded by contracting authorities, in compliance with Community fundamental freedoms and the non-discrimination principle. Insofar as this is necessary on the basis of the value and subject matter of the contract, non-priority service contracts are, in principle, awarded in a procedure with several entrepreneurs guaranteeing a reasonable degree of public interest and in accordance with the principle of free and fair competition. A notice of a procedure can only be taken away if one of the provisions of the Chapter 30(2). 2 or 38(2). 2 Z 2 or 4 above.

(3) The award of non-privacy service contracts in a formal-free procedure is directly to a selected entrepreneur (direct award) only up to an estimated value of 40 000 euros. The award of non-privacy services contracts on intellectual services in a negotiated procedure without prior notice with only one entrepreneur is permitted, provided that the implementation of an economic competition on the basis of the cost of the procurement process for the contracting authority is economically unreasonable and the estimated value of 50vH of the respective thresholds is in accordance with Section 12(2). 1 Z 1 or 2 not reached.

(4) In the upper threshold area, non-priority service contracts must be announced in accordance with Section 54.

(5) As a separate admissible decision, any externally visible determination of the contracting authority shall apply. The contracting authority, except in justified exceptional cases, has the award or the contract. to announce the entrepreneur in the proceedings and to observe an appropriate standstill period set by the contracting authority. The supplement or revocation may be made of any other invalidity or Ineffectiveness is not granted or declared within the fixed standstill period.

2. Section

award of concession contracts and
awarding works contracts to third parties by construction concessionaires

General

§ 142. (1) For the award of concession contracts by contracting authorities, only the provisions of this section, the 1st part, the Articles 3, 4, 7, 9(2), 10, 12 to 14, 18 to 23, 37, 38, 41, 43 to 52, 55, 68 to 70, 76, 79, 91 to 94, 98, 113 to 116, 117(3) and 4, 129 to 140, and the provisions referred to in this section.

(2) When awarding concession contracts, the contracting authority may choose freely between the open procedure, the non-open procedure with prior notice and the negotiated procedure with prior notice. If the conditions of Section 34 are met, the contracting authority may also award concession contracts through the competitive dialogue. In this case, Articles 159 to 162 are deemed to be meaningful.

(3) For the award of works contracts to third parties by construction concessionaires, which are not contracting entities within the meaning of Section 3(2). 1 shall apply only to the provisions of this section, which is 1. 4, 12 to 14, 19 paragraphs. 1, 23, 49, 55 and 132 paragraphs. 3, the 4th to 6th part and the provisions referred to in this section.

Time limits

§ 143. (1) For the calculation, measurement and extension of deadlines, see sections 56 and 57.

(2) Contracting authorities who wish to grant a concession contract shall have a period of time for the receipt of applications for the concession,

1.

in the upper threshold area at least 52 days, as expected from the date of sending the notice, or

2.

in the lower threshold area at least 14 days, expected from the date of sending the notice,

must be.

(3) When awarding works contracts, a building concessionaire, which itself does not comply with the provisions of Section 3(2). 1 is subject to setting deadlines as follows:

1.

in the upper threshold area, the time limit for receipt of the requests for participation not less than 37 days, from the date of sending the notice, and the date of receipt of the tenders for less than 40 days, from the date of sending the notice or sending of the call for tender;

2.

in the sub-wave area, the time limit for receipt of the requests for participation not less than 14 days, from the date of sending the notice, and the time limit for receipt of the tenders for less than 22 days, from the date of sending the notice or sending of the call for tender.

(4) The deadlines set in paragraphs 2 and 3 may be shortened in accordance with Section 62 and Section 66.

Mandate to third parties

§ 144. The contracting authority may:

1.

prescribes that the construction concessionaire must grant a minimum of 30 vH of the total value of the works covered by the construction concession to third parties, but the minimum rate can be increased by the applicants; the minimum rate must be indicated in the concession contract; or

2.

Invites the concessionaire to indicate in its offers the percentage, if such is, of the total value of the works covered by the construction concession, they wish to award them to third parties.

Special provisions for procurement procedures by concessionaires,
no contracting authority

§ 145. (1) Construction concessionaires, which are not contracting entities within the meaning of Section 3(2). 1 shall have to award works contracts to third parties in accordance with Community fundamental freedoms and non-discrimination and, where necessary, on the basis of the value and subject matter of the contract, in principle in a procedure with several entrepreneurs, which ensures an appropriate degree of public interest and which meets the principles of free and fair competition. A notice using standard forms in accordance with Articles 46, 47 and 50 to 52 can only be removed in the upper threshold area if one of the § 28(2). There are 2 above conditions.

(2) As a separate admissible decision, any externally visible determination of the contracting authority shall apply. The contracting authority, except in justified exceptional cases, has the award or the contract. to announce the entrepreneur in the proceedings and to observe an appropriate standstill period set by the contracting authority. The supplement or revocation may be made of any other invalidity or Ineffectiveness is not granted or declared within the fixed standstill period.

(3) Entrepreneurs who have joined forces to obtain the concession, as well as associated companies, are not considered third parties.

(4) The application for a concession is accompanied by a full list of companies associated with the company. This list must be updated if changes are made in the relationship between the companies later.

3. Section

Rules on the implementation of electronic auctions

Basically

§ 146. (1) Where an open procedure, an open procedure with a prior notice, a negotiated procedure in accordance with the provisions of Article 28(2). 1 Z 1, 29(1) Z 1 or 30 paragraphs. 1 Z 1 is carried out, or contracts on the basis of a framework agreement after a new call for competition in accordance with the procedure of § 152(2). 5 and 6, or on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, following a separate call for tenders under the § 158 procedure, the offer to be awarded can also be identified through an electronic auction.

(2) Should the contract be awarded through an electronic auction, the notice is to be published on the Internet in accordance with § 46.

(3) The implementation of auctions is based on an auction order, which is part of the tender documents and at least has the following contents:

1.

registration and identification requirements;

2.

all relevant information on the electronic device used to carry out the auction, on the technical modalities and characteristics of the connection;

3.

components (price, other parts of the offer) whose value is the subject of the auction;

4.

the maximum limits of the values to be applied from the specifications of the subject matter;

5.

all information about the expiry of the auction (in particular, a minimum of the supply stages in the supply charge if necessary);

6.

the date of the start and modality of termination of the auction;

7.

departure grounds (in particular, violation of the ceilings set as appropriate);

8.

dates;

9.

Internet address, on which the lowest current offer or address. when awarding the most technically and economically advantageous offer, the current maturation of participants during the auction;

10.

information which is transmitted or made available to tenderers during or after completion of the auction, as well as the date or stage of the auction to which this information may be provided to them; electronic address to which this information is disclosed;

11.

if appropriate Vadium.

(4) Before the auction is carried out, the tenders submitted in the previous tendering procedure are subject to a first tender evaluation based on the announced award criterion or on the announced award criteria.

General provisions on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 147. (1) All bidders in the auction in accordance with § 146. 1 advanced tenders must always be requested at the same time to submit new prices and/or new values for the components to be reconfigured in the tender documents. The contracting authority has to grant direct, full and free electronic access to all tenderers authorised for auction from the date of delivery of the request for participation in the auction. An electronic auction may start at least two working days after a request to participate in an auction.

(2) If the offer to be granted by the contract is to be determined by an electronic auction following an open or unopen procedure with prior notice, the tenderer is not allowed to participate in the opening of the bids. The result of the opening is to be kept secret.

(3) The electronic auction instrument cannot be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition. In particular, the subject matter described in the notice and in the tender documents cannot be changed.

(4) The contracting authority may terminate an electronic auction

1.

at a time fixed in the request to participate in the auction (at the date and time), or

2.

if, after receiving the final submission, no new offers that reach or exceed the minimum of the offer levels are made within a specified period defined in the request to participate in the auction, or

3.

after completion of the final auction phase set in the request to participate in the auction, or

4.

if objective reasons justify the abolition of the auction.

The contracting authority can freely choose the method for ending the auction in accordance with Z 1 to 3 or a combination of the methods provided for in Z 1 to 3. If a procedure is chosen in accordance with Z 3, if appropriate combined with a procedure in accordance with Z 2, the contracting authority shall set the timetable for each auction phase in the request to participate in the auction.

(5) In the case of a procedure referred to in paragraph 4 Z 3 allows the contracting authority, provided that it has provided for this in the request to participate in the auction, to dismiss, after each auction phase, the offers of those participants who have not made any new offers or only offers that have not reached or exceeded the minimum of the tender levels, as appropriate. The contracting authority shall immediately communicate electronically the participants whose offers have been eliminated.

(6) The contracting authority shall ensure that participants whose offers are in accordance with paragraph. 5 had to be left to the other auction.

(7) After the end of an auction, the name of the successful bidder and the sum of the award must be announced at the internet address set out in the auction regulation. In the event of the implementation of another electronic auction, non-competitive bidders will be notified without delay, at the same time and evidence on electronic means, of the reasons for rejecting their bids, provided that these reasons are not communicated or communicated on the basis of the auction order. Information to be provided is directly visible. The notice or communication shall be regarded as an announcement of the award decision within the meaning of § 131. The date of delivery within the meaning of § 132 shall be the date of first availability of information in accordance with the first sentence of the Internet or the date of sending the communication in accordance with the second sentence

(8) The abolition of an auction shall be regarded as a withdrawal within the meaning of § 139. If an auction has been withdrawn, the reasons for demolition must be disclosed to bidders under the internet address set out in the auction regulation. The notice shall be regarded as an announcement of the revocation decision within the meaning of Section 140. At the time of sending the revocation decision within the meaning of the § 140, the date of first availability of the information in accordance with the second subparagraph shall apply on the Internet.

(9) During the expiry of the auction, the identity of the bidders must not be disclosed.

(10) The expiry of the auction and all related data transfers are fully documented by the contracting authority.

Special provisions for the implementation of simple electronic auctions

§ 148. (1) For simple electronic auctions under § 31(2). 3 are only available on prices.

(2) During the auction, the contracting authority shall immediately publish the lowest price below the internet address announced in the auction regulation. If this has been established in the auction order, other information can also be disclosed as the lowest price, such as the number of participants at the respective auction stage, at the internet address set out in the auction regulation.

(3) The award is to be awarded at the lowest price.

Special provisions for the implementation of other electronic auctions

§ 149. (1) Implementation of other electronic auctions in accordance with § 31(2). 4 has requested the contracting authority to participate in the auction in accordance with § 147. 1 to join the result of the first tender evaluation of the bidder. In the request to participate in the auction, the contracting authority must indicate the mathematical formula according to which the electronic auctions are made in accordance with the new values submitted (concerning price or other parts of the offer). This formula also highlights the weighting of all the award criteria set out in the notice pursuant to § 46 or in the tender documents for identifying the most technically and economically advantageous tender. The award criteria are to be defined in fixed values in advance, the indication of award criteria by setting a margin within which the criterion is, as well as the mere maturation of the meaning of the award criteria, is inadmissible. If alternative offers have been submitted in an admissible manner, a mathematical formula must be given separately for each alternative offer.

(2) During the auction, each tenderer will be immediately and permanently aware of the current position of his offer in relation to the other bids offered by the other tenderers under the internet address announced in the auction regulation. If this has been established in the auction order, other information such as the current lowest price or the number of participants at the respective auction stage may also be disclosed at the internet address defined in the auction regulation.

(3) The award is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous offer, taking into account the last bids made to the auctionee.

4. Section

Provisions for the conclusion of framework agreements and the award
contracts on the basis of framework agreements

General

§ 150. (1) Public contracts may be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, provided that the framework agreement is implemented in accordance with an open procedure, an open procedure with prior notice or a negotiated procedure pursuant to Articles 28 to 30 and 38(2). 1 has been completed without the award of the contract, in compliance with the provisions of Section 151.

(2) For the award of public contracts on the basis of these Framework Agreements, the provisions of this section, the 1st and the 4th to 6th part, as well as the provisions referred to in this section.

Conclusion of Framework Agreements

§ 151. (1) The contracting authority has to indicate in the notice under § 46 or, if a negotiated procedure is carried out without prior notice, whether a framework agreement with a single or several entrepreneur should be concluded. In order to conclude a framework agreement with several entrepreneurs, the contracting authority must indicate the number of entrepreneurs in the notice or, if a negotiated procedure is carried out without prior notice, in the call for tender. Small and medium-sized enterprises may also participate in the process to conclude a framework agreement.

(2) An entrepreneur who, on the basis of a notice, expresses their interest in a specific framework agreement to the contracting authority, must immediately transmit the tender documents, but at the latest within six days of receipt of the request, or electronically make available according to the agreement.

(3) The parties to the Framework Agreement will be subject to an open procedure, an open procedure with prior notice or a negotiated procedure in accordance with Articles 28 to 30 and 38(2). 1. A framework agreement with an entrepreneur is to be concluded with those tenderers who have put the best-evaluated offer according to the award criteria announced. A framework agreement with several entrepreneurs is to be concluded with those bidders who have put the best-evaluated offers according to the award criteria or the announced award criteria. If a framework agreement with several entrepreneurs is to be concluded, at least three parties must be involved, provided that a sufficiently large number of entrepreneurs meet the fitness criteria and a sufficient number of admissible offers have been made. The relevant reasons for assessing the offers are to be kept in a reasonable way. The contracting authority shall immediately notify the unsuccessful bidders of this decision, but at least ten days after the conclusion of the evaluation of the bids, including the reasons for non-respect and the name of the party or the name of the party. the parties to the Framework Agreement. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would conflict with public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(4) The instrument of the Framework Agreement may not be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition.

(5) The duration of a framework agreement may not exceed three years. Exceptionally, if this can be justified, in particular on the basis of the subject-matter of the Framework Agreement, a maximum duration of five years may be provided. The reasons for this are fixed.

(6) On the withdrawal of a framework agreement, the provisions of Articles 138 to 140 must be applied in a meaningful manner.

Public procurement on the basis of framework agreements

§ 152. (1) When awarding public contracts based on a framework agreement, the parties may not make substantial changes to the terms of the Framework Agreement.

(2) Contracts to be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement concluded pursuant to Section 151 shall be awarded in accordance with the procedures described in paragraphs 3 to 6. These procedures are permitted only between the contracting authorities and those or those entrepreneurs who were parties to the Framework Agreement from the beginning.

(3) A framework agreement with a single entrepreneur in accordance with § 151. 3 completed, the contract may be awarded with regard to contracts based on this framework agreement

1.

directly to the offer provided for under the terms of the Framework Agreement, in accordance with the conditions set out in the tender documents of the Framework Agreement, or

2.

The contracting authority may first request the entrepreneur to submit his offer

(a)

on the basis of the initial conditions of the Framework Agreement for the award of contracts or

(b)

unless all the conditions for awarding contracts are set out in the Framework Agreement itself, on the basis of the complete terms of the Framework Agreement for the award of contracts or

(c)

on the basis of other conditions referred to in the tender documents of the Framework Agreement

to improve, complete or amend, if necessary, and to grant the contract only after the conditions set out in the tender documents of the Framework Agreement.

(4) If a framework agreement with several entrepreneurs is concluded in accordance with § 151. 3 completed, so is the award for contracts based on this Framework Agreement

1.

directly on the basis of the terms of the Framework Agreement without a renewed call for competition, or

2.

after reopening of the parties to competition

to give.

(5) If not all the conditions for awarding contracts are set out in the Framework Agreement itself, the reopening of the parties to competition in accordance with paragraph 4 Z 2

1.

on the basis of the original and now completed terms of the framework agreement for the award of contracts, or

2.

on the basis of other conditions referred to in the tender documents of the Framework Agreement

.

(6) In the event of a reopening of the parties to the competition pursuant to paragraph 4 Z 2 allows the contracting authority to grant the supplement either after an electronic auction pursuant to Articles 146 to 149 or after the following procedure:

1.

Prior to the award of each individual order, the contracting authority shall in writing consult those parties of the Framework Agreement which are able to provide the concrete requested performance.

2.

The contracting authority sets a reasonable deadline for delivering new offers for each individual order. In determining the time limit, the contracting authority must take into account in particular the complexity of the subject matter of the contract and the time required for the transfer of the offers and other documents.

3.

The offers must be submitted in writing to keep their content secret until the end of the supply period.

4.

The award is the award criterion or the award criterion set out in the tender documents of the Framework Agreement. award criteria to best rated offer. The reasons for the award decision must be written. As regards the announcement of the award decision, the effectiveness of the contract and the form of the conclusion of the contract, the provisions of Articles 131 to 134 shall apply.

(7) On the withdrawal of proceedings pursuant to paragraphs 3 to 6, the Articles 139 and 140 shall be applied in a meaningful manner.

5. Section

Rules on competition

General

§ 153. Only the provisions of this section, the 1st part, the Articles 3, 6, 9, 10, 12(2) and 3, 13, 16, 19, 20 paragraph. 1 to 3, 26, 35, 39, 42 to 52, 54 and 55, the 4th to 6th part and the provisions referred to in this section.

Participation in competition

§ 154. (1) The open competition is open to all participants.

(2) In the non-open competition, the number of participants to be invited must be determined according to the subject of competition. However, if there is a sufficient number of authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs, it cannot be less than three. The number determined must ensure genuine competition and must be indicated in the notice. The clear and non-discriminatory selection criteria have to take into account the specific needs of the object of competition and must be defined in advance.

(3) Applicants who have made timely applications for participation on the basis of the notice and who, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 68 to 77, are entitled to be regarded as effective and reliable, must be considered to be abated. 5 and 6 opportunities to participate in competition.

(4) The examination of the application for participation is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the application for membership must be kept. On request, the applicant must be informed of the part of the notice relating to his application. The design of the inscription is to be considered.

(5) As a result, more applications for participation than the number of invited participants set by the Auslober, the Auslober has chosen the best candidates among the authorised, efficient and reliable candidates on the basis of the selection criteria. The relevant reasons for the selection are to be kept in a reasonable way. All candidates have agreed to this decision without delay, but at least eight days after the end of the selection. On request, candidates who are not invited to participate in the competition should be aware of the grounds of non-authorisation, unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or would harm the free and fair competition.

(6) As a result of fewer applications for participation from authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs than the number of invited participants set by the Auslober, the lobster may involve additional entrepreneurs in the competition.

(7) At least three entrepreneurs are invited to pay for invited competitions. The call for participation has only been given to entrepreneurs who can be regarded as efficient and reliable in accordance with the provisions of Articles 68 to 77.

(8) In case of ideas, as far as this is not necessary on the basis of the subject-matter of the competition, the examination of the power, performance and reliability can be waived in accordance with Articles 68 to 77.

Implementation of competitions

§ 155. (1) In the publication of an open or non-open competition pursuant to § 46, the assessment criteria for the price court must be indicated in the order of their importance. In the event of invited competitions, the invited entrepreneurs will be informed of the assessment criteria for the price court in the order of their importance.

(2) The provisions applicable to the implementation of the competition are to be notified to interested parties in participating in the competition, on request, but at any time to the invited operators in the event of competition.

(3) The implementation of competitions is based on a competition order which must at least have the following content:

1.

the method of the price courts;

2.

price and remuneration;

3.

use and exploitation rights;

4.

provision of documents;

5.

assessment criteria;

6.

indication of whether one or more winners of the contest should be identified; in the latter case, the number of winners should be indicated;

7.

exclusion grounds;

8.

Dates.

(4) The price court can only consist of price judges independent of the participants of the contest. If a particular professional qualification is required by the participants, at least one third of the judges must have the same or equivalent qualification.

(5) The price court may only be informed of the content of the plans and drafts after the expiry of the deadline.

(6) The price court is independent when selecting or winning the competition. This selection has to be made on the basis of competition works that are presented anonymous and only on the basis of the assessment criteria. The price court has to establish a notice on the ranking of the selected projects, in which to deal with each of the competition works, and to include them in the most relevant comments of the price court as well as, where appropriate, further clarifications concerning individual competition works. This is to be substantiated by the price judges. The candidates may, if necessary, be asked to provide answers to certain aspects of the contested work that the price court has held in the Minutes. A comprehensive protocol is to be drawn up on the dialogue between the price judges and the candidates on this subject. The anonymity of the contested work submitted must be kept up to the selection of the price courts or until the dialogue, if necessary. The selection of the price courts is to be submitted to the lobster for all reasonable further injunction. The price courts' meetings are not public.

(7) Competitions can be performed one or more times.

(8) For the transmission of plans and drafts to electronic means in connection with the implementation of a competition, the provisions of Articles 91 to 94, 113 to 116 and 119 apply.

(9) If, following the completion of a competition, no negotiating procedure for the award of a service contract is carried out, the distruster has the decision to which participants are awarded price money or Payments should be made, as well as the composition of the price courts, to give all participants known within eight days of its decision.

(10) A negotiated procedure for the award of a service contract in accordance with Section 30(2), following the completion of a competition. 2 Z 6, the distruster has announced the decision on non-participation in the negotiating procedure and the composition of the pricing court to give the non-authorised participants a notice within eight days of its decision.

(11) For the withdrawal of a competition, § 138 is deemed to be relevant for the period before the competition works are submitted and § 139 is in line with the stage after submission of the competition work. § 140 applies to the announcement of the revocation decision.

6. Section

Rules on the establishment and operation of a contract and the award of contracts
on the basis of a dynamic procurement system

General

§ 156. (1) Public procurement can be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, provided that the dynamic procurement system has been established after an open procedure without awarding a contract, in compliance with the provisions of Section 157.

(2) For the award of public contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, the provisions of this section, the 1st and the 4th to 6th part, as well as the provisions referred to in this section.

Establishment and operation of a dynamic procurement system

§ 157. (1) A dynamic procurement system can only be set up and operated on an electronic basis.

(2) The contracting authority has to send the notice in accordance with § 46, while respecting Articles 50, 52 and 55, to electronic means and to publish it immediately on the Internet. The notice must specify the electronic address of the tender documents as well as all other documents and information necessary for the establishment and operation of the dynamic procurement system or the simplified notice in accordance with § 158. 3 will be published. From the date of sending the notice, the contracting authority has to grant direct, full and free electronic access to all documents relating to the establishment and operation of the dynamic procurement system until the end of the system.

(3) The tender documents clearly define the services covered by the dynamic procurement system. In addition, it must specify all necessary information about the dynamic procurement system, in particular the technical equipment used or required for participation, as well as the technical arrangements and characteristics of the connection.

(4) All tenderers authorised, reliable and efficient, in accordance with the tender documents establishing the dynamic procurement system, the non-binding declarations on the provision of electronic services permitted in the open procedure, while respecting Articles 113 to 115 and 119(2). 3 have been approved for the dynamic procurement system. The issued non-binding declarations on the provision of services can be modified by the bidders at any time, if they are compatible with the definition of tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system.

(5) The duration of a dynamic procurement system must not exceed four years. If this can exceptionally be justified in an objective manner, a longer term may be provided. The reasons for this are fixed.

(6) Throughout the life of a dynamic procurement system, every entrepreneur can make a non-binding statement on the provision of services and request to be registered as participants in the dynamic procurement system. The contracting authority shall, within a period of 15 days of receipt of the non-binding declaration on the provision of services, determine whether, in accordance with the tender documents establishing the dynamic procurement system, it is an authorised, reliable and efficient tenderer and whether, in accordance with the tender documents, it is an admissible non-binding declaration on the provision of services. This period may be extended appropriately by the contracting authority, unless a separate call for tender is made in accordance with § 158 after the date of receipt of the non-binding declaration on the provision of services.

(7) Where the contracting authority finds that it is a non-binding declaration on the provision of services authorised in accordance with the tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system, reliable and efficient bidders, and a non-binding declaration on the provision of services authorised in accordance with the tender documents, the contracting authority has to authorize the tenderer to the dynamic procurement system. The tenderer is immediately and proven to agree on electronic means. The contracting authority has immediately agreed to tenderers who have not been admitted to the dynamic procurement system of this decision and announced the reasons for non-inclusion on electronic means. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(8) The dynamic procurement instrument cannot be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition.

(9) For the establishment, operation and participation in a dynamic procurement system, the contracting authority may not cost entrepreneurs.

(10) On the withdrawal of a dynamic procurement system, § 138 and 140 must be applied in a meaningful manner.

procurement of public contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

§ 158. (1) Orders to be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system set up pursuant to § 157 shall be awarded exclusively in accordance with a . 2 to 5 procedures described on electronic means. This procedure is only allowed between the contracting authority and those entrepreneurs who are participants in the dynamic procurement system.

(2) For the award of each individual order, a separate request for the supply charge must be made.

(3) Before a separate call for tenders in accordance with paragraph 2 publishes a simplified notice on the Internet in accordance with the terms of the tender documents. This simplified notice has at least: Annex VIII (Part A) for a simplified notice to be included in a dynamic procurement system. The simplified notice requires all interested operators to request a non-binding declaration on the provision of services within a time limit set by the contracting authority, which may not be less than 15 days from the publication of the simplified notice. 6.

(4) A separate call for tendering is only allowed if the contracting authority is granted a simplified notice under paragraph. 3 non-binding declarations for the provision of services in accordance with § 157. 7 decided.

(5) The award is made either after an electronic auction is carried out in accordance with Articles 146 to 149 or after the following procedure:

1.

At the same time, the contracting authority calls on all bidders approved for the dynamic procurement system to provide electronic tenders for contracts to be awarded under the procurement system. The contracting authority shall set a reasonable deadline for delivering the offers.

2.

The award is the award criterion or the award criterion set out in the tender documents for establishing the dynamic procurement system. award criteria to best rated offer. If this is provided for in the tender documents, the award criteria set out in the tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system can be clarified in the separate call for tender. The reasons for the award decision must be written. As regards the announcement of the award decision, the effectiveness of the contract and the form of the conclusion of the contract, the provisions of Articles 131 to 134 shall apply.

(6) The notice of contracts awarded shall apply § 54(2). 3.

(7) On the withdrawal of the separate call for tender, the sections 139 and 140 must be applied in a meaningful manner.

7. Section

Rules on competition dialogue

General

§ 159. (1) Only the provisions of this section, the 1st part, the Articles 3 to 6, 9, 10, 19, 20(2) and 3, 25(2) apply to the conduct of a competitive dialogue. 9, 34, 36, 43 to 50, 52 to 59, 62 to 64, 67 to 78, 4. to 6. Part of the provisions referred to in this section.

(2) In the event of a contract award through a competitive dialogue, the award has to be made on the most technically and economically advantageous offer.

Participants in the competition dialogue

§ 160. (1) The contracting authority has to define its needs and requirements in the publication of the competition dialogue in accordance with Section 46.

(2) The notice also contains the following information:

1.

the minimum number and, where appropriate, the maximum number of participants;

2.

the suitability and selection criteria;

3.

to determine whether the dialogue will be conducted in several phases and whether the number of solutions to be discussed will be reduced in each phase;

4.

clarification of the needs and requirements of the contracting authority;

5.

the award criteria;

6.

whether premiums or payments should be made for participants in the dialogue.

The information provided in the Z 4 to 6 may differ from that in a description referred to in paragraph 4. 9.

(3) Applications for participation can be sent in writing or electronically. Interest statements on participation can also be sent by phone or by fax.

(4) Applicants who have made timely applications for participation on the basis of the notice and who, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 68 to 77, are entitled to be regarded as effective and reliable, must be regarded as abstained. invite 6 to 8 to participate in the competition dialogue.

(5) The examination of the application for participation is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the application for membership must be kept. On request, the applicant must be informed of the part of the notice relating to his application. The design of the inscription is to be considered.

(6) The number of candidates to be invited must be determined according to performance, but must not be lower than three. The number determined must ensure genuine competition. The objective and non-discriminatory selection criteria have to take into account the specific needs of the project that is subject to the dialogue.

(7) With more applications than the number of candidates to be invited by the contracting authority, the contracting authority has to select the best candidates on the basis of the selection criteria. The relevant reasons for the selection are to be kept in a reasonable way. The contracting authority has immediately agreed to the candidates not invited to participate in the dialogue, but at least one week after the end of the selection, under the announcement of the reasons for non-compliance. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(8) If the number of applications for participation by suitable candidates is below the minimum number of participants set by the contracting authority, the contracting authority may continue the procedure with the appropriate candidates. The contracting authority cannot invite candidates who do not have the necessary fitness or who have not submitted a request for participation in the dialogue.

(9) At the same time, the contracting authority has to request the selected candidates to participate in the competitive dialogue. The request will be accompanied by the description and all relevant additional documents if the documents are not provided on the Internet. It contains at least the following information:

1.

the Internet address (Annex), which may be available on the Internet;

2.

the address or electronic address of the body where additional documents may be requested;

3.

the amount to be paid, where appropriate, for the additional documents and the conditions for payment of the amount;

4.

a reference to the publication of the notice;

5.

weighting or, where appropriate, the order of importance of the award criteria if they are not included in the notice or in the description.

6.

the date to which the candidates have to submit their proposal for a solution or their proposed solutions, with this time before the start of the dialogue phase;

7.

address the solution proposal or the solution proposals;

8.

the date and place of the start of the dialogue and the language used;

9.

the name of the documents which may still be submitted for proof of suitability.

Dialogue phase

§ 161. (1) The contracting authority shall conduct a dialogue with the participants to identify the solution or the solutions that best meet its needs and requirements. In this dialogue, the contracting authority can discuss with the participants all aspects of the contract and, where appropriate, adapt the description of its needs and requirements, on the basis of discussions. If the description of the needs and requirements of the contracting authority is adapted, this must be disclosed to all participants in the dialogue.

(2) The contracting authority has to refrain from any discriminatory disclosure of information that may favour certain participants against others.

(3) As a result of this dialogue, the contracting authority will discuss with each participant only the solution presented by this proposal or the solutions submitted by this. Solutions from other participants can only be found under the condition of the paragraph. 4 will be included in the discussion.

(4) The contracting authority may only share solutions, parts of solutions or confidential information of a participant with its consent to the other participants.

(5) If the contracting authority makes use of the possibility to complete the procedure in several successive phases, it may reduce the number of solutions to be discussed using the award criteria specified in the notice or description during the dialogue phase. The contracting authority has, without delay, agreed to the participants whose solution is not taken into account by this decision, but at least one week after the end of the respective phase, under the announcement of the reasons for non-compliance. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would conflict with public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(6) The contracting authority shall continue the dialogue for as long as it has identified the solution or solutions that are best suited to meet its needs and requirements. If there is a sufficient number of solutions according to the first sentence, so many solutions must be found to ensure genuine competition at the end of the dialogue phase.

(7) The contracting authority must immediately announce the completion of the dialogue phase and the broad lines of the selected solution or solutions to all participants in the dialogue.

Call for tender and award of the contract

§ 162. (1) The contracting authority must ask the remaining participants to be or offer solutions on the basis of the solution or solutions presented by the respective participants and in the dialogue phase. In this request, the contracting authority may complete and adapt the description in accordance with the outcome of the discussions, unless this leads to a change in the basic elements of the notice and the description which could distort or affect competition.

(2) An offer must contain all the elements necessary to carry out the project.

(3) At the request of the contracting authority, the tenderer may clarify, clarify, finely coordinate and supplement its offer, unless this leads to a change in the basic elements of the offer or description that could distort or have a discriminatory effect on competition.

(4) The contracting authority shall, in accordance with the information provided in the description and, where applicable, in the context of the call for a supply levy pursuant to paragraph 1. 1 complete or adapted award criteria to select the most technically and economically advantageous offer. Where an announcement of the award decision has to be made, the Articles 131 and 132 shall apply.

(5) At the request of the contracting authority, the tenderer, whose offer has been identified as the most technically and economically advantageous tender, may explain certain aspects of his offer, or confirm the undertakings contained therein, unless this does not result in any change of essential aspects of the offer or description which could distort or have a discriminatory effect on competition.

(6) For the withdrawal of a competitive dialogue, § 138 is utilised for the period before the end of the supply period and § 139 sense for the phase after the expiry of the supply period. § 140 applies to the announcement of the revocation decision.

3. Part

Awarding procedures for sector contractors

1. Main

Scope, principles

1. Section

Personal scope

Sector Contracting Authorities

§ 163. This federal law applies to the procurement procedures of sector sponsors, which are contracting entities under Articles 164, 165 and 166, with the exception of its 2.

Contracting authority as a sector contractor

§ 164. To the extent that a contracting authority pursuant to Section 3(2). 1 is a sector activity (sections 167 to 172), it is a sector leader.

Public companies as a sector contractor

§ 165. (1) To the extent to which public companies carry out a sector activity (sections 167 to 172), they are sector-contractors.

(2) Public undertakings pursuant to paragraph 1 is each company where a contracting authority can exercise a dominant influence directly or indirectly on the basis of property, financial participation or the rules applicable to the company. The exercise of a dominant influence is suspected if a contracting authority is directly or indirectly

1.

the majority of the subscribed capital of the company; or

2.

has a majority of voting rights related to the shares of the company; or

3.

more than half of the members of the management, management or supervisory body of the company can order.

Private sector sponsors

§ 166. (1) To the extent that contracting authorities who are neither public procurement nor public undertakings carry out a sector activity (sections 167 to 172), they are sector-providers if they exercise this activity on the basis of special or exclusive rights.

(2) Special or exclusive rights under paragraph 1 are rights granted by the competent authority by means of legal or administrative provisions, which result in the exercise of a sector activity reserved for one or more companies and that the possibility of other companies to perform this activity is significantly impaired.

2. Section

Sector activities

Gas, heat and electricity

§ 167. (1) Sector activities in the field of gas and heat are:

1.

the provision and supply of solid networks for the supply of generality in relation to the production, transmission and supply of gas and heat;

2.

feed gas or heat into these networks.

(2) The inclusion of gas or heat in networks for the supply of generality by a contracting authority that is not a contracting authority does not constitute an activity within the meaning of the paragraph. 1, if

1.

the production of gas or heat by these contracting authorities will inevitably result from the exercise of an activity that is not lower than the waste. 1 or 3 or the Articles 168 to 172; and

2.

integration into the public network is only intended to make use of this production economically and, on the basis of the last three years, including the current year, does not represent more than 20 vH of the customer's turnover.

(3) Sector activities in the field of electricity are:

1.

the provision and operation of fixed networks for the supply of generality in relation to the generation, transmission and supply of electricity;

2.

feed electricity into these networks.

(4) The feed-in of electricity into networks for the supply of generality by a contracting authority that is not a contracting authority is not considered an activity within the meaning of the paragraph. 3, if

1.

the production of electricity is carried out by the contracting authority concerned because it is necessary to carry out an activity that is not lower than the waste. 1 or 3 or the Articles 168 to 172; and

2.

feed into the public network depends only on the customer's own consumption and, on the basis of the last three years, including the current year, does not exceed 30 vH of the total energy production of the contracting authority.

Water

§ 168. (1) Sector activities in the water sector are:

1.

the provision and use of solid networks to provide general care in connection with the extraction, maintenance and supply of drinking water;

2.

feed drinking water into these networks.

(2) The feeding of drinking water into networks for the provision of general care by a contracting authority that is not a contracting authority is not considered an activity within the meaning of the paragraph. 1, if

1.

the production of drinking water by the contracting authority concerned, because it is necessary to carry out an activity which is not covered by the Articles 167 to 172; and

2.

feed into the public network depends only on the customer's own consumption and, on the basis of the last three years, including the current year, does not represent more than 30 vH of the total producer's drinking water production.

(3) This federal law applies except its 2. Parts also for the award of contracts and the execution of competitions by contracting authorities, which are an activity within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 perform if these contracts or competitions

1.

with water-building projects as well as drainage and drainage projects, which amount to more than 20 % of the total quantity of water provided by the relevant projects, or

2.

with the discharge or clarification of waste water.

Transport services

§ 169. (1) Sectoral activities in the field of transport are the provision or operation of networks to provide general transport services on the rail, with automatic systems, with bus, with bus, with top-line buses or with cable (railways).

(2) In the field of transport, a network is available if the transport performance is provided in accordance with the conditions laid down by a competent authority; These include the definition of routes, transport capacity and timetables.

Postal services

§ 170. (1) Sector activities in the field of postal services are the provision of postal services and other services in accordance with paragraph 4.

(2) Postal services within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 are services relating to the collection, sorting, transport and delivery of mail. These services include:

1.

reserved postal services, which are postal services, in accordance with Art. 7 of Directive 97/67/EC on common rules for the development of the internal market of Community postal services and the improvement of quality of service, OJ No 15 of 21.01.1998 S. 14, for universal service providers;

2.

other postal services, which are postal services that are in accordance with Art. 7 of Directive 97/67/EC cannot be reserved for universal service providers.

(3) A posting within the meaning of the paragraph. 2 is an addressed shipment in the final form in which it is transported regardless of its weight. In addition to letters, these are books, catalogues, newspapers and magazines, as well as mail packages containing goods with or without trade value, regardless of their weight.

(4) Other services within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 are services provided in the following areas:

1.

management services for post-transmission services (services before and after delivery, such as "mailroom management");

2.

added value services that are linked to electronic means and are fully provided with these means (such as the secure transmission of encrypted documents by e-mail, address management services and the transfer of registered e-mail statements);

3.

Services other than those in paragraph. 3 of these shipments, such as unaddressed mails;

4.

Financial Services in category 6 Annexes III, in particular post instructions and transfers;

5.

philatelistic services;

6.

logistical services (services that combine material delivery or storage with other postal tasks);

provided that these services are provided by an institution that also provides postal services within the meaning of the paragraph. 2 provides, and the provision of these postal services is not directly exposed to competition in markets with free access (§ 179).

Refunding and promoting oil, gas, coal and other solid fuels

§ 171. Sector activities are activities to use a geographically defined area for the purpose of requesting and promoting oil, gas, coal and other solid fuels.

Ports and airports

§ 172. Sector activities are activities to use a geographically defined area for the purpose of providing airports, ports and other transport terminals for air, sea or inland waterway transport companies.

Contracts relating to several activities

§ 173. (1) For a contract to carry out several activities, the rules on the activity that is the main subject matter.

(2) Includes one of the activities for which the procurement of the service is carried out, However, parts of this federal law, which other activities do not comply with this federal law, and it is objectively not possible to determine which activity constitutes the main subject matter of the contract, the contract is, in accordance with the provisions of the 3. Part of this federal law.

3. Section

Types of contracts

Types of contracts

§ 174. The provisions on order types (sections 4 to 9) of 2. Part of this federal law.

4. Section

Exceptions and exemptions from the scope

Public procurement procedures excluded from the scope of the law

§ 175. This federal law does not apply

1.

for procurement procedures which are declared secret on the basis of federal or national law provisions or whose implementation requires special security measures on the basis of federal or national provisions, or if the protection of essential security interests of the Republic of Austria is protected,

2.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of the particular procedure of an international organisation;

3.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of an agreement concluded between the Republic of Austria and one or more third countries on supplies, works, services or competitions for a project to be jointly implemented or used by the contracting parties, with the Commission to notify the conclusion of any agreement;

4.

for procurement procedures subject to other procedural rules and implemented on the basis of an international agreement relating to the residence of troops relating to undertakings of a Member State of the Community or a third country;

5.

for service contracts awarded by a sectoral contractor to a contracting authority in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(2). 1 or 164 will be awarded on the basis of an exclusive right which it has, on the basis of published laws, regulations or administrative provisions compatible with the EC Treaty;

6.

for contracts that can be provided by a sector contractor through an institution;

(a)

supervises the sector's service as a separate service, and

(b)

which provides its services mainly for or for the sector sponsors (sections 164 to 166) and contracting authorities (§ 3 (1)), which hold their shares or consist of them;

7.

for contracts for the acquisition or rental of or rights of land or existing buildings or, inter alia, in relation to their financing arrangements, with the exception of contracts for financial services of any form which is concluded simultaneously, before or after the purchase or lease contract;

8.

for contracts for arbitration and mediation activities,

9.

for financial services relating to the issue, sale, purchase or transfer of securities or other financial instruments, in particular for transactions that serve to fund or raise capital of sector contractors;

10.

for employment contracts,

11.

for research and development services, except their results are exclusively the property of the sector sponsor for its use in the exercise of its own activity and services are fully paid by the sector sponsor;

12.

for the procurement of construction, supply or services by sector licensors from a central purchasing body, provided that the central purchasing body in the procurement of these construction, supply or services complies with the provisions of 2. or 3. Part of this federal law has respected,

13.

for the procurement of a central purchasing body by sector sponsors with the procurement of construction, supply or services for these sectors, provided that the central purchasing body in the procurement of these construction, supply or services complies with the provisions of the 2. or 3. Part of this federal law,

14.

for contracts awarded to third parties for the purpose of resale or rental, provided that the sectoral contractor does not have a special or exclusive right to sell or hire the contract subject and that other entities have the possibility to sell or lease those goods under the same conditions as the sector contractor concerned, and at their request to the Commission allocates all categories of goods and activities which it considers to be covered by this derogation,

15.

for tendering procedures which a sectoral contractor, in accordance with Articles 165 or 166 for purposes other than the implementation of its sectoral activities or for the implementation of sectoral activities in a State which is not a contracting party to the EEA Agreement, is in a manner which is not linked to the physical use of a network or geographic area in the territory of a contracting party to the EEA Agreement and where the Commission is involved in its request in all activities falling under this derogation.

16.

for procurement procedures awarded or organised by a sector contractor pursuant to Section 164 for the implementation of sector activities in a State which is not a contracting party to the EEA Agreement, in a manner which is not linked to the physical use of a network or geographic area in the territory of a contracting party to the EEA Agreement and at its request involves all activities falling within the scope of this derogation.

17.

for contracts for the procurement of water awarded by sector contractors, one or both of those in § 168. 1 designated sector activities;

18.

for contracts for the supply of energy or fuels for energy production awarded by sector contractors, one of the in Section 167. carry out 1 or 3 or § 171 designated activities,

19.

for sector sponsors who have provided or operated networks to provide public transport services at the time of the In-kraft-Trets of this federal law, provided that at that time other companies either generally or for a particular geographically defined area had the possibility to take over the same task under the same conditions as the relevant sector contractor.

Contracts for related companies

§ 176. (1) This federal law does not apply to contracts

1.

a sectoral contractor to a company associated with it, or

2.

which a joint undertaking, which has formed several sectoral contractors exclusively for the implementation of sector activities, is awarded to a company that is linked to one of these sector contractors,

as long as the 2 and 3 above sales targets are reached.

(2) The exceptions provided for in paragraph 1

1.

for service contracts, provided that at least 80 % of the average turnover of the associated company during the last three years with service contracts comes from the provision of these services to the associated companies;

2.

for supply contracts, provided that at least 80 % of the average sales generated by the associated company during the last three years with supply contracts are derived from the supply of these supplies to the associated companies;

3.

for construction contracts, if at least 80 vH of the average turnover generated by the associated company during the last three years with construction orders comes from the provision of these works for the associated companies.

(3) Where, for the last three years, no turnover figures are available because the associated company has just been created or has recently started its activity, it is sufficient if the company, especially through forecasts of activity development, makes it credible that the achievement of the relevant in paragraph. 2 above sales targets are likely. If the same or similar services, supplies or construction services are provided by more than one of the companies involved in the contractor, the percentages referred to in paragraph 2 shall be calculated taking into account the total turnover of these associated companies with the provision of services, supplies or supplies. Construction services.

(4) This federal law does not apply to contracts,

1.

which a joint undertaking, which has formed several sector sponsors exclusively for the implementation of sector activities, is awarded to one of these sector contractors, or

2.

which is a sectoral contractor to a joint company in accordance with Z 1.

if the joint undertaking has been established to carry out the activity concerned for at least three years, and the legal act establishing the joint undertaking stipulates that the sector sponsors of this company will be part of the company at least during the same period.

(5) The sector sponsors have the Commission at their request

1.

the names of the companies in accordance with paragraph 1 or 4,

2.

the nature and value of the contracts referred to in paragraph. 1 and 1 respectively. 4, and

3.

the information that the Commission considers necessary to demonstrate that the relationship between the contractor and the company or joint undertakings to which the contracts are awarded is subject to the requirements of the paragraph. 1 to 3 or less. 4,

to be notified.

Construction and Services concessions

§ 177. This federal law applies with the exception of Articles 7, 8, 163 to 166, 210, 335, 344 and 345(2). 1 to 3 not for the award of concession contracts. Contracts for construction and service concessions are to be awarded by sector licensors, in compliance with the fundamental freedoms of Community law and the prohibition of discrimination and, to the extent necessary on the basis of the value and subject matter of the Treaty, in principle, in a procedure with several entrepreneurs ensuring a reasonable degree of public interest and in accordance with the principles of free and fair competition. The award of construction and service concession contracts in a formal-free procedure directly to a selected entrepreneur (direct award) is only allowed if the estimated value of service does not exceed 60 000 euro without VAT.

Freed sector sponsors in the field of request and promotion of oil or gas

§ 178. (1) This federal law applies, with the exception of this provision, not to sector sponsors using geographically defined areas in Austria for the purpose of requesting or promoting oil or gas within the meaning of Section 171 (excl. When awarding works, supply or service contracts (sections 4 to 6), these sector sponsors have to comply exclusively with Community fundamental freedoms, non-discrimination and the principles of free and fair competition and equal treatment of all candidates and tenderers. In particular, they have provided sufficient and timely information about the contracts to be awarded to companies that have an interest in such contracts. The award has to be made on the basis of objective, non-discriminatory criteria.

(2) Free-of-charged sector sponsors within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 have all the information provided by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour in accordance with the standard form for contracts awarded for each contract whose contract value is at least 5 million euros, at the latest 48 days after the award.

(3) Free-of-the-art sector sponsors within the meaning of the paragraph. 1 have, either at the request of the Commission or at the latest 48 days after the expiry of each quarter of a calendar year, all the information provided for in the standard form of awarded contracts for each contract whose contract value is at least 400 000 euros, provided that it is the sector contractor that falls within the territory of a country, to be announced by the respective national government – the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour. You have to store this information and the documents in question for at least four years from the award of the contract.

(4) The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour, according to paragraph 1, 2 and 3 via the Permanent Representation of Austria to the EU and inform the Chancellor of it.

Exemption of scope

§ 179. (1) Sector Contracting Authorities are not covered by this federal law if:

1.

this activity in Austria is directly exposed to competition on a market with free access, which has been identified by a Commission decision; or

2.

a request pursuant to paragraph 4 was placed to access a market as free within the meaning of paragraph. 2 Z 1, the independent authority responsible for the activity concerned, finds that the activity on a market with free access is directly exposed to competition and the Commission has not decided within the time limit to be respected that the conditions for an exemption are not met, or

3.

a request pursuant to paragraph 5 was submitted and the Commission did not decide within the time limit to be met that the conditions for an exemption were not met.

(2)

Access to a market is considered free,

1.

if Annex XVIII the provisions of Community law in Austria have been transposed and applied, or

2.

- if the conditions of Z 1 are not met - if the evidence is provided that access to this market is de jure and de facto free.

(3) An activity is considered to be directly exposed to competition if it is found on the basis of criteria that are in line with the EC Treaty competition rules. These include in particular the characteristics of the goods and services concerned, the presence of alternative goods and services, prices and the actual or potential presence of several providers of the goods and services concerned.

(4) If the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour considers that an activity under Articles 167 to 172 is directly exposed to competition in markets with free access, he may apply for a statement to the Commission. It shares all relevant information, in particular on laws, regulations, administrative provisions, agreements and agreements, which indicate whether the conditions referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 are met. If the independent authority responsible for the sector concerned has given a reasoned opinion whether the activity on a market with free access is directly exposed to competition, this opinion shall be accompanied by the application. The application to the Commission has at least contained the information listed in Annex I of Commission Decision 2005/15/EC. The application has been sent to the Commission by the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs. The Federal Chancellor must be informed of an application.

(5) If a sectoral contractor operating in the sector is of the opinion that an activity under Articles 167 to 172 is directly exposed to competition in markets with free access, he may apply for a statement to the Commission. In this case, he has to inform the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour about the application to the Commission. The application to the Commission has at least contained the information listed in Annex I of Decision 2005/15/EC. If the independent authority responsible for the sector concerned has given a reasoned opinion whether the activity on a market with free access is directly exposed to competition, this opinion shall be accompanied by the application. The application has been sent to the Commission by the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs. The Federal Chancellor must be informed of an application. The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour, if the relevant documents have not already been transmitted by the applicant, informs the Commission of all relevant information, in particular on laws, regulations, administrative provisions, agreements and agreements, which indicate whether the conditions referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 are met. If a reasoned opinion by the independent authority responsible for the sector concerned has not already been sent by the applicant, the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour has to submit this opinion to the Commission.

(6) The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour has a decision or notice of the Commission concerning an application in accordance with paragraph 1. 4 or 5 without delay in the Bundesgesetzblatt.

5. Section

thresholds, calculation of estimated performance value

thresholds

§ 180. (1) Procedures of Sector Contracting Authorities for the award of contracts shall be carried out in the upper threshold area if the estimated value of the contract without VAT is

1.

at least EUR 473 000 for supply and service contracts;

2.

at least 5 923 000 euros for construction contracts.

(2) Competitions of Sector Contracters shall take place in the upper threshold area if, in the event of competitive competition, the estimated value of the service contract without VAT, taking into account any price and payments to participants or to pay. at least €473 000 for ideas competitions.

(3) Procedures of Sector Contracting Authorities for the award of contracts shall be carried out in the lower threshold area if the estimated value of the contract without VAT is lower. 1 above amounts not reached. Competitions will take place in the lower threshold area if the estimated value of the contract is calculated on the basis of the price and payments or the sum of the price and payments to the participants in the paragraph. 2 above.

General provisions on the calculation of the estimated order value

§ 181. (1) The basis for calculating the estimated value of a contract is the total value without VAT, which is expected to be paid by the contractor. This calculation will take into account the estimated total value of all the services belonging to the project, including all options and possible contract extensions.

(2) If the provider of premiums or payments to candidates or tenderers, he must take them into account when calculating the estimated order value.

(3) The value of the value of the duty to be charged without VAT is to be determined by the contractor before the award procedure is implemented. The timing of the opening of the award procedure by the sector licensor is significant. In the case of tendering procedures with a previous call for competition, this is the time when the call for competition is sent in accordance with Section 207, the first to appear outside in the case of award procedures without prior competition.

(4) A public procurement project may not be split to circumvent the application of the provisions of this federal law.

(5) The choice of the method of calculation applied must not pursue the purpose of circumventing the application of the provisions of this federal law.

Calculation of the estimated contract value for construction contracts

§ 182. (1) Where a construction project is made from several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, it is as an estimated value of the total value of all these lots. As lots within the meaning of this federal law, commercial activities shall also apply in the sense of Annexes I (works).

(2) In calculating the estimated value of works contracts, in addition to the value of the works, the estimated total value of all goods or services required for the execution of the construction services is to be included, provided to the entrepreneur by the contractor. The value of the goods or services that are not necessary for the execution of a particular works contract may not be added, in particular, to the value of this contract, to the effect that the provisions of this federal law will be circumscribed for the purchase of these goods or services.

(3) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. 1 Z 2 above threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the upper threshold area for the award of all lots. This does not apply to those lots whose estimated value of the contract without VAT is less than 1 million euros, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contractor does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. The provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the sub-wave area.

(4) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. The provisions of this federal law apply to the award of works contracts in the sub-wave area for the award of all lots. The choice of the procedure for awarding contracts in the lower threshold area is considered an estimated value of the value of each unit.

Calculation of the estimated order value for supply contracts

§ 183. (1) For leasing, rent, lease or purchase of advice, it is estimated that:

1.

for fixed-term contracts with a duration of not more than 12 months of the estimated total amount of fees expected during the duration of the contract;

2.

for fixed-term contracts with a duration of more than 12 months of the estimated total amount of fees expected during the duration of the contract, including the estimated residual value;

3.

in the case of fixed-term contracts or in the case of unclear duration, the 48 times of the expected monthly fee.

(2) In case of regular recurring orders or permanent contracts, it is estimated to be either

1.

the actual total value of the corresponding successive contracts in the previous financial and/or financial year or in the previous twelve months, if possible taking into account the likely changes in quantities or costs during the following twelve months following the initial contract; or

2.

the estimated total value of the successive contracts, which during the first delivery of the following twelve months or of the following financial and/or financial services: In so far as this is more than twelve months, the financial year will be awarded.

(3) Where a delivery is made from the procurement of similar supplies in several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, the value of the estimated total value of all these lots is to be set.

(4) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. 1 Z 1 threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of supply contracts in the upper threshold area for the award of all lots. This is not the case for those lots whose estimated value without VAT is less than 80 000 euros, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contracting authority does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. For the award of these lots, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of sub-densed supply contracts.

(5) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. 1 Z 1 above threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of supply contracts in the lower threshold area for the award of all lots. Lose, whose value is less than 60 000 euros without VAT, can be awarded through direct award, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the sector contractor does not exceed 40 vH of the cumulative value of all lots.

Calculation of the estimated order value for service contracts

§ 184. (1) For contracts on the following services, it is estimated that:

1.

the insurance premium and other charges for insurance benefits;

2.

charges, commissions and interest and other comparable remuneration for banking services and other financial services;

3.

in the case of contracts with planning services, fees, commissions and other similar remunerations.

(2) In the case of service contracts for which no total price is indicated, an estimated value is to be set:

1.

for fixed-term contracts with a maximum duration of 48 months of the estimated total value for the duration of the contract;

2.

for permanent contracts or contracts with a duration of more than 48 months, the 48 times of the monthly fee to be paid.

(3) In case of regular recurring orders or permanent contracts, it is estimated to be either

1.

the actual total value of the corresponding successive contracts in the previous financial and/or financial year or in the previous twelve months, if possible taking into account the likely changes in quantities or costs during the following twelve months following the initial contract; or

2.

the estimated total value of the successive contracts, which during the twelve months after the first service provision, or the financial or financial contribution to the first service provision. In so far as this is more than twelve months, the financial year will be awarded.

(4) Where a service is provided from the provision of similar services in several lots for which a separate contract is awarded, the value of the estimated total value of all these lots is to be set.

(5) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. 1 Z 1 threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the upper threshold area for the award of all lots. This does not apply to those lots whose estimated value of the contract without VAT is less than 80 000 euros, provided that the cumulative value of the lots selected by the contractor does not exceed 20 vH of the cumulative value of all lots. For the award of these lots, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the lower threshold area.

(6) Achievements or exceeds the cumulative value of the lots in § 180. 1 Z 1 above threshold, the provisions of this federal law apply to the award of service contracts in the lower threshold area for the award of all lots. Lose, whose value is less than 60 000 euros without VAT, can be awarded through direct award, unless the cumulative value of the lots selected by the sector contractor does not exceed 40 vH of the cumulative value of all lots.

calculation of the estimated order value of framework agreements and
dynamic procurement systems

§ 185. The estimated value of a framework agreement or a dynamic procurement system is the total value of all contracts that are expected to be awarded on the basis of this framework agreement or this dynamic procurement system.

Change of thresholds or devalues

§ 186. The Federal Chancellor can be replaced by a regulation instead of the § 177, 178. 2 and 3, 180 paragraphs. 1 and 2, 182 paragraphs. 3, 183. 4 and 5, 184. 5 and 6, 201 paragraphs. 2, 214. 2, 235, 268(3) and 280 paragraphs. 3 set thresholds or lots, to the extent that Austrian obligations under international law require this, or this is necessary or permitted under Community law, or this is appropriate for the purpose of a uniform procedure when awarding contracts, to set other thresholds or lots.

6. Section

Principles of the award procedure and general provisions

Principles of the award procedure

§ 187. (1) Public procurement procedures must be carried out in accordance with the principles of free and fair competition and equal treatment of all candidates and tenderers, in accordance with the procedures laid down in this federal law. The award has to be made to competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs at reasonable prices.

(2) Different treatment of candidates and tenderers on grounds of nationality or origin of goods remains prohibited. 1.

(3) In the implementation of procurement procedures, a territorial restriction or a restriction on participation in individual professions, although other operators also have the right to provide the service is prohibited.

(4) Procedures for awarding contracts and implementing competitions are only to be carried out if the intention is to bring performance to the award. The sector contractor is not obliged to terminate a tender procedure by awarding a contract.

(5) In the award procedure, consideration may be given to environmental fairness of performance. This can be done in particular by taking into account environmental aspects in the description of performance, in determining technical specifications or by setting specific award criteria with ecological reference.

(6) The award procedure may take into account the employment of women, persons in the field of training, long-term unemployed, people with disabilities and older workers, as well as measures to implement other social policy issues. This can be done in particular by taking into account such aspects in the description of performance, in the definition of technical specifications, by setting specific award criteria or by establishing conditions in the performance contract.

General provisions on candidates and tenderers

§ 188. (1) Candidates or tenderers established in the territory of another contracting party to the EEA Agreement, who are carrying out a recognition or equivalence procedure in accordance with the provisions of 373c, 373d and 373e GewO 1994 or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Official Regulation or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Engineers Regulation have to make the application as soon as possible. The decision to grant the recognition or acceptance of the equivalence or to confirm it in accordance with the EEA Regulation or the EEA Technical Regulation must be available at the latest at the time of the award decision. Before the end of the supply period, you have to prove that they have submitted an application in accordance with the aforementioned legislation.

(2) Working groups and tendering groups may submit offers or applications for participation, unless the tender has been declared inadmissible for the participation or formation of working or tendering communities for reasons of fact. In the tender for objective reasons, the contracting authority may also provide for an overall limitation of the number of members or the composition of working or tendering groups. In order to obtain a tender or a request for participation, the contracting authority may not undertake to adopt a specific legal form. However, the sectoral contractor may require a working or tenderer community to adopt a certain legal form when it has been awarded the contract, provided this is necessary for the proper execution of the contract. Working groups and tendering communities are as such partyable to assert their rights under this federal law. In the non-open procedure and in the negotiation process, the requested candidates have to inform the sector sponsor of the formation of a tenderer or working group before the end of the semi-term offer period. In the case of procurement of bidders as a working group, the subcontractor will provide solid Hungarian services.

(3) Without prejudice to the paragraph. 2 may not be rejected by candidates or tenderers who are entitled to provide the service in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty of the EEA, in which they are established, solely because they would have to be either a natural or legal person under Austrian law.

(4) In the case of contracts that include additional services or works such as the transfer and installation, candidates or tenderers who are not natural persons may, however, be obliged to indicate in their bid or in their application for participation, the names and professional qualifications of those natural persons responsible for the provision of the service concerned.

(5) Entrepreneurs who were directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the documents relating to the award procedure, as well as those associated companies, as far as their participation would be excluded from fair and fair competition, shall be excluded from participation in the award procedure for performance unless their participation in justified exceptional cases cannot be waived.

reservations on contracts for protected workshops or inclusive establishments

§ 189. (1) Sectoral contractors may, in the case of procurement procedures, provide that only protected workshops or inclusive establishments in which the majority of workers with disabilities who, on the basis of the nature or gravity of their disability, may participate in or that the provision of such contracts is reserved for such workshops or establishments.

(2) If a call for competition is made pursuant to § 207, it is based on an all-prone restriction of the local loop or a restriction of the managerial entity in accordance with paragraph 4. 1.

General provisions on the award of benefits and partial benefits

§ 190. (1) Services can be awarded jointly or separately. A separate award may take place in local or temporal terms, in terms of quantity and type of performance or in terms of services of various craft and commercial sectors or disciplines. Economic or technical aspects, such as the need for uniform execution and a clear guarantee, are essential for the total or separate award of services.

(2) A contract in parts of a tendered total power is inadmissible as well as a mere reservation of all relevant subcontracting. In order to preserve the possibility of awarding in parts, both the total performance and the parts of the service that can be awarded separately. In this case, the bidder is also able to offer only individual of these parts of the service.

Confidentiality of documents relating to a procurement procedure, rights of exploitation

§ 191. (1) Sector Contractors, candidates and tenderers have to respect the confidential nature of all the data relating to the sector and to the candidates and tenderers and their documents.

(2) Unless otherwise provided in this federal law, sector sponsors may not transmit any information sent to them by entrepreneurs and referred to as confidential. This relates in particular to technical secrets, operational secrets and confidential aspects of offers.

(3) In so far as intellectual property rights or confidentiality interests are violated, both the sector licensors and the candidates or tenderers may use or pass on to third parties plans, drawings, designs, samples, patterns, computer programs and, as a result, their explicit consent.

(4) The sector contractor can be reserved to recover certain plans, drawings, designs, models, samples, patterns, computer programs and the equivalent that it has not requested remuneration.

(5) The candidates or tenderers may be reserved to claim to claim, in the event that they are not awarded the contract, the provision of these special preparations and plans, drawings, designs, models, samples, designs, samples, computer programs and the equivalent for which no remuneration is provided. The same applies to special preparations for alternative offers, of which no use is made.

(6) The sector sponsors can combine the transmission of technical specifications to candidates or tenderers, the examination and selection of candidates or tenderers and the award of the contract with conditions to protect the confidentiality of the information provided by them. The right of applicants or tenderers to reconcile with a sector contractor the confidentiality of information provided by them beyond the legally binding measure remains unaffected.

2. Main

Species and choice of award procedures

1. Section

Types of procurement procedures

Types of procurement procedures

§ 192. (1) The award of contracts for services has to be carried out through an open procedure, an open procedure, a negotiated procedure, a dynamic procurement system, direct award or a framework agreement.

(2) In the open procedure, an unlimited number of entrepreneurs are publicly requested to charge offers.

(3) In the non-open procedure after prior call for competition, after a limited number of entrepreneurs have been publicly requested to submit applications for participation, selected candidates are invited to submit offers.

(4) In the non-open procedure without prior call for competition, a limited number of suitable entrepreneurs are invited to submit offers.

(5) In the negotiation process, after a limited number of entrepreneurs have been invited to submit applications for participation, selected candidates are invited to submit offers. Subsequently, negotiations can be made on the entire content of the contract.

(6) A limited number of suitable entrepreneurs are invited to charge offers in the negotiation process without prior call for competition. Subsequently, negotiations can be made on the entire content of the contract.

(7) A framework agreement is an agreement without a take-over obligation between one or more sector licensors and one or more entrepreneurs aiming to define the terms and conditions for contracts to be awarded during a certain period, in particular as regards the envisaged price and, where appropriate, the amount envisaged. On the basis of a framework agreement, a performance can be awarded to a party to the framework agreement in a negotiated procedure without a prior call for competition.

(8) A dynamic procurement system is a fully electronic process for the procurement of services that meet the requirements of the sector's provider, generally available on the market. In a dynamic procurement system, an unlimited number of entrepreneurs are invited to make non-binding declarations on the provision of services and all appropriate entrepreneurs who have made permitted declarations to provide services are admitted to the system. In a dynamic procurement system, after a separate call for a supply levy, the performance will depend on a participant in the dynamic procurement system.

(9) In the case of direct award, a performance will be paid directly by a selected entrepreneur.

Types of competition

§ 193. (1) Competitions can be carried out as ideas competitions or real-life competitions.

(2) Ideas contests are exaggeration procedures that serve to provide a plan or planning to the sector sponsor, in particular in the fields of spatial planning, urban planning, architecture and construction, advertising or processing of data, whose or their selection by a price court on the basis of comparative assessment with or without distribution of prices.

(3) Implementing competitions are competitions in which, following the implementation of an exaggeration procedure within the meaning of the paragraph. 2 a negotiated procedure for the award of a service contract in accordance with Section 195 Z 12.

(4) The conduct of competitions has to be carried out through an open, open or charged competition.

(5) In the open competition, the Auslober is calling for a limited number of entrepreneurs and individuals to submit competitive works.

(6) In the case of non-open competition, after a limited number of entrepreneurs and individuals have been publicly asked to submit applications for participation, competition participants selected by the Auslober are invited to submit competitive works.

(7) In the competition charged, the Auslober will immediately request a limited number of suitable competitors to submit competitive works.

2. Section

Selection of award procedures in the upper threshold area

Election of the open procedure, the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and the negotiated procedure after prior call for competition

§ 194. Sector sponsors can freely choose between the open procedure, the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and the negotiated procedure after prior competition.

Election of the negotiated procedure without prior call for competition

§ 195. In the following cases, a negotiated procedure can be relied on without prior competition:

1.

if there has been no or no application within the meaning of this federal law if the initial conditions of the contract are not substantially changed, or

2.

if a contract is awarded only for the purpose of research, experiments, investigations or developments and not for the purpose of the award or cover of research and development costs, provided that such a contract does not prejudge a call for competition for subsequent contracts, in particular those objectives, or

3.

if the contract can only be carried out by certain undertakings for its technical or artistic characteristics or on the basis of the protection of exclusive rights; or

4.

if urgent, compelling reasons relating to events that could not be predicted by the sector's contracting authority do not allow it to comply with the deadlines provided for in the open or non-open procedure following prior call for competition; or

5.

in the case of supply contracts for additional deliveries to be carried out by the original supplier, either intended for partial renewal of existing supplies or facilities or for the extension of supplies or existing facilities, if a change of supplier would force the sector contractor to purchase materials of different technical characteristics, thereby bringing technical incompatibilities or disproportionate technical difficulties in use or maintenance; or

6.

if, in order to carry out an existing construction or service contract, additional construction or services which are neither provided for in the design underlying the award or in the first contract awarded, but which are necessary for unforeseen events, provided that the contract is awarded to the entrepreneur who has executed the first contract, and either

(a)

do not leave the additional technical or economic work or services to be separated from the main order, or

(b)

these additional works or services may be separated from the execution of the first contract, but are strictly necessary for its further stages of execution; or

7.

for new construction contracts that consist of repetition of similar works, provided

(a)

the contract to be awarded by the same sector contractor to the entrepreneur who has already received the first contract;

(b)

the first contract was awarded after a call for competition;

(c)

they correspond to a basic draft that was the subject of the first contract,

(d)

the possibility of applying such a negotiated procedure already provided for in the first tender; and

(e)

the total order value envisaged for the continuation of the construction work was based on the calculation of the estimated order value; or

8.

when it comes to the delivery of goods listed and purchased on commodity exchanges, or

9.

for contracts to be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, if the framework agreement itself

(a)

in accordance with the provisions of the 3. Part of this federal law has been awarded and

(b)

does not lead to any restriction or distortion of competition, or

10.

when goods can be purchased at a price which is significantly lower than the market prices, on the basis of a particularly favourable opportunity which has resulted in a very short period of time; or

11.

when buying goods on particularly favourable terms from a supplier who permanently performs his business activities, or in the case of a bankruptcy or compensation procedure, or

12.

if the service contract in question follows a contract in accordance with the provisions of 3. Part of this law must be awarded to the winner or one of the winners of the contest. In the last case, all winners of the competition are invited to participate in negotiations.

Types of electronic auction and award of contracts by electronic auction

§ 196. (1) An electronic auction is an iterative procedure to determine the offer to be awarded to the contract, whereby, after a first full evaluation of the offers, new, revised prices and/or new values, based on certain components of the bids, are submitted, allowing for an automatic classification of these offers.

(2) In the case of the implementation of an open procedure, an open procedure after prior call for competition, a negotiated procedure after prior competition or the award of contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system pursuant to the procedure laid down in Section 289, contracts can be awarded by alternative means of a simple electronic auction or by another electronic auction, provided that the specifications of the subject matter of the contract can be clearly and fully described. The auction can only refer to parts of the offer that are quantifiable in a clear and objectively understandable way that they are in numbers or in percentage terms. Works or service contracts that have an object – such as the design of construction services – cannot be subject to an electronic auction.

(3) In the case of a simple electronic auction, the contract has to be made at the lowest price.

(4) For another electronic auction, the contract has to be made on the most technically and economically advantageous offer.

(5) The sector contractor can choose freely between the implementation of a simple or other electronic auction.

Conclusion of Framework Agreements

§ 197. (1) Contracts may be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, provided that the framework agreement has been concluded after an open procedure, an open procedure after prior competition or a negotiated procedure pursuant to Articles 194 or 195.

(2) The instrument of the Framework Agreement may not be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition.

(3) The party or the parties to the Framework Agreement will be identified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 194 or 195, following an open procedure, an open procedure after prior competition or negotiation proceedings. The sectoral contractor has informed the non-absorbent bidders of the reasons for refusing their offer, the characteristics and advantages of the successful offer or successful offers, as well as the name of the party or the parties to the framework agreement. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would conflict with public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

Establishment of a dynamic procurement system and procurement
on the basis of a dynamic procurement system

§ 198. Contracts can be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, if the dynamic procurement system has been established after an open procedure has been implemented.

Choice of competition

§ 199. The sector sponsors can freely choose between the open and non-open competition when conducting competitions.

3. Section

Selection of award procedures in the lower threshold area

Election of the procedure for awarding contracts

§ 200. Contracts in the lower threshold area are to be awarded in a procedure referred to in Section 192, without prejudice to the provisions of Section 201. Insofar as this appears necessary on the basis of the value and subject matter of the contract, a type of procedure is to be chosen to ensure a reasonable degree of public opinion. A notice of a procedure may in particular be withdrawn if one of the conditions referred to in Section 195 is met.

Direct award

§ 201. (1) For the award of contracts by sector sponsors through direct award, only the 1st part, the sections 4 to 6, 9, 163 to 166, 175, 181 to 184, 187 (1), 192, 235 of the 4. to 6. 2 to 5.

(2) Direct award is only allowed if the estimated order value does not reach EUR 60 000.

(3) The non-binding price statements which may be obtained when carrying out a direct award must be documented accordingly.

(4) In the case of direct award, performance can only be obtained from a competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneur. The power, performance and reliability must be available at the latest at the time of conclusion of the contract. An entrepreneur who opposes bankruptcy or bankruptcy. Insolvency proceedings, a judicial compensation procedure, a settlement procedure or a countervailing process, or which are in liquidation or cease their commercial activity, however, contracts can be awarded through direct award if their performance is sufficient.

(5) In the case of direct award, if the documentation effort is economically justified, the subject matter and value of the contract and the name of the contractor.

Conclusion of framework agreements and procurement
on the basis of a framework agreement

§ 202. (1) Contracts may be awarded on the basis of a framework agreement, if the framework agreement has been concluded after an open procedure, an open procedure or a negotiated procedure. Insofar as this appears necessary on the basis of the value and subject matter of the Framework Agreement, a type of procedure is to be chosen when a framework agreement is concluded to ensure a reasonable degree of public opinion. The direct award procedure for the conclusion of a framework agreement may only be chosen under the conditions set out in Section 201.

(2) The instrument of the Framework Agreement may not be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition.

(3) The party or the parties to the Framework Agreement will be identified after an open procedure, an open procedure after prior competition or negotiation. The sector contractor has the reasons for rejecting its offer, the characteristics and advantages of the or successful tenders. to communicate offers and the name of the party or the parties to the Framework Agreement. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(4) Contracts on the basis of a framework agreement can be awarded without prior call for competition.

Choice of competition

§ 203. (1) The sector sponsors can freely choose between the open and non-open competition when conducting competitions.

(2) If sufficient suitable entrepreneurs are known to the Auslober, the execution of a invited competition is permitted.

3. Main

Rules for the implementation of procurement procedures

1. Section

Information transfer

Transmission of documents or information between sector agents and entrepreneurs

§ 204. (1) The transfer of tender documents, communications, applications, calls and notifications, as well as any other exchange of information between sector brokerage agents and entrepreneurs, may be made optional, if the sector sponsor does not exceptionally define otherwise, by fax or by electronic means. Minder significant communications, calls, notifications and information can also be sent or by phone.

(2) The communication tools selected to transmit information must be generally available and must not lead to discrimination. In the case of electronic communications, the technical characteristics may not be discriminatory and the means of communication must be compatible with the commonly used products of information and communication technology.

(3) The admissibility of electronic offers is as early as possible, but at the latest in the tender documents.

(4) An electronic transfer of tender documents, offers and documents relating to the evaluation of the offer has been made using a secure electronic signature (§ 2 Z 3 SigG) or in such a way that the verification of completeness, authenticity and inviolability of the data transmitted is ensured with the quality of a secure electronic signature.

(5) The chosen type of electronic information transmission according to paragraph 4 shall at least ensure that the completeness, authenticity, inviolability and confidentiality of the information provided is guaranteed. The requirements for devices for the receipt of electronically transmitted data in connection with a procurement procedure must meet the requirements of the Annexes XVII equivalent.

(6) Sector Contractors and Entrepreneurs have to give a fax number or an electronic address to which all documents and information can be sent in a valid manner. In so far as this law makes provision for a communication of decisions to entrepreneurs on an electronic way or by fax, a briefing is only allowed in justified cases. Electrically transmitted shipments are considered to be transmitted as soon as their data is reached in the recipient's electronic area.

(7) Lower notes, requests for information from entrepreneurs, information from the sector contractor, as well as all declarations and documents (e.g. offers, proofs) that they are produced or transmitted exclusively in electronic form, in that form and with the content that or which they are issued at the time of writing or sending. In the case of the contracting authority, it must be clearly stated that a subsequent change in the content as well as the date of delivery, the sending of the item or the imminent of the sectoral contractor.

2. Section

Transmission of documents to the European Commission

Statistical obligations of the sector managers

§ 205. As far as this is necessary for the fulfilment of Community or international recording, reporting or reporting obligations, the sector sponsors have to submit statistical reports to the Commission by 31 August of each year to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour for transfer to the Commission on contracts awarded in the previous year, insofar as this is necessary for the fulfilment of Community or international record, reporting or reporting obligations. As soon as the Commission has set out more rules on how to comply with the statistical obligations, the Federal Government has to define, separately, in matters relating to which data is required under the Commission's definition, and in which way, in particular as regards the type of transmission, structure and form, to transmit these data.

Transmission of other documents

§ 206. In so far as this federal law, with the exception of the provision of § 335, notification or reporting obligations to the Commission or other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement, has provided the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour with the necessary documentation, in the case of tendering procedures falling within the territory of a country, by the relevant State Government. This has sent the documents to the Commission and to the contracting parties to the EEA Agreement and to inform the Chancellor of it through the Permanent Representation of Austria to the EU.

3. Section

Notices

1. Subsection

General provisions on notices

Call for competition

§ 207. (1) A call for competition is known:

1.

the planned award of a works, supply or service contract in the open procedure, in the non-open procedure after prior call for competition or in the negotiating procedure after prior competition;

2.

the intention to open or open competition;

3.

- if not made use of the possibility of applying a procedure without prior call for competition to conclude a framework agreement - the planned conclusion of a framework agreement;

4.

the planned establishment of a dynamic procurement system.

(2) The call for competition is based on the overdue requirement of recognition or equivalence in accordance with the Articles 373c, 373d and 373e GewO 1994 or a confirmation under § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Official Regulation or a confirmation pursuant to § 1(2). 4 of the EEA Engineers Regulation explicitly mentioned.

(3) In the call for competition, the sector sponsor must indicate which evidence or evidence of the power to provide professional reliability and financial and economic or technical performance, or if requested by the sector contractor.

(4) If, following an open procedure, an open procedure, after prior call for competition, a negotiated procedure after prior call for competition or a dynamic procurement system, following a call for tendering under § 290, the offer to be awarded by electronic auction, the call for competition has been identified in accordance with paragraph 290. 1 Z 1 or 4 to include such a definition.

Correction of notices

§ 208. If a correction of notices is necessary, it is as well known as the original notice.

Publication of a seal profile

§ 209. (1) The sector sponsor can publish an sourcing profile on the Internet.

(2) The purchase profile may include notices, information on current procurement procedures, planned contracts, contracts awarded, revoked procedures and any other information concerning a procurement procedure or information of general interest such as contact point, telephone or fax number, postal address and electronic address.

Voluntary notices at Community level

§ 210. The sectoral contractor may send notices and communications that are not subject to a notice obligation under this federal law directly to the Commission using all relevant standard forms of notices in the upper threshold area. The transmission of notices and communications will take place on an electronic basis, in accordance with the procedures laid down by the Federal Chancellor under § 211 for the transmission of notices and communications. The sector contractor must be able to demonstrate the date of sending the notice.

2. Subsection

Special notices for the threshold area

Notices at Community level

§ 211. The sectoral contractor must immediately and immediately send notices and communications to the Commission using the relevant standard forms for advertising notices. The transfer also applies to the information provided by the notices and communications in the online procedure. The transmission of notices and communications has to be done electronically, in exceptional cases by fax. The Federal Chancellor has clarified the procedures laid down by the Commission for the transmission of notices and communications in the Bundesgesetzblatt. The sector contractor must be able to demonstrate the date of sending the notice. If data is made available online, the registration of the data in the online system is valid.

Use of CPV in notices

§ 212. (1) In the case of notices, the subcontractors have to use the names and codes of the Common Vokabulars for public procurement (CPV).

(2) To define the scope of application of this federal law in relation to this federal law Annex I The NACE nomenclature or the CPC nomenclature prioritising the CPV nomenclature.

Types of call for competition

§ 213. (1) A call for competition

1.

by means of a notice in accordance with the standard form for the publication of contracts or contracts. competition in the sector, or

2.

by a regular non-binding notice in accordance with § 214, or

3.

by a notice on the existence of a test system in accordance with Section 215

to be done.

(2) A call for competition by a regular non-binding notice is only allowed if

1.

in the regular non-binding notice the deliveries, works and services to be covered by the contract to be awarded, and

2.

the regular non-binding notice

(a)

the indication that this contract is awarded in the non-open procedure or in the negotiation process without any subsequent call for competition; and

(b)

the request to interested entrepreneurs to notify their interest in writing;

and

3.

the regular non-binding notice will be published no later than 12 months before the date on which the sectoral contracter dismisses the request to all candidates to confirm their interest on the basis of accurate information about the contract in question (§ 251).

(3) The planned award of a works, supply or service contract in the open procedure, the intention to conduct a competition, the planned conclusion of a framework agreement after the implementation of an open procedure, the intention to establish a dynamic procurement system can only be created by a notice in accordance with paragraph 4. 1 Z 1.

Regular non-binding notice

§ 214. (1) At the beginning of its respective financial and/or financial sectors. publication of a regular non-binding notice

1.

in the event of a call for competition under § 213. 1 Z 2, or

2.

if, in the open procedure, it derives from the possibility of shortening the supply period in accordance with § 224. 2 want to make use.

(2) The regular non-binding notice referred to in paragraph 1 contains the following information:

1.

in the case of supply contracts, broken down by groups of goods, the estimated total value of contracts or framework agreements to be awarded or concluded for the next twelve months, provided that this value is at least 750 000 euros;

2.

for service contracts, broken down by Annex III These categories, the estimated total value of the contracts or framework agreements to be awarded or concluded by the sector contractor in the next twelve months, provided that this estimated total value is at least 750 000 euros.

3.

in the case of construction contracts, the main features of contracts or framework agreements to be awarded or concluded by the sector contractor in the next twelve months, provided that their estimated total value is at least 5 923 000 euros;

(3) The groups of goods referred to in paragraph 2 Z 1 shall be determined with reference to the positions of the CPV.

(4) The regular non-binding notice is to be transmitted either using the relevant standard form of the Commission or to be published by means of an sourcing profile in accordance with § 209. The regular non-binding notice may not be published in the sourcing profile before the licensor, using the relevant standard form, has withdrawn the publication of this publication to the Commission. The date of sending the notice of the leasing profile to the Commission is to be indicated.

(5) In the case of the regular non-binding notice on supply and service contracts referred to in paragraph 2 Z 1 and Z 2 are the regular non-binding notice immediately after the start of the respective financial or financial notice. to send to the Commission or to publish in the source profile. In the case of regular non-binding notice on works contracts referred to in paragraph 2 Z 3 shall immediately send the regular non-binding notice to the Commission, after approval of the planning underlying the intended works contracts or framework agreements, or publish it in the sourcing profile.

(6) If it is explicitly stated that this is additional information, regular non-binding notices must not contain information already contained in a previous regular non-binding notice.

Notice on the existence of an audit system

§ 215. (1) A test system according to § 232 is to be announced in accordance with the standard form for the publication of a test system. This notice has to inform about the purpose of the audit system and how the audit rules can be requested. If the duration of the system exceeds three years, the notice on the existence of an audit system must be published annually. For shorter duration, a notice is sufficient at the beginning of the procedure.

(2) If a call for competition is made through a notice on the existence of an audit system, participants will be selected on a non-open procedure or on a negotiated procedure among entrepreneurs who are qualified in such a system.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 216. (1) Insofar as this is necessary to ensure sufficient economic competition, the Federal Chancellor and the Governments may, for the respective full-covering areas, decide on which publication media will have to publish additional notices in the upper threshold area of this part of this federal law. This Regulation also allows for more details on the transmission of notices to the publication medium.

(2) The availability of the content must be ensured at least until the expiry of the application or supply period.

(3) Further notices in other appropriate publication media are available to the sector sponsors.

(4) Notices under paragraph 1 or 3 in official or private publication media may not be published before the date of dispatch to the Commission. The notices may contain only those information contained in the notices issued to the Commission or which have been published as regular non-binding notices in a source profile. The publications have to indicate the date of sending the notice to the Commission or the date of publication in the source profile.

Disclosure of contracts, competitive results and
closed framework agreements

§ 217. (1) The sector contractor has to announce to the Commission any contract of construction, supply or service and the result of any competition. The information is available to the Commission using the relevant standard form at the latest two months after the award of the contract or At the end of the competition.

(2) The sectoral contractor has to announce to the Commission any final framework agreement. The information must be sent to the Commission, using the relevant standard form, at the latest two months after the conclusion of a framework agreement. The sector contractor is not obliged to announce the works, supply or service contracts awarded under the Framework Agreement.

(3) The sectoral contractor has to announce to the Commission any construction, supply or service contract awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system. The information will be provided to the Commission, using the relevant standard form, either at the latest two months after the award of each contract or after the year quarter, at the latest two months after the end of the year.

(4) The sectoral contractor may point out that it relates to the information concerning the number of offers or offers received. – competition – the plans and drafts received, the identity of entrepreneurs and the prices offered are sensitive in business terms.

(5) For service contracts of category No 8 of Annexes III, which have been awarded in a negotiated procedure without a prior call for competition, according to § 195 Z 2, may limit the data on the nature and scope of the services to be provided to the "Research and Development Services". For service contracts of category No 8 of Annexes III, which cannot be awarded in a negotiated procedure without a prior call for competition in accordance with § 195 Z 2, may limit the indications of the nature and scope of the services to be provided for in commercial transactions. However, the sectoral contractor must ensure that the information concerning the nature and scope of the services is at least as detailed as the information in the call for competition in accordance with Section 207. If the provider of a test system, he has to ensure that the information is at least as detailed as the information contained in the list of audited service providers in accordance with § 232. 9.

(6) In the case of non-privacy service contracts, the sector contractor must indicate whether it is agreed to publish.

3. Subsection

Special notices for the under threshold area

Types of call for competition

§ 218. (1) A call for competition

1.

by means of a notice pursuant to § 219, or

2.

by means of a notice on the existence of a test system in accordance with § 220

to be done.

(2) The planned award of a works, supply or service contract in the open procedure, the intention to conduct a competition, the planned conclusion of a framework agreement after the implementation of an open procedure, the intention to establish a dynamic procurement system can only be created by a notice in accordance with paragraph 4. 1 Z 1.

Notices in Austria and other media

§ 219. (1) Notices have to ensure an adequate level of public service, depending on the value and object of the award procedure. They have to contain information that allows interested parties to assess whether participation in the award procedure is of interest to them.

(2) The Federal Chancellor and the Governments may, if necessary to ensure sufficient economic competition, have to publish, in any case, the sub-densed sector contractors under this sub-densed law, in accordance with the level of the estimated value of the contract and the type of contract. This Regulation also allows for more details on the transmission of notices to the publication medium.

(3) The availability of the content must be ensured at least until the expiry of the period of application or offer.

(4) Further notices in other appropriate publication media are available to the sector sponsors.

Notice on the existence of an audit system

§ 220. (1) A test system according to § 232 is to be announced in accordance with the standard form for the publication of a test system. This notice has to inform about the purpose of the audit system and how the audit rules can be requested. If the duration of the system exceeds three years, the notice on the existence of an audit system must be published annually. For shorter duration, a notice is sufficient at the beginning of the procedure.

(2) If a call for competition is made through a notice on the existence of an audit system, participants will be selected on a non-open procedure or on a negotiated procedure among entrepreneurs who are qualified in such a system.

4. Section

Time limits

1. Subsection

General provisions on time limits

Calculation of deadlines

§ 221. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of theBER applicable to the time limits of the review and detection procedure, the deadlines for this federal law § 903 ABGB and the Federal Law on the Inhibition of the period of time by Saturday and the Karfree Day apply.

(2) The working days will cover all days except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.

(3) Time limits expressed in days starting at 00.00 a.m. of the day when the deadline starts. If, for the beginning of a period of time measured after days, when an event occurs or an action is taken, the calculation of this period will not be counted as the date in which this event or this act falls. A time limit set after days ends with the end of the last hour of the deadline.

(4) Time limits expressed in weeks, months or years start at 00.00 a.m. of the day when the deadline starts. A period of time measured after weeks, months or years shall end on the date of last week, last month or last year of the deadline, which corresponds to the date on which the period starts, according to its name or number. If a corresponding day is missing for a period of months, the deadline expires last day. Time limits expressed in weeks, months or years end at 24.00 p.m. of the day at which the deadline expires.

(5) Time limits expressed in hours start at the beginning of the first hour to start the deadline. If, for the beginning of a period of time measured after hours, when an event occurs or an action is taken, the calculation of this period does not indicate the hour in which this event or action falls. A time limit measured after hours ends with the end of the last hour of the deadline.

(6) If the last day of a period of one day on the Car Free Day, a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday, the period will end at 24.00 a.m. of the following working day.

(7) However, the provisions of paragraphs 3 to 6 do not exclude that an act which is to be carried out before the expiry of a period of time can only be made during the normal official or business hours.

Principles for measuring and extending deadlines

§ 222. (1) The sectoral contractor has to set deadlines in such a way as to ensure that operators affected by the time limit remain sufficiently time to take appropriate action. In particular, periods of participation and offer must be taken into account in such a way that, taking into account the course of the mail, entrepreneurs will remain within a reasonable time to decide and prepare applications and offers. Consideration must be given to circumstances which may make the tender more difficult.

(2) The time limit to offer is to be extended in case of an amendment to the call for competition in accordance with Section 207 if the correction has a significant impact on the preparation of the offers. Any change in the offer period is proven to be known to all candidates or tenderers. If this is not possible, it is known in the same way as the call for competition under § 207.

(3) The sectoral contractor may, if necessary, have the time limit for receipt of applications for participation or participation. a reasonable extension of the supply period for electronically transmitted offers if the server to which requests for participation or offers are to be submitted is not consistent until the date of expiry of the respective period. A prolongation of the deadline must be demonstrated to all candidates or tenderers. If this is not possible, the extension is to be announced in an appropriate form.

2. Subsection

Deadlines for award procedures in the upper threshold area

Transmission and information periods

§ 223. (1) If the contracting authority does not disclose the tender documents and any additional documents relating to the award procedure as from the first availability of the respective notice on electronic means, has made direct and fully accessible to traders who have expressed their interest in a specific open procedure to the contractor and have requested, in time before the end of the tender period, the tender documents and all additional documents without delay, but at the latest within six days of receipt of the application, to submit them electronically or to submit them by electronic means.

(2) If the request is made on time, the contracting authority or the competent body shall immediately provide additional information on the tender documents and on the additional documents, but at least six days before the end of the period for receipt of the tenders.

(3) If requested tender documents, additional documents or additional information are not available in the paragraph. 1 and 2 deadlines to be sent, made available or granted, or only after a local visit or access to additional documents relating to the tender documents on the ground, the offer deadlines must be adequately extended so that all operators concerned can take note of the information necessary for the creation of a tender. This does not apply if the supply period is in accordance with § 226. 2 has been established in mutual agreement.

Time to offer in open procedure

§ 224. (1) In the open procedure, the time limit for receipt of the tenders to be determined by the contractor shall be at least 52 days, notwithstanding the date of sending the notice in accordance with § 213. 1.

(2) The time limit for receipt of the tenders in accordance with paragraph 1 can be reduced to 22 days if:

1.

at least 52 days, but not more than 12 months before the date of sending a notice pursuant to Section 213. 1 Z 1 has published a regular non-binding notice, and

2.

these regular non-binding notices containing the information referred to in the relevant standard form, as far as this information is available at the time of publication of the regular non-binding notice.

Shorter supply periods in open procedure for use of electronic media

§ 225. (1) If the notice in accordance with § 213(2). 1 Z 1, using the relevant standard form, electronically created and transmitted on an electronic basis, in accordance with the procedures laid down by the Federal Chancellor pursuant to Section 211 for the transmission of notices and communications, may, in the open procedure, be subject to the supply period provided for in Section 224. 1 or 2 will be reduced by seven days.

(2) The offer period in the open procedure can be reduced by five days if the sector sponsors are to be reduced from the date of first availability of the notice in accordance with Section 213. 1 Z 1 of the tender documents and all additional documents relating to the award procedure have been released, made available directly and fully. The notice shall indicate the internet address at which these documents are available.

(3) Reduction of supply periods in the open procedure in accordance with paragraph 1 and 2 and in accordance with § 224. 2 are cumulative. However, the cumulation of the time-limits may not lead to a supply period shorter than 15 days from the day of the call for competition.

Time limits in the open procedure and in the negotiating procedure
after previous call for competition

§ 226. (1) In the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and in the negotiation process, after prior call for competition, the period set by the sector contractor will be

1.

for the receipt of applications for participation on the basis of a notice pursuant to § 213. 1 Z 1 at least 15 days from the date of the notice;

2.

for the receipt of applications for participation on the basis of a request for confirmation of interest in accordance with § 251 at least 22 days from the sending of the request; if this request has been sent by electronic means or by fax, at least 15 days from the sending of the request.

(2) In the non-open procedure after prior call for competition and in the negotiation process, after prior competition, the supply period may be established in mutual agreement between the sector contractor and the selected candidates, provided that all candidates receive the same period.

(3) Is a consensual definition of the supply period in accordance with paragraph 2 does not take place, the sector contractor has to set a supply period which must be at least 10 days from the sending of the call for a bid.

3. Subsection

Time limits for award procedures in the sub-wave area

Special rules on deadlines in the sub-wave area

§ 227. Only the principles of § 222(2) apply to the measurement and setting of deadlines. 1. With regard to the extension of deadlines in the event that the server to which applications for participation or offers are submitted is not consistently ready for reception, § 222. 3.

5. Section

Fitness of entrepreneurs

1. Subsection

General provisions on fitness and verification

General provisions

§ 228. (1) Sector sponsors have to define objective eligibility criteria to be accessible to all interested entrepreneurs.

(2) Entrepreneurs who comply with the provisions of paragraph 2. 1 established suitability criteria are excluded from the award procedure.

(3) Success in calling for competition by means of a notice on the existence of an audit system, the examination and selection of entrepreneurs in accordance with Section 232.

Exclusion

§ 229. (1) Without prejudice to the paragraph. 2 may exclude operators from participating in the award procedure if:

1.

the sector sponsors take note of a final conviction against them or, if they are legal persons, persons belonging to trade law, registered acquisition companies or working groups, against physical persons working in their management, which is one of the following offences: membership of a criminal organisation (§ 278a StGB), corruption (sections 302, 307, 308 and 310 StGB; § 10 UWG), fraud (section 146 ffGB), in compliance with Article 153, StGB (§ 153a) of the Land misuse (section 153a) or of the relevant provisions of the Land (section 165).

2.

against them a bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a judicial compensation procedure, a settlement procedure or a penalty compensation, or the opening of a bankruptcy procedure has been rejected without sufficient assets;

3.

they are in liquidation or have ceased or ceased their commercial activity;

4.

against them, or, if they are legal persons, persons belonging to trade law, registered acquisition companies or working groups, a final judgment has been taken against physical persons operating in the management of a crime which threatens their professional reliability;

5.

they have committed a serious failure, in particular against provisions of labour, social or environmental law, which has been established by the sector contractor;

6.

they have not fulfilled their obligations to pay social security contributions or taxes and charges in Austria or under the rules of the country in which they are established; or

7.

they are guilty of a considerable amount of false declarations when providing information on the power to provide professional reliability, technical performance and financial and economic performance, or have not given such information.

(2) Sector Contracting Authorities pursuant to § 164 (Constitutional Authorities) have at least provided for the reasons for exclusion referred to in paragraph 1. § 164 may be excluded from the exclusion of companies in accordance with paragraph 4. 1 Take a distance if their participation in justified exceptional cases cannot be waived for compelling reasons of general interest.

Time of existence of aptitude

§ 230. Without prejudice to the regulation of § 188. 1 has the power, efficiency and reliability at the latest

1.

the open procedure at the time of supply opening,

2.

at the time of the call for tender,

3.

at the time of the call for tender,

4.

open competition at the time of presentation of the competition work,

5.

at the time of the call for competition,

6.

in the framework agreement at the relevant time, in accordance with the method chosen, for the conclusion of the framework agreement in accordance with the provisions of Articles 1 to 3,

7.

in the dynamic procurement system at the time of approval to the dynamic procurement system and in the separate call for tender according to § 290 at the time of expiry of the supply period

available.

Request for evidence by the sector sponsor

§ 231. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of the paragraph. 2 may require sector sponsors of entrepreneurs participating in a procurement procedure to demonstrate that their

1.

professional power,

2.

professional reliability,

3.

financial and economic performance, and

4.

Technical performance

is given.

(2) The evidence requested by the entrepreneur is to be determined by the contractor. Evidence can only be required by the entrepreneur as far as it is justified by the subject matter of the contract. In this context, the sectoral contractor has to take into account the legitimate interests of the entrepreneur in protecting its technical or trade-related business secrets.

(3) The sectoral contractor may ask the entrepreneur to submit or submit necessary evidence within a reasonable period of time. complete or explain the certificates submitted within a reasonable time. Evidence can also be provided in copy or electronically.

(4) The entrepreneur can also demonstrate the power to ensure reliability and performance by showing the registration in a relevant, generally accessible directory of a third party, provided that the documents requested by the sponsor of the sector are available directly from the sponsor of the sector. The entrepreneur can also demonstrate the power to maintain reliability and performance with documents other than those requested by the sector contractor, provided that the required documents cannot be submitted for a justified reason and the documents submitted have the same meaning as those originally required. The proof of the same meaning is to be provided by the entrepreneur after request.

(5) Where the subject-matter of the service applies only to services that are necessary for the same power, all members have to assign the appropriate authority in the event of tendering by a consortium of bidders. In the case of tendering a total power which requires different powers in various fields, each member of a tendering group has to assign the power to the part of the service which it has to be given.

Testing system

§ 232. (1) Sector Contractors can set up and operate a system to test entrepreneurs. The sector sponsors that set up or operate a test system will have to ensure that entrepreneurs can check at any time.

(2) The system referred to in paragraph 2. 1 can consist of various stages and is to be managed on the basis of objective test criteria and test rules established by the sector contractor. If these test criteria and testing rules contain technical specifications, § 247 (technical specifications). The test criteria and test rules can be adapted if necessary.

(3) The test criteria and test rules in accordance with paragraph 2 can, as proof of professional reliability, justify the grounds for exclusion in accordance with Section 229. 1. § 164 (public contracting authority) have the § 229. In any case, 1 Z 1 of the reasons for exclusion referred to as test criteria and test rules.

(4) Holding the test criteria and test rules in accordance with paragraph 2 requirements for performance and power, a entrepreneur can prove the required performance or power. The power, if necessary, is based on the capacities of other entrepreneurs, regardless of the legal nature of the links between them and those entrepreneurs. In this case, it must prove that it actually has these funds throughout the validity of the test system.

(5) Under the same conditions as in paragraph. 4 can also be based on the capacity of their members or other entrepreneurs.

(6) The test criteria and test rules referred to in paragraph 2 are available to interested entrepreneurs on request. The revision of the test criteria and test rules must be notified to interested entrepreneurs. If an inspection system of another sector contractor meets the requirements of a sector contractor, it must inform interested entrepreneurs of the name of the sector contractor.

(7) Sector Contracting Authorities must inform candidates within a reasonable period of the decision they have taken to qualify for the applicant. If the decision on the qualification cannot be taken within four months of receipt of the application for examination, the sectoral contractor shall notify the applicant, at the latest two months after receipt of the application for examination, of the reasons for a longer time of processing and indicate when the acceptance or rejection of his application is decided. However, the applicant must be informed of the decision on the application for examination within 6 months of receipt of the application.

(8) Negative decisions on the qualification shall be immediately notified to the candidates, at the latest 15 days after the decision to inform them of the reasons. These reasons must be based on the in paragraph. 2 above test criteria.

(9) The successful entrepreneurs will be included in a list, with a breakdown by type of contracts for which individual entrepreneurs are qualified.

(10) Sector contractors can only recognise the qualification for an entrepreneur for reasons that are based on the in paragraph. 2 criteria mentioned above. The intention to withdraw is to inform the affected entrepreneur at least 15 days before the date provided for the qualification is written, indicating the reasons.

(11) If the call for competition is successful through a notice on the existence of an audit system, participants will be selected on an open procedure or on a negotiated procedure from the entrepreneurs who have qualified themselves in the framework of the audit system. The selection of participants is § 252(2). 3 to 5.

Evidence of suitability by other entrepreneurs and in tenderer and working groups

§ 233. (1) To demonstrate its performance or power, an entrepreneur can rely on the resources of other entrepreneurs, regardless of the legal nature of the links between him and these entrepreneurs. In this case, it must prove that, for the execution of the contract, it is actually available to the other entrepreneurs, to the extent necessary.

(2) Under the same conditions, tenderers and working groups can also rely on the capacities of their members or other entrepreneurs.

Quality assurance standards and standards for environmental management

§ 234. (1) Where the sectoral contractor is required to prove that the entrepreneur meets certain quality assurance standards, to submit certificates to independent bodies, it has to refer to quality assurance procedures that comply with the relevant European standards (in particular series ÖNORM-EN ISO 9000) and certified by appropriate bodies complying with European certification standards (in particular those certified according to ÖM-EN 45 000 standards). Equivalent certificates from other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement must be recognised. The sector sponsor must recognise equivalent evidence of quality assurance measures in other forms, in particular if the entrepreneur suspects that he may not apply for the certificates or cannot receive them within the relevant time limits.

(2) In the case of construction and service contracts, sector sponsors may request, in certain cases, a reference to the environmental management measures that the entrepreneur can apply when carrying out the contract. Requesting the industry to prove that the entrepreneur meets certain standards of environmental management, to submit certificates to independent bodies, they must refer to the Community Eco-management and audit scheme (EMAS) or to environmental management standards based on relevant European or international standards and certification bodies that comply with Community law or relevant European or international certification standards. Equivalent certificates from other contracting parties to the EEA Agreement must be recognised. The sectoral contractor must also recognise other evidence of equivalent environmental management measures, in particular if the entrepreneur crediblely makes it unable to apply for the relevant certificates or does not receive them within the relevant deadlines.

2. Subsection

Special provisions for the lower threshold area

The possibility of abstaining from proof of power, reliability and performance

§ 235. In the lower threshold area, the subcontractor may provide evidence of the power to demonstrate reliability and performance, provided that there are no doubts as to the existence of a tenderer or candidate on the basis of an assessment of the sector contract provider.

6. Section

The tender

1. Subsection

General provisions for award procedures in the upper threshold area

Principles of tender

§ 236. (1) The services must be made public in time, unless a tender procedure is applied without prior call for competition, so that the award is made possible under the procedures of this federal law.

(2) The tender documents will, if possible, specify technical specifications in such a way as to take into account the access criteria for people with disabilities or the design for all users.

(3) The tender documents must be prepared in such a way that the comparability of the offers is ensured and prices can be determined by tenderers without taking into account uncalculable risks and, if not a functional specification.

(4) Any participation of third parties in the preparation of a tender must be documented.

(5) The preparation of a tender must be entrusted only to such persons who meet the technical requirements for this purpose. If necessary, unrestricted experts will be used.

Content of the tender documents

§ 237. (1) In the tender documents or in the call for competition, the contracting authority and the awarding body must specify in detail that the award of the tendered performance is carried out in accordance with the provisions of this federal law for the upper threshold area and the regulations to be adopted and the contracting authority responsible for controlling this award procedure.

(2) The tender documents are deemed necessary or must include the evidence to be obtained by the subcontractor, in accordance with Section 231, in so far as they were not already mentioned in the call for competition.

(3) If the contract is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous tender, in the call for competition, in the call for confirmation of interest referred to in Article 251, in the call for tender or in the tender documents, the contracting authority shall specify all the award criteria, whose use it provides, in relation to the importance it has given. This indication can also be made by setting a margin that must be appropriate to its maximum bandwidth. If the definition of the award criteria in relation to the importance which they have been granted to them for reasons of soundness, in the view of the sector contractor, the contracting authority must, in the call for competition, indicate in the order of interest confirmation referred to in Section 251, in the invitation to tender or to negotiate or in the tender documents, all the award criteria for its use in the order of importance to them. If there is no definition of the award principle, the contract must be awarded at the lowest price.

(4) The tender documents contain technical specifications.

(5) In the tender documents, the sector sponsors may include conditions in particular social (such as women, disabled, social and employment) or environmental content that are to be fulfilled during the provision of the services.

Alternative offers

§ 238. (1) Only contracts to be awarded in accordance with the criteria of the most technically and economically advantageous tenders may allow the provider of alternative offers. In the tender procedure, the sector sponsor must expressly indicate whether and what kind of alternative offers are allowed. If the sector contractor did not indicate the admissibility of alternative offers, alternative offers are not allowed. In addition, if the levy of alternative offers is allowed, alternative offers are only allowed in addition to a tendered offer, as far as the tender has not been explicitly specified.

(2) In the tender documents, the tenderers have to explain and describe the minimum requirements that alternative offers must meet in order to compare them with the tendered performance. The contracting authority may only take account of the alternative offers in the award procedure that meet the minimum requirements set.

(3) A sectoral contractor, the alternative offers after paragraph. 1 has not been allowed to reject a proposed alternative offer solely because it would lead to a delivery order and not to a service contract or a service contract and not to a delivery order within the meaning of this federal law.

Amendments

§ 239. (1) If the contracting authority does not otherwise set out in the tender, amendments are allowed. The sectoral contractor may limit the admissibility of amendments to certain positions and require the fulfilment of certain minimum requirements. In addition, if the levy of amendments is allowed, amendments are only allowed in addition to a tendered offer, as far as the tender has not been explicitly specified.

(2) In the tender documents, the contracting authority has to specify the way in which these offers are submitted.

Subcontracting

§ 240. The transfer of the entire contract is inadmissible, except for purchase contracts and transfer to associated companies. In the tender documents, the contracting authority has to determine whether only the essential parts of the contract that the tenderer intends to award to third parties, at least or possibly by subcontracting. The transfer of parts of the service is only permitted to the extent that the subcontractor has the power, technical, financial and economic performance required for the execution of its parts, as well as professional reliability.

Compliance with labour and social provisions

§ 241. (1) For all procurement procedures to be carried out in Austria, the Conventions No 29, 87, 94, 95, 98, 100, 105, 111, 138, 182 and 183 of the International Labour Organisation, BGBl. No. 228/1950, No. 20/1952, No. 39/1954, No. 81/1958, No. 86/1961, No. 111/1973, BGBl. III No. 41/2002 and BGBl. III/2004 No. 105/2004

(2) In the tender procedure, the contracting authority has to provide for the preparation of the offer of services to be provided in Austria, taking into account the labour and social regulations applicable in Austria and that the tenderer undertakes to comply with these rules when executing the contract in Austria. These rules are available for the organisation of the legal representation of employers and workers in order to obtain access from interested bidders and candidates. The tender documents must be explicitly mentioned.

(3) In the tender documents, the contracting authority has the bodies referred to in paragraph. 2 specify where the tenderers can obtain the relevant information about the labour and social regulations relevant at the place of execution during the execution of the contract.

(4) paragraphs 1 to 3 do not preclude the application of Section 268.

Correction of tender

§ 242. (1) If changes are necessary during the tender period, the tendering documents and, if necessary, the call for competition must be corrected and, if necessary, extended accordingly.

(2) If an amendment to the tendering documents is necessary, all candidates or tenderers must be shown to submit the correction. If this is not possible, the correction must be disclosed in the same way as the tender procedure.

2. Subsection

Special tender provisions concerning electronic submissions
Wholesale offers

Definitions for the delivery of electronic offers

§ 243. (1) The admissibility of electronic tenders must be disclosed in the tender documents at the latest. If a sectoral contracter has not provided any indication of the admissibility of the electronic offers, the levy of offers on electronic means is not allowed.

(2) Is the provision of offers on electronic means in accordance with paragraph 1 is allowed to indicate in the tender documents whether offers can only be made electronically or whether offers can be made on both electronic and paper form. If the sectoral contractor has not made any indication, the delivery of offers is allowed on both electronic and paper form.

Definition of communication channels, data formats and encryption

§ 244. For the definition of communication channels, data formats and encryption for offers that can be submitted electronically, see sections 92 to 94.

3. Subsection

The specifications for award procedures in the upper threshold area

Types of performance description

§ 245. (1) The description of the performance can be performed in an alternatively constructive or functional manner.

(2) In a constructive performance description, the services will be divided into sub-services to be provided.

(3) In a functional performance description, the services are described as tasks by setting performance or functional requirements.

Principles of performance description

§ 246. (1) The services are so clear, complete and neutral in a constructive performance description that the comparability of offers is guaranteed. A constructive description of performance has to include technical specifications and, if necessary, is complemented by plans, drawings, models, samples, patterns and similarities.

(2) In a functional performance description, the technical specifications provided for in 247 describe the performance target in a sufficiently precise and neutral way that all conditions and circumstances relevant to the preparation of the offer are identified. From the description of performance, both the purpose of producing performance and the technical, economic, conceptual and functional requirements imposed on performance must be seen to the extent that the comparability of offers is ensured with regard to the performance or functional requirements imposed by the contractor. Performance and functional requirements must be sufficiently specified to give candidates and tenderers a clear idea of the subject-matter of the contract and to enable the contractor to award the contract. A functional performance description has to include technical specifications, as well as plans, drawings, models, samples, patterns and similar, to the extent that they are available to the sector contractor.

(3) The performance and tasks must not be described in such a way that certain bidders enjoy competitive advantages in advance.

(4) The description of the performance may also indicate the specifications for the delivery of environmentally-friendly products or for the provision of services in the framework of environmentally-friendly procedures, as far as this is possible according to the respective state of technology and the current market offer. Performance and functional requirements, as far as this is possible on the basis of the tasks to include requirements on environmental fairness of performance.

(5) In drawing up the description of the performance and tasks, all relevant future or cost-effective factors (e.g. operating and conservation work, services, required spare parts storage, disposal) are also to be added if their costs are an award criterion.

(6) In the description of the performance and tasks, all circumstances (e.g. local or temporal circumstances or special requirements relating to the way in which the service is provided) are relevant for the performance of the service and hence for the preparation of the offer. This also applies to special difficulties or facilitation.

Technical specifications

§ 247. (1) On request, the sector sponsors have to notify interested operators of the technical specifications that are regularly mentioned in their supply, construction or service contracts or which they use in procurement related to regular non-binding notices.

(2) Where such technical specifications result from documents available to interested entrepreneurs, it is sufficient to refer to these documents.

(3) Technical specifications must be equally accessible to all candidates and tenderers and must not impede competition in an unjustified manner.

(4) Without prejudice to the binding, Community-compliant national technical regulations, technical specifications must be determined

1.

Having regard to the following hierarchy:

(a)

national standards to implement European standards;

(b)

European technical approvals,

(c)

common technical specifications,

(d)

international standards and other technical reference systems developed by European standards bodies, or

(e)

if such standards and specifications are lacking, national standards, national technical approvals or national technical specifications for the design, calculation and execution of buildings and the use of products,

without exception, with any reference to the "or equivalent" supplement, or

2.

in the form of performance or functional requirements, or

3.

in the form of performance or functional requirements under Z 2, with reference to technical specifications in accordance with Z 1 as a means of presumption of conformity with these performance or functional requirements, or

4.

with reference to technical specifications in accordance with Z 1 concerning certain characteristics and in the form of performance or functional requirements relating to other characteristics.

(5) If technical specifications are set out in paragraph 1. 4 Z 1 may not refuse an offer, an alternative or an amendment offer on the ground that the goods and services offered do not correspond to the specifications it uses, provided that the tenderer proves, by means of appropriate means, that the solutions suggested by it meet the requirements of the technical specification referred to. The appropriate means apply in particular to a technical description of the manufacturer or an audit report of a recognised body.

(6) Where technical specifications are in the form of performance or functional requirements in accordance with paragraph 4 Z 2 may not oppose an offer, an alternative or an amendment offer, which corresponds to a national standard implementing a European standard, or a European technical approval, a common technical specification, an international standard or a technical reference system developed by the European standards bodies, if these specifications relate to the performance or functional requirements required by it. The tenderer must demonstrate, in its offer or in its alternative or amendment offer, that the goods, services or construction services corresponding to the standard meet the performance and function requirements of the sector contractor. The appropriate means apply in particular to a technical description of the manufacturer or an audit report of a recognised body.

(7) accredited bodies within the meaning of this provision are those testing and calibration laboratories and inspection and certification bodies that comply with relevant European standards. The sector sponsor must recognise certificates from recognised bodies established in other EEA Contracting Parties.

(8) Are requirements for environmental fairness of performance in the form of performance or functional requirements in accordance with paragraph 4 Z 2 may refer to sector sponsors to describe the performance of technical specifications or parts thereof defined in European, national, multinational or other environmental quality labels, provided that:

1.

are suitable for the specifications defining the characteristics of goods or services that are contractable,

2.

the requirements for eco-labelling have been prepared on the basis of scientific secure information;

3.

the eco-labels have been developed and decided in the framework of a procedure in which all stakeholders such as administrative authorities, consumers, manufacturers, distributors and environmental protection organisations can participate; and

4.

the eco-label is accessible and available to all interested parties.

The tender documents may indicate that goods or services equipped with a specific environmental quality mark are presumed to conform to the technical specifications set out in the tender documents. However, the sector sponsor must acknowledge any other appropriate evidence, such as a technical description of the manufacturer or a test report of a recognised body.

(9) In so far as it is not justified by the subject-matter of the contract, technical specifications may not be referred to a specific production or origin, or to a specific procedure or to trademarks, patents, types, a specific origin or a particular production, if it favours or excludes certain operators or certain products. However, such references are exceptionally permitted if the object of the contract cannot be sufficiently precise and in general understandable. Such references are, exceptionally, provided with the addition "or equivalent".

(10) Exceptionally, the tendering of a particular product with the addition "or equivalent" is made by the tenderer information about factory and type of equivalent products chosen by it and, if required, to request other information relating to these products. The relevant criteria for assessing equivalence must be specified in the description of performance.

4. Subsection

Rules for tendering procedures in the lower threshold area

Rules for tendering for the under threshold

§ 248. (1) Only the provisions of the paragraph apply to tender procedures in the sub-wave area. 2 to 11 and the rules referred to in paragraphs 2 to 11.

(2) The services must be made public in time, unless a tender procedure is applied without prior call for competition, so that the award is made possible under the procedures of this federal law.

(3) The tender documents contain technical specifications. The tender documents will, if possible, specify technical specifications in such a way as to take into account the access criteria for people with disabilities or the design for all users.

(4) The tender documents must be prepared in such a way that the comparability of the offers is ensured and prices can be determined by tenderers without taking into account uncalculable risks and, if not a functional specification.

(5) In the tender documents or in the call for competition, the contracting authority and the awarding body must specify that the award of the tendered performance is carried out in accordance with the provisions of this federal law for the under threshold area and the regulations to be adopted and the contracting authority responsible for controlling this award procedure.

(6) The tender documents are deemed necessary or must include the evidence to be obtained by the subcontractor, in accordance with Section 231, in so far as they were not already mentioned in the call for competition.

(7) If the contract is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous tender, in the call for competition, in the call for a tender or for negotiation or in the tender documents, the contracting authority must specify all the award criteria for its use in relation to the importance they have recognised. This indication can also be made by setting a margin that must be appropriate to its maximum bandwidth. If the definition of the award criteria is not possible in relation to the importance which they have given to, for reasons of soundness, in the view of the sector contractor, in the call for competition, in the invitation to tender or in the tender documents, all the award criteria, whose use it provides for, in the order of importance to them. If there is no definition of the award principle, the contract must be awarded at the lowest price.

(8) As regards alternative offers, amendments and subcontracting services, the provisions of Articles 238 to 240 apply.

(9) With regard to the tendering provisions relating to electronic submissions, Articles 92 to 94 and 243 apply.

(10) The specifications for the description of the tendering procedures in the lower threshold area are as follows:

(11) In the tendering rules, the contracting authority may take further decisions in accordance with the principles of § 187.

7. Section

Procedures

End of open procedure

§ 249. (1) Open procedures are known in the relevant publication media in accordance with Articles 207, 211, 212, 213(1) Z 1, 216, 218 Z 1 and 219.

(2) Number and names of entrepreneurs who have expressed their interest in participating in an open procedure must be kept secret until the opening of the offer.

(3) In the open procedure, entrepreneurs can submit their offers within the supply period.

(4) During an open procedure, tenderers may not negotiate on a change of offer.

Participants in the non-open procedure without prior call for competition and
in the negotiation procedure without prior call for competition

§ 250. (1) In the case of non-open proceedings without prior call for competition and in the case of negotiated procedures without prior competition, the call for tenders has only been made to competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs. These conditions must be examined and maintained in advance.

(2) The selection of the entrepreneurs to be asked has taken place in a non-discriminatory way. The sector contractor has to change as often as possible the traders to be requested. In particular, small and medium-sized entrepreneurs may be involved in the award procedure.

(3) The number of entrepreneurs to be asked must be determined according to performance. It should not, in principle, be under five, in the negotiation process, unless the performance can only be provided by a particular entrepreneur, or if there are compelling, compelling reasons, in the presence of a sufficient number of authorized, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs, not under three; Exemptions are allowed for objective reasons. The reasons for this underrun are to be retained by the sector sponsor.

(4) The prospective entrepreneurs have to obtain offers.

A confirmation of interest in the event of a call for competition
regular non-binding notice

§ 251. (1) If the call for competition is made by a regular non-binding notice, the sectoral contractor will subsequently request all candidates to confirm their interest on the basis of accurate information about the contract before starting with the selection of the invited entrepreneur.

(2) The request referred to in paragraph 1 shall include at least the following information:

1.

the nature and scope, including all options for additional contracts, and, if possible, an assessment of the time limit for the exercise of these options; in the case of recurring contracts of nature and scope and, where possible, the likely date of publication of future calls for competition for construction services, supplies or services to be covered by the contract;

2.

the type of procedure (not open procedures or negotiated procedures);

3.

where appropriate, when the delivery or construction work or services are commenced or completed;

4.

address and last day for the submission of the application as well as language in which the offers are to be made;

5.

address of the body issuing the contract and providing the information necessary for obtaining tender documents and other documents;

6.

all economic and technical requirements, financial guarantees and information required by entrepreneurs;

7.

the amount and conditions of payment of amounts to be paid for in the tender documents;

8.

the type of contract subject, and

9.

(in relation to their meaning) award criteria if they are not included in the regular non-binding notice or in the tender documents or in the call for tender or for negotiations.

Participants in the non-open procedure following prior call for competition and
Negotiation procedure after previous call for competition

§ 252. (1) Non-opening proceedings following a previous call for competition and negotiated procedures following a previous call for competition are set out in the relevant publication media in accordance with the Articles 207, 211, 212, 213(2). 1, 214 to 216 and 218 to 220. Successfully, by means of a regular non-binding notice in accordance with § 213. 1 Z 2, the sectoral contractor has requested all candidates to confirm their interest by applying for participation.

(2) Applications for participation can be sent in writing or electronically. Interest statements on participation can also be sent by phone or by fax.

(3) In the case of an open procedure or a negotiated procedure, the selection of the traders to be asked must be based on objective selection criteria to be accessible to all interested entrepreneurs.

(4) The selection criteria set out in paragraph 3 can be based on the need for the sector contractor to reduce the number of candidates so far that an appropriate balance is ensured between the specificities of the award procedure and the resources necessary for its implementation. However, so many candidates must be taken into account to ensure adequate competition.

(5) In selecting participants in a non-open procedure or in a negotiated procedure, sector representatives may not be allowed to decide on the qualification of candidates and to revise the criteria

1.

impose administrative, technical or financial obligations on certain entrepreneurs that do not impose on other entrepreneurs, or

2.

require tests or evidence that overlap with already available objective evidence.

(6) The number of traders to be requested should not, in principle, be less than five in the non-open procedure than three in the negotiation process; Exemptions are allowed for objective reasons. The reasons for this underrun are to be retained by the sector sponsor. The examination of the application for participation is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the application for participation must be kept.

(7) The relevant reasons for the selection are to be kept in a reasonable way. The sectoral contractor has immediately notified the candidates not requested to submit the bid, but at least one week after the end of the selection, under the notice of the reasons for non-authorisation. The reasons for non-authorisation are not known unless the disclosure of this information would conflict with public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs, or harm the free and fair competition.

(8) As a result of fewer applications for participation from authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs than the number of traders to be requested by the sector sponsor, or remain less than the specified number of traders to be requested after examination of the application for participation, the sector contractor may involve additional entrepreneurs in the award procedure.

(9) At the same time, the sector sponsor has to request the selected candidates in writing for the supply levy. The request will be accompanied by tendering documents and all relevant additional documents if the documents are not provided on the Internet. It contains at least the following information:

1.

if the additional documents are not available to the sector sponsor, the address or electronic address at the place where the additional documents can be requested; the amount and conditions for payment of the amount to be paid, where appropriate, for the additional documents;

2.

the date of receipt of the offers, the address or the electronic address of the place where they are to be submitted, and the language in which they are to be drawn;

3.

a reference to the notice published as a call for competition;

4.

the indication of the documents which may be attached;

5.

where appropriate, if the documents are made available on the Internet, the Internet address (URL) under which the documents are available on the Internet;

6.

(in relation to their meaning) award criteria if they are not included in the call for competition or in the tender documents; and

7.

all other special conditions of participation.

If the additional documents within the meaning of the Z 1 are not available to the sector sponsor, the body where the additional documents can be requested has to send them to all selected candidates who have requested the documentation in time, immediately after receiving the request.

End of the open procedure

§ 253. (1) In the non-open procedure, operators requested to provide offers may submit their offers within the supply period.

(2) During a non-open procedure, tenderers may not negotiate on a change of offer.

(3) The number and names of the operators requested to provide the offer must be kept secret until the opening of the bid.

The expiry of the negotiating procedure

§ 254. (1) The contractor may negotiate with the tenderer or the tenderer on the entire content of the service in order to identify the best offer for him in accordance with the announced award criteria. In such a way as to discriminate against certain bidders against other bidders.

(2) A negotiated procedure with several bidders can be carried out in various successive phases. The contracting authority may reduce the number of offers in hand of the announced award criteria. The sector contractor has immediately agreed to the tenderers whose bids are not taken into account. The procedure chosen by the contractor is known in the call for tender or tender documents. In the final phase of a negotiated procedure with several bidders, the sector contractor can also negotiate with only one bidder.

(3) As long as the terms and conditions are not established in the tender documents, the contracting authority or tenderers participating in the negotiation procedure. to announce the conclusion of the negotiations in advance. This can be done by making a round of negotiations known as the last round of negotiations, or by requesting the remaining bidders to make a bid for a last time.

(4) In the tender documents, the contracting authority may reserve itself to negotiate with several bidders in the event of the delivery of fully prepared and comparable offers only with the tenderer of the best-class offer and to negotiate with the other bidders only if the negotiations are not successfully concluded with the bidder.

(5) The announced award criteria may, unless otherwise specified in the tender documents, no change is made during the negotiation process.

(6) The number and names of the operators requested for the supply levy must be kept secret until the award decision is announced.

8. Section

The offer

1. Subsection

General rules for tenders in the upper threshold area

General provisions

§ 255. (1) The tenderer has to comply with the tender documents when preparing the tender. The required text of the tender documents may not be amended or supplemented.

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the tender documents, the offer must be made with all relevant documents (e.g. test certificates) in German and in euro.

(3) tenders must relate to the total tendered, unless the tender procedure provided for the possibility of partial offers. A sub-sistence offer, which is incompatible with the tender procedure, is subject to an unsustainable lack.

(4) alternative offers must meet the minimum requirements and ensure equivalent performance. The tenderer must demonstrate the equivalence. Alternative offers may relate to the overall performance, to parts of the service, to the economic or legal conditions of the provision of services. Alternative offers must be labelled as such and submitted in their own preparation. For each alternative offer, even if it relates only to parts of the total power, the bidder will always form an overall alternative offer price.

(5) Amendments have to ensure equal performance. The tenderer must demonstrate the equivalence. Amendments can only relate to technical aspects of parts of the performance. Amendments are to be labelled as such and submitted in their own preparation. For each offer of amendments, the bidder will always form an overall change price.

(6) If, from the point of view of an entrepreneur, an amendment to the tendering or tendering documents is necessary, it must immediately inform the contractor. The sectoral contractor may have to implement an amendment in accordance with § 242 if necessary.

(7) If, exceptionally, in accordance with 247, the tendering of a particular product is "or equivalent", the tenderer may indicate an equivalent product in his offer. The tenderer must show the equivalence. The products referred to in the tender documents are considered as examples when the bidder did not offer any other products. If the products referred to by the tenderer do not conform to the equivalence criteria set out in the tender documents, the tendered product is only offered if the tenderer has declared this to the bid.

(8) During the offer period, the tenderer may change, supplement or withdraw its offer by means of an additional declaration which is valid under the law. If a new total price is added to the offer change or supplement, it must also be specified. The change in offer or supply supplement is to be transmitted to the provider of services in accordance with the rules applicable to offers and to treat it as an offer. The resignation is to be noted to the sector contractor. In this case, the tenderer may request the immediate withdrawal of his unopened offer.

Form of offers

§ 256. (1) offers must have the form prescribed in the tender documents. In the event of a media exchange, the transfer of an automated device supported is allowed to be made from printed and validly substantiated short-performance directory, even if the description of the performance of the tenderer is legally substantiated or recognised.

(2) offers must be made fully and free of numerical and computing errors.

(3) The tenderer has a loose part of the offer with the name of the offer, as part of the offer, and must give it.

(4) offers must be so unjustified that changes (such as the injunction or removal of the document or pressure) or can be demonstrated. Corrections of bidders must be clear and clear and must be carried out in such a way as to ensure that the correction is made before the bid fee. They must be confirmed by a valid signature, indicating the date.

Content of the offers

§ 257. (1) Each offer must include in particular:

1.

name (company, business name) and seat of the bidder; at working groups the designation of a representative responsible for the completion and resolution of the award procedure and the contract, indicating his address; finally the (electronic) address of the body entitled to receive the mail;

2.

Disclosure of subcontractors whose performance is required to demonstrate the performance of the bidder, on the basis of the necessary certificates and on the evidence that the tenderer is aware of their capacities or capacities. in the financial and economic performance of the sector sponsors, has the security necessary to carry out the overall order. All parts or, if the subcontractor has provided for this in the tender documents, only the essential parts of the contract that the bidder intends to award at least or possibly through subcontracts to third parties. The subcontractors in question are known to demonstrate their power and professional reliability. The number of subcontractors per part of the service is allowed. The liability of the contractor is not affected by this claim;

3.

the prices and all necessary reintegrations and the explanations, if necessary; in the performance directory or in the short performance register, prices must be recorded at the places in question; no price is charged for a position, this is to be explained in the offer;

4.

where applicable, at variable prices, if such standards are not in place and have been declared applicable, the information necessary to define the rules and conditions that allow a clear price transfer;

5.

other explanations or declarations required for the assessment of the offer or considered necessary by the tenderer;

6.

the list of documents that have been submitted separately (e.g. samples, patterns);

7.

any alternative or amendment package;

8.

Date and final written instructions from the bidder.

(2) By submitting its tender, the tenderer declares that he knows the provisions of the tender documents that he has the necessary powers to perform the contract, that he provides the tendered performance at these provisions and the prices it has stated, and that he is bound to his offer by the end of the award period.

Special provisions on the content of offers in functional specifications

§ 258. (1) In a functional performance description, the offers must be made in such a way that the nature and extent of the performance clearly determines the fulfilment of the requirements of the tasks, assesses the adequacy of the required prices and, after the completion of the performance, the fulfilment of the contract can be examined without doubt.

(2). 1 does not apply to offers in those phases of a negotiated procedure, for which no fully prepared offer is required by the sector contractor.

A sufficient number of offers in paper form

§ 259. Paper form offers must be submitted in a closed transhipment within the supply period.

Additional period

§ 260. (1) The award period starts with the expiry of the supply period. It covers the period during which the award of the contract is intended. The award period is short. It may not exceed five months if it has not been specified in the tender documents for compelling reasons for a longer period, which may not exceed seven months. If the tendering period is not specified, it is two months.

(2) During the award period, the bidder is bound to its offer. At the request of the sector contractor, a bidder may extend the binding effect of his offer. At the request of a tenderer whose offer is not considered to be eligible for a contract award, the contractor may dismiss it from the link to his offer.

(3) If a candidate or tenderer has an application in good time in accordance with § 188. 1, if it is an offer that is eligible for an award of the contract, the sectoral contractor has not yet completed its recognition, equivalence or confirmation procedure, to extend the contract period by one month and to impose a reasonable period of time to obtain recognition, equivalence or confirmation. This does not apply to proceedings under § 195 Z 5, 8 and 10.

(4) The continuation of the award period in accordance with paragraph 1 is blocked for the duration of an inspection procedure.

2. Subsection

Special provisions for electronic offers
for award procedures in the upper threshold area

General provisions for electronic offers

§ 261. (1) Is the delivery of offers on electronic means in accordance with § 204. 3 or § 43. In addition to its electronically delivered offer, a bidder may not offer or offer a bid. no supply elements in paper form. This does not apply to supply elements such as proof of the power to professional reliability, financial, economic or technical performance, provided that these elements are not available electronically.

(2) If tenders are sent electronically, tenderers have requested the documentation, documents, certificates and declarations that have been required to demonstrate the competence to prove professional reliability, to prove financial and economic performance and to demonstrate technical performance, unless they are sent in electronically signed form, at the latest at the end of the offer period in paper form.

form, encryption and safe signature of the offer,
Safe chains of supply components

§ 262. (1) For the form, encryption and safe signature of the offer, as well as for the safe chain of supply elements, see sections 114 and 115.

(2) In order to ensure free and fair competition, the legal protection of bidders, in the interest of a uniform and legally-safe procedure for awarding contracts, and to ensure the most economical procedure in the context of the electronic process of the electronic tendering process, the German Government may adopt more detailed provisions on the procedure for the electronic transmission of tenders, the supply deposit and the storage of bids and the standardised electronic tendering procedures.

3. Subsection

Provisions for the lower threshold area

Rules for offers in the sub-wave area

§ 263. (1) In the case of sub-densed tenders, the provisions of the paragraph apply only. 2 to 9 as well as the rules on which in paragraph 2 to 9).

(2) The tenderer has to comply with the tender documents when preparing the tender.

(3) tenders must have the form prescribed in the tender documents.

(4) offers must be so unjustified that changes (such as the injunction or removal of the document or pressure) or can be demonstrated. Corrections of bidders must be clear and clear and must be carried out in such a way as to ensure that the correction is made before the bid fee. They must be confirmed by a valid signature, indicating the date.

(5) Each offer must in particular include:

1.

name (company, business name) and seat of the bidder; at working groups the designation of a representative responsible for the conclusion and resolution of the award procedure and of the Treaty, indicating his address and with tenderer groups, the declaration that they provide the service as a working group in the event of a contract; finally the (electronic) address of the body entitled to receive the mail;

2.

Date and final written instructions from the bidder.

(6) The award period starts with the expiry of the supply period. It covers the period during which the award of the contract is intended. The award period is short.

(7) During the award period, the bidder is bound to its offer. At the request of the sector contractor, a bidder may extend the binding effect of his offer. At the request of a tenderer whose offer is not considered to be eligible for a contract award, the contractor may dismiss it from the link to his offer.

(8) The continuation of the award period in accordance with paragraph 6 will be blocked for the duration of an inspection procedure.

(9) § 261 and 262.

9. Section

The award procedure

1. Subsection

Opening and testing of offers, departure of offers

Opening of offers

§ 264. No formalised opening of tenders is required in the case of procurement procedures by sector contractors.

Contrary to electronically transmitted offers

§ 265. (1) The date of receipt of the offer of a bidder is to be documented by a time stamp service and to confirm immediately the bidder. The time of the time stamp service is to make interactive procurement solutions inter-active. All offers must be entered in a list in the order of their receipt.

(2) Information about the relevant offers, in particular on the bidders or on the number of bids made, may not be given.

(3) In the case of electronically transmitted offers, the sector contractor must ensure that it can take note of the content of the offers only after the expiry of the offer period and that no unauthorised decoding of the offers can be made before the end of the offer period.

Storage of electronically transmitted offers

§ 266. Electrically transmitted offers must be kept so that

1.

guarantees their authenticity, inviolence and confidentiality;

2.

no unauthorised access can be made until the opening of the offers is opened; and

3.

any access to the offer will be documented.

Examination of the offers

§ 267. (1) The examination of the tenders must be carried out in technical and economic terms according to the criteria set out in the tender.

(2) In particular,

1.

whether or not, in § 187. 1 of the above principles has been met;

2.

the power, performance and reliability of the bidder or – for the transfer of services – the subcontractor that has been made legally;

3.

whether the offer is technically correct;

4.

the adequacy of prices;

5.

whether the offer conforms to the other provisions of the tender, in particular whether it is correct and complete.

(3) The examination of offers that are not eligible for an award may be based on individual of the in paragraph. 2 criteria.

Checking the adequacy of prices – in-depth tendering

§ 268. (1) The adequacy of prices must be examined in relation to the advertised or alternatively offered performance and taking into account all circumstances in which it will be to be provided.

(2) The provider of the services must request information about the positions of the offer and in accordance with paragraph. 3 in-depth reviews

1.

offer a low overall price relative to performance,

2.

offer too high or too low uniform prices in positions, or

3.

There are reasonable doubts about the adequacy of prices.

(3) The tenderer must request a binding written warning, including oral or telephone information, in the event of minor confusion. The subsequent examination has to be carried out taking into account the information received or the evidence provided by the tenderer at all times. In particular, the sector contractor has clarifications about the efficiency of the selected manufacturing or construction process or the provision of the service, the chosen technical solutions, exceptionally favourable conditions, which the tenderer has in the provision of the service, the originality of the service offered by the tenderer, the employment and social provisions applicable at the place of delivery of the service, or the possibility of granting a State aid to the tenderer in the review. If the estimated order value does not reach EUR 250 000, the procedure provided for in this paragraph may be waived.

(4) If, in the case of an award procedure in the upper threshold area, a tender price is abnormally low in relation to the performance of the bidder, because the tenderer has received state aid, it may, for this reason, leave the offer only if, after request, the bidder cannot demonstrate within a reasonable period of time that the aid concerned has been lawfully granted. As a result of this, a sectoral contractor has announced this by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour.

Termination of offers

§ 269. (1) Prior to the choice of the tender for the award decision, the subcontractor, on the basis of the outcome of the examination in the upper threshold area, has to submit the following offers:

1.

tenders offered by tenderers who participate in the award procedure in accordance with § 188. 5 or, if so provided by the sectoral contractor, according to § 229. 1 must be excluded;

2.

tenders by tenderers whose power is not given to financial, economic or technical performance or reliability;

3.

offers that have a non- plausible composition of the total price (e.g. speculative pricing) identified by an in-depth bid test;

4.

delayed offers;

5.

tenders, partial, alternative and amendment offers, if they have not been approved, non-equivalent alternative or amendments and alternative offers that do not meet the minimum requirements, as well as incorrect or incomplete tenders if their shortcomings have not been resolved or are not negligible;

6.

tenders made by tenderers who have been negatively affected by other entrepreneurs for the sector sponsors, in violation of the morale or in violation of the principle of competition;

7.

tenders by tenderers, on which the contractor shall, at the time of the award decision or the expiry of the procedure referred to in § 260(2). 3 did not set a decision on the granting of recognition or 373c, 373d and 373e GewO 1994, or no confirmation under the EEA Official Regulation or the EEA Engineering Decree.

(2) Prior to the choice of the tender for the award decision, the sub-wave sub-segment provider may offer tenders from tenderers in accordance with the in paragraph. 1 of these reasons.

(3) Prior to the choice of the tender for the award decision, the contracting authority may dismiss tenders from tenderers who have failed to provide the required information within the time limit set for them, or to dismiss their clarification of a reasonable justification.

(4) The sector contractor has informed the tenderer of the departure of his offer, indicating the reason that it is proven to be electronic or by fax.

Termination of offers from third countries

§ 270. (1) The provisions of the following paragraphs apply to tenders in the upper threshold area concerning products originating in states,

1.

are not parties to the EEA Agreement (Third Countries) and

2.

with which there is no agreement on the part of the European Community, which guarantees companies established in the territory of the European Community a comparable and effective access to the markets of these third countries.

(2) It also applies to software used in equipment for telecommunications networks.

(3) An offer submitted for the award of a supply contract may be eliminated in accordance with the following paragraphs if the share of goods originating from third countries is more than 50 % of the total value of the goods contained in the offer. The origin of the goods must be judged according to the customs regulations applicable in Austria. In determining the proportion of goods originating from third countries, those third countries must not be taken into account for which this is due to a decision of the Council of the European Community. The Federal Chancellor has established such third countries with regulation.

(4) Are two or more offers in accordance with Section 237. 3 specified award criteria equivalent, subject to the paragraph. 5 to leave the offers described in paragraph 3. Prices of such offers are deemed to be the same if they differ by no more than 3 vH.

(5) Paragraph 4, however, does not apply to the extent that the adoption of a tender on the basis of this provision would force the operators to purchase equipment that would have other technical characteristics as already used equipment and would lead to incompatibilities or technical difficulties in operating and servicing or disproportionate costs.

(6) The sector contractor has informed the tenderer of the departure of his offer, indicating the reason that it is proven to be electronic or by fax.

2. Subsection

The award

Election of the tender for the award

§ 271. (1) Without prejudice to other legislation on the remuneration of certain services, the supplement

1.

either the most technically and economically advantageous tender according to the information in the tender, or

2.

the offer with the lowest price

to give.

(2) The reasons for the award decision must be written.

Disclosure of the award decision

§ 272. The contracting authority must immediately inform the tenderers remaining in the tendering procedure of the award of the contract and of the evidence to which bidders should be awarded the contract. The notice of the award decision must be made electronically or by fax. If a proven transmission of electronic or fax is not possible, the notice of the award decision must be sent in writing. In this Communication, the remaining bidders are aware of the reasons for the rejection of their offer, the total award and the characteristics and advantages of the successful offer, unless the disclosure of this information is contrary to public interests or the legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or would harm the free and fair competition. There is no obligation to communicate the award decision if:

1.

a negotiated procedure pursuant to Section 195 Z 1, 3 to 8, 10 and 11; or

2.

a negotiating procedure in the sub-wave area, provided that one of the conditions referred to in § 195 for the implementation of a negotiated procedure with only one entrepreneur, or

3.

a negotiated procedure with the winner of the contest, or

4.

to be awarded to those entrepreneurs who are solely party to a framework agreement, or

5.

only one offer has been received in a procedure for awarding a contract with a previous call for competition.

standstill period, non-compliance of awarding, claiming invalidity

§ 273. (1) The contract may not be issued within a standstill period of 14 days for any other absolute nullity. The standstill period starts with the sending of the notice of the award decision by electronic means or by fax, when it comes to sending a letter of notice. In the case of awarding contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system or through an electronic auction, on the basis of a framework agreement or after an award procedure under the threshold, the standstill period is reduced to seven days.

(2) In violation of the obligation to communicate the award decision in accordance with Section 272 of the first sentence is absolutely void.

(3) If a contracting authority finds that:

1.

a contract award was made directly to an entrepreneur without other entrepreneurs participating in this award procedure, and

2.

this was clearly inadmissible on the basis of the provisions of this federal law,

the contractual relationship will not be reached at the time of the final conclusion.

Effectiveness of the award

§ 274. During the award period, the contractual relationship will be reached at the time when the tenderer receives the written understanding of the acceptance of his offer. If the contract period is exceeded, the contractual relationship will only be created by the written statement of the tenderer that he accepts the contract. In order to make this declaration, the tenderer must set a reasonable time.

Form of contract conclusion on electronic track

§ 275. If this is necessary in order to ensure free and fair competition, the legal protection of bidders and in the interests of a uniform and legally secure procedure, the German Government has to adopt detailed provisions on electronic means, in particular to ensure the authenticity and inviolability of the data transmitted by electronic means through secure electronic signatures and to ensure confidentiality.

10. Section

Termination of the award procedure

Basically

§ 276. The award procedure ends with the state of play contract or the withdrawal of the award procedure.

Documentation requirements for award procedures in the upper threshold area

§ 277. (1) The sectoral contractor has appropriate documentation on each award procedure or notice on the withdrawal of a procedure which enables it to justify the decisions taken by him and to provide the Commission with the necessary information, at least four years after the termination of the award procedure. This relates in particular to documents relating to:

1.

the examination and selection of entrepreneurs as well as the awarding process; and

2.

the reasons for the implementation of a procedure without prior call for competition in accordance with Section 195.

(2) The sector sponsor has to store all relevant documents relating to the expiry of an electronic tender procedure or the expiry of a procurement procedure where offers have been submitted electronically, at least four years from the end of the procedure.

Reasons for withdrawing a tender procedure

§ 278. The sectoral contracting authority may withdraw a tender procedure if there are objective reasons.

Notice of withdrawal decision, standstill period, ineffectiveness of withdrawal

§ 279. (1) The sector sponsor must immediately and prove to all contractors participating in the award procedure and to inform him that he intends to withdraw the award procedure. The notification of the revocation decision must be made electronically or by fax. If a proven transmission of electronic or fax is not possible, the notice of the revocation decision must be sent in writing. In this Communication, entrepreneurs are the end of the standstill period according to paragraph. 3 or 4 and the reasons for the intended withdrawal.

(2) Is a communication pursuant to paragraph 2. 1 is not possible to all entrepreneurs to make the withdrawal decision known in the same way as the tender procedure.

(3) The withdrawal must not be declared within a standstill period of 14 days. The standstill period starts with the sending of the notice of the revocation decision, when it comes to electronic means or by fax, when the sending of the notice of the revocation decision. In the case of a notice of the revocation decision pursuant to paragraph 2 shall not declare the withdrawal of other ineffectiveness within a standstill period of 14 days from the first time the notice of the notice of the revocation decision.

(4) The standstill period is reduced to seven days

1.

e-procurement through an electronic auction,

2.

negotiating procedures with only one entrepreneur,

3.

the implementation of tendering procedures in the lower threshold area;

4.

a withdrawal of the procedure for awarding a contract because, after the termination of offers, there is no offer or only one offer in the procedure, or only one offer has been received;

5.

Procedures for awarding a contract based on a framework agreement or a dynamic procurement system.

(5) There is no obligation to notify the revocation decision if there is no offer.

(6) Before the end of the standstill period, a new award procedure on the same subject of the contract may not be initiated, unless the procurement is necessary for imperative reasons of urgency. The notice or notice of the revocation decision cannot be opened.

(7) After the end of the standstill period, the sector contractor must notify the withdrawal declaration in the same way as the withdrawal decision or, if this is not possible, to make it known on the Internet. The notice of the withdrawal declaration on the Internet is sufficient for sub-densed procedures. As a result of the declaration of withdrawal after the expiry of the standstill period, sector contractors and tenderers regain their freedom of action. The tenders already received will have to be returned upon request, following the declaration of withdrawal. The date of the declaration of withdrawal is proven to be documented.

(8) If a contracting authority finds that, after a significant breach of the award period and contrary to the request of the tenderer to continue the process of awarding a contract, there is no procedure for the award of a contract, nor that the procedure has continued in an appropriate manner, it shall be regarded as a declaration of withdrawal within the meaning of this federal law.

4. Main

Provisions for special contracts and special procedures

1. Section

Awarding non-privacy service contracts

Not priority service contracts

§ 280. (1) The provisions of this section, the 1. Part with the exception of Section 2 Z 16, the Articles 6, 9, 163 to 166, 175, 180 paragraphs 1 and 3, 181, 184, 189, 205, 210, 247 and 273(2). 3 and the 4. to 6. part of this federal law.

(2) Non-privacy services contracts are to be awarded by sector sponsors, in compliance with Community fundamental freedoms and non-discrimination. Insofar as this is necessary on the basis of the value and subject matter of the contract, non-priority service contracts are, in principle, awarded in a procedure with several entrepreneurs guaranteeing a reasonable degree of public interest and in accordance with the principle of free and fair competition. A notice of a procedure can only be taken if one of the conditions referred to in Section 195 is met.

(3) The award of non-priority services contracts in a formal-free procedure is directly to a selected entrepreneur (direct award) only up to an estimated value of 60 000 euros. The award of non-privacy services contracts on intellectual services in a negotiated procedure without prior notice with only one entrepreneur is permitted, provided that the implementation of an economic competition on the basis of the cost of the procurement process for the contracting authority is economically unreasonable and the estimated value of 50vH of the threshold set in § 180. 1 Z 1.

(4) In the upper threshold area, non-priority service contracts must be announced in accordance with Section 217.

(5) As a separate admissible decision, any externally visible definition of the sector contractor will apply. In addition to objectively justified exceptional cases, the contractor has to announce the entrepreneurs remaining in the procedure and to observe a reasonable standstill period set by the contractor. The supplement or revocation may be made of any other invalidity or Ineffectiveness is not granted or declared within the fixed standstill period.

2. Section

Rules on the implementation of electronic auctions

Basically

§ 281. (1) If an open procedure, an open procedure or a negotiated procedure is carried out in accordance with the previous call for competition pursuant to Section 207, or contracts to be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, in accordance with a separate call for tenders under the § 290 procedure, the offer to grant the contract may also be determined by an electronic auction.

(2) Should the contract be awarded through an electronic auction, the call for competition is to be published on the Internet in accordance with Section 207.

(3) The implementation of auctions is based on an auction order, which is part of the tender documents and at least has the following contents:

1.

registration and identification requirements;

2.

all relevant information on the electronic device used to carry out the auction, on the technical modalities and characteristics of the connection;

3.

components (price, other parts of the offer) whose value is the subject of the auction;

4.

the maximum limits of the values to be applied from the specifications of the subject matter;

5.

all information about the expiry of the auction (in particular, a minimum of the supply stages in the supply charge if necessary);

6.

the date of the start and modality of termination of the auction;

7.

departure grounds (in particular, violation of the ceilings set as appropriate);

8.

dates;

9.

Internet address, on which the lowest current offer or address. when awarding the most technically and economically advantageous offer, the current maturation of participants during the auction;

10.

information which is transmitted or made available to tenderers during or after the auction is carried out, as well as the date or stage of the auction to which this information may be made available to them; electronic address to which this information is disclosed.

(4) Before the auction is carried out, the tenders submitted in the previous tendering procedure are subject to a first tender evaluation based on the announced award criterion or on the announced award criteria.

General provisions on the implementation of electronic auctions

§ 282. (1) All bidders in the auction in accordance with § 281. 1 advanced tenders must always be requested at the same time to submit new prices and/or new values for the components to be reconfigured in the tender documents. From the time of sending the request to participate in the auction, the sector contractor has granted direct, full and free electronic access to all auction documents. An electronic auction may start at least two working days after a request to participate in an auction.

(2) If the offer to be granted by the contract is to be determined by an electronic auction following an open or unopen procedure with prior notice, the tenderer is not allowed to participate in the opening of the bids. The result of the opening is to be kept secret.

(3) The electronic auction instrument cannot be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition. In particular, the subject matter described in the call for competition and the tender documents cannot be changed.

(4) An electronic auction can be terminated by the sector

1.

at a time fixed in the request to participate in the auction (at the date and time), or

2.

if, after receiving the final submission, no new offers that reach or exceed the minimum of the offer levels are made within a specified period defined in the request to participate in the auction, or

3.

after completion of the final auction phase set in the request to participate in the auction, or

4.

if objective reasons justify the abolition of the auction.

The sectoral contractor can choose the method for ending the auction according to Z 1 to 3 or a combination of the methods provided for in Z 1 to 3. If a procedure is chosen in accordance with Z 3, where appropriate combined with a procedure method under Z 2, the sector contractor will set the timetable for each auction phase in the request to participate in the auction.

(5) In the case of a procedure referred to in paragraph 4 Z 3 may, as long as it has provided for in the request to participate in the auction, leave, after each auction phase, the offers of those participants who have not made any new offers or only offers that have not reached or exceeded the minimum of the tender levels as appropriate. The inter-sectoral contractor has immediately informed the participants whose offers have been eliminated.

(6) The sectoral contractor must ensure that participants whose offers are in accordance with paragraph. 5 had to be left to the other auction.

(7) After the end of an auction, the name of the successful bidder and the sum of the award must be announced at the internet address set out in the auction regulation. In the event of the implementation of another electronic auction, non-competitive bidders will be notified without delay, at the same time and evidence on electronic means, of the reasons for rejecting their bids, provided that these reasons are not communicated or communicated on the basis of the auction order. Information to be provided is directly visible. The notice or communication shall be regarded as an announcement of the award decision within the meaning of Section 272. The date of delivery within the meaning of § 273 shall be the date of first availability of information in accordance with the first sentence on the internet or on the internet. the date of sending the communication in accordance with the second sentence

(8) The abolition of an auction shall be regarded as a withdrawal within the meaning of Section 278. If an auction has been withdrawn, the reasons for demolition must be disclosed to bidders under the internet address set out in the auction regulation. The notice shall be regarded as an announcement of the revocation decision within the meaning of Section 279. At the time of sending the withdrawal decision within the meaning of Section 279, the date of first availability of information in accordance with the second subparagraph shall apply on the Internet.

(9) During the expiry of the auction, the identity of the bidders must not be disclosed.

(10) The expiry of the auction and all related data transfers are fully documented by the sector contractor.

Special provisions for the implementation of simple electronic auctions

§ 283. (1) For simple electronic auctions under § 196. 3 are only available on prices.

(2) During the auction, the retailer will immediately publish the lowest price under the internet address announced in the auction regulation. If this has been established in the auction order, other information can also be disclosed as the lowest price, such as the number of participants at the respective auction stage, at the internet address set out in the auction regulation.

(3) The award is to be awarded at the lowest price.

Special provisions for the implementation of other electronic auctions

§ 284. (1) Implementation of other electronic auctions in accordance with § 196. 4, the sectoral contractor has called for participation in the auction in accordance with § 282(2). 1 to join the result of the first tender evaluation of the bidder. In the request to participate in the auction, the sector contractor must indicate the mathematical formula according to which the electronic auctions are made in accordance with the new values submitted (concerning price or other supply parts). This formula also highlights the weighting of all the award criteria set out in the call for competition under § 207 or in the tender documents for identifying the most technically and economically advantageous tender. The award criteria are to be defined in fixed values in advance, the indication of award criteria by setting a margin within which the criterion is, as well as the mere maturation of the meaning of the award criteria, is inadmissible. If alternative offers have been submitted in an admissible manner, a mathematical formula must be given separately for each alternative offer.

(2) During the auction, each tenderer is immediately and permanently aware of the current position of his offer in relation to the other bids offered by the other tenderers under the internet address announced in the auction regulation. If this has been established in the auction order, other information such as the current lowest price or the number of participants at the respective auction stage may also be disclosed at the internet address defined in the auction regulation.

(3) The award is to be awarded to the most technically and economically advantageous offer, taking into account the last bids made to the auctionee.

3. Section

Rules on competition

General

§ 285. Only the provisions of this section, the 1st part, the Articles 6, 9, 163 to 166, 175, 179, 180(2) and 3, 181, 184, 187, 188, 188. 1 to 3, 193, 199, 203 to 213, 216 to 219, the 4. to 6. and the provisions referred to in this section.

Participation in competition

§ 286. (1) The open competition is open to all participants.

(2) In the non-open competition, the number of participants to be invited must be determined according to the subject of competition. However, if there is a sufficient number of authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs, it cannot be less than three. The number determined must ensure genuine competition and must be indicated in the notice. The clear and non-discriminatory selection criteria have to take into account the specific needs of the object of competition and must be defined in advance.

(3) Applicants who have made timely applications for participation on the basis of the notice and who are empowered, efficient and reliable in accordance with the provisions of Articles 228 to 234 shall be considered to be abated. 5 and 6 opportunities to participate in competition.

(4) The examination of the application for participation is to be summed up in which all the circumstances essential for the assessment of the application for membership must be kept. On request, the applicant must be informed of the part of the notice relating to his application. The design of the inscription is to be considered.

(5) As a result, more applications for participation than the number of invited participants set by the Auslober, the Auslober has chosen the best candidates among the authorised, efficient and reliable candidates on the basis of the selection criteria. The relevant reasons for the selection are to be kept in a reasonable way. All candidates have agreed to this decision without delay, but at least eight days after the end of the selection. On request, candidates who are not invited to participate in the competition should be aware of the grounds of non-authorisation, unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or would harm the free and fair competition.

(6) As a result of fewer applications for participation from authorised, efficient and reliable entrepreneurs than the number of invited participants set by the Auslober, the lobster may involve additional entrepreneurs in the competition.

(7) At least three entrepreneurs are invited to pay for invited competitions. The request to participate has to be made only as a competent, efficient and reliable entrepreneur in accordance with Articles 228 to 234.

(8) In case of ideas, as far as this is not necessary on the basis of the subject-matter of the competition, it is possible to waive the examination of the power, performance and reliability as set out in Articles 228 to 234.

Implementation of competitions

§ 287. (1) In the call for competition for the implementation of an open or non-open competition pursuant to Section 207, the assessment criteria for the price court must be indicated in the order of their importance. In the event of invited competitions, the invited entrepreneurs will be informed of the assessment criteria for the price court in the order of their importance.

(2) The provisions applicable to the implementation of the competition are to be notified to interested parties in participating in the competition, on request, but at any time to the invited operators in the event of competition.

(3) The implementation of competitions is based on a competition order which must at least have the following content:

1.

the method of the price courts;

2.

price and remuneration;

3.

use and exploitation rights;

4.

provision of documents;

5.

assessment criteria;

6.

indication of whether one or more winners of the contest should be identified; in the latter case, the number of winners should be indicated;

7.

exclusion grounds;

8.

Dates.

(4) The price court can only consist of price judges independent of the participants of the contest. If a particular professional qualification is required by the participants, at least one third of the judges must have the same or equivalent qualification.

(5) The price court may only be informed of the content of the plans and drafts after the expiry of the deadline.

(6) The price court is independent when selecting or winning the competition. This selection has to be made on the basis of competition works that are presented anonymous and only on the basis of the assessment criteria. The price court has to establish a notice on the ranking of the selected projects, in which to deal with each of the competition works, and to include them in the most relevant observations of the price court, as well as, where appropriate, further clarifications about individual competition works. This is to be substantiated by the price judges. The candidates may, if necessary, be asked to provide answers to certain aspects of the contested work that the price court has held in the Minutes. A comprehensive protocol is to be drawn up on the dialogue between the price judges and the candidates on this subject. The anonymity of the contested work submitted must be kept up to the selection of the price courts or until the dialogue, if necessary. The selection of the price courts is to be submitted to the lobster for all reasonable further injunction. The price courts' meetings are not public.

(7) Competitions can be performed one or more times.

(8) § 243, 244, 261, 262 and 265 are relevant for the transmission of plans and drafts to electronic means in connection with the implementation of a competition.

(9) If, following the completion of a competition, no negotiating procedure for the award of a service contract is carried out, the distruster has decided to grant or grant price money to the participants. Payments should be made, as well as the composition of the price courts, to give all participants known within eight days of its decision.

(10) If, following the completion of a competition, a negotiated procedure for awarding a service contract with the or the winners of the competition has been carried out, the distruster has announced the decision on non-participation to participate in the negotiating procedure and the composition of the price court to give the non-authorised competitors within eight days of its decision.

(11) The lobster may withdraw a competition if there are objective reasons to do so. § 279 applies to the announcement of the revocation decision.

4. Section

Rules on the establishment and operation of a contract and the award of contracts
on the basis of a dynamic procurement system

General

§288. (1) Contracts can be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, provided that the dynamic procurement system has been established after the implementation of an open procedure without awarding, in compliance with the provisions of Section 289.

(2) For the award of contracts on the basis of a dynamic procurement system, the provisions of this section, the 1st and the 4th to 6th part, as well as the provisions referred to in this section.

Establishment and operation of a dynamic procurement system

§ 289. (1) A dynamic procurement system can only be set up and operated on an electronic basis.

(2) The sectoral contractor has called for competition by means of a notice under § 213. 1 Z 1, while respecting the Articles 211, 216 and 219, to be transmitted electronically, and to publish it immediately on the Internet. In the call for competition, the electronic address of the tender documents as well as all other documents and information necessary for the establishment and operation of the dynamic procurement system or the simplified notice provided for in § 290. 3 will be published. From the day of sending the call for competition, the sector contractor has to grant direct, full and free electronic access to all documents relating to the dynamic procurement system until the end of the system.

(3) The tender documents clearly define the services covered by the dynamic procurement system. In addition, it must specify all necessary information about the dynamic procurement system, in particular the technical equipment used or required for participation, as well as the technical arrangements and characteristics of the connection.

(4) All tenderers authorised, reliable and efficient in accordance with the tender documents for the establishment of the dynamic procurement system, who have issued non-binding declarations to provide electronic services in the open procedure, while respecting the provisions of Articles 261, 262 and 265, are admitted to the dynamic procurement system. The issued non-binding declarations on the provision of services may be modified by tenderers at any time, if they are compatible with the definition of tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system.

(5) The duration of a dynamic procurement system must not exceed four years. If this can exceptionally be justified in an objective manner, a longer term may be provided. The reasons for this are fixed.

(6) Throughout the life of a dynamic procurement system, every entrepreneur can make a non-binding statement on the provision of services and request to be registered as participants in the dynamic procurement system. Within a period of 15 days of receipt of the non-binding declaration on the provision of services, the contracting authority has to determine whether, in accordance with the tender documents establishing the dynamic procurement system, it is an authorised, reliable and efficient tenderer and whether, in accordance with the tender documents, it is an admissible non-binding declaration on the provision of services. This period may be extended appropriately by the sectoral contractor, unless a separate call for tenders is made after the date of receipt of the non-binding declaration on the provision of services in accordance with Section 290.

(7) Insofar as the sectoral contractor finds that it is a non-binding declaration on the provision of services authorised in accordance with the tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system, reliable and efficient bidders, and a non-binding declaration on the provision of services authorised in accordance with the tender documents, the contracting authority has to authorize the bidders to the dynamic procurement system. The tenderer is immediately and proven to agree on electronic means. The sector sponsor has immediately agreed to the bidders not admitted to the dynamic procurement system of this decision and announced the reasons for non-inclusion on electronic means. The reasons for non-respect should not be disclosed unless the disclosure of this information would be contrary to public interests or legitimate business interests of entrepreneurs or harm the free and fair competition.

(8) The dynamic procurement instrument cannot be misused or applied in a way that hinders, restricts or distorts competition.

(9) For the establishment, operation and participation in a dynamic procurement system, the sector sponsor may not cost entrepreneurs.

(10) The sector sponsor can revoke a dynamic procurement system for objective reasons. For the announcement of the revocation decision, § 279 is deemed appropriate.

Awarding contracts based on a dynamic procurement system

§ 290. (1) Orders to be awarded on the basis of a dynamic procurement system set up under Section 289 shall be awarded exclusively in accordance with a . 2 to 5 procedures described on electronic means. This procedure is only allowed between the sector sponsor and those entrepreneurs who are participants in the dynamic procurement system.

(2) For the award of each individual order, a separate request for the supply charge must be made.

(3) Before a separate call for tenders in accordance with paragraph 2 publishes a simplified notice on the Internet in accordance with the terms of the tender documents. This simplified notice has at least: Annex IX (Part D) to contain information for a simplified notice under a dynamic procurement system. The simplified notice requires all interested entrepreneurs to request a non-binding declaration on the provision of services within a time limit set by the licensor, which must not be less than 15 days from the publication of the simplified notice. 6.

(4) A separate call for the supply levy is only allowed if the operator of the sector is granted a simplified notice under paragraph. 3 non-binding declarations for the provision of services in accordance with § 289. 7 decided.

(5) The award is made either after an electronic auction is carried out in accordance with Articles 281 to 284 or after the following procedure:

1.

At the same time, the sector sponsor calls on all bidders approved for the dynamic procurement system to provide electronic tenders for contracts to be awarded under the procurement system. The sector contractor sets a reasonable deadline for delivering the offers.

2.

The award is the award criterion or the award criterion set out in the tender documents for establishing the dynamic procurement system. award criteria to best rated offer. If this is provided for in the tender documents, the award criteria set out in the tender documents to establish the dynamic procurement system can be clarified in the separate call for tender. The reasons for the award decision must be written. As regards the announcement of the award decision and the effectiveness of the contract, the provisions of Articles 272 to 274 apply.

(6) § 217§ 3.

(7) The subcontractor may use a procedure in accordance with paragraph. 5 to withdraw a contract for objective reasons. § 279 applies to the announcement of the revocation decision.

4. Part

Legal protection

1. Main

Federal Procurement Office

1. Section

Establishment and internal organisation

1. Subsection

Establishment and legal status of members

Establishment of the Federal Procurement Office

§ 291. (1) In the Federal Ministry of Economic Affairs and Labour, a Federal Public Procurement Office is established in Vienna.

(2) The Bundesvergabeamt exercises its powers with regard to contracting authorities within the meaning of this federal law, as far as the contracting authority falls within the scope of the federal state (Art. 14b. 2 B-VG). The Bundesvergabeamt exercises the powers assigned to it under this federal law at first and last instance.

(3) (Constitution) Art. 89 B-VG also applies to the Federal Procurement Office.

Appointment of members

§ 292. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt consists of a chairperson, a Deputy Chairperson, the required number of Senate Presidents and the required number of other members.

(2) The Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson are appointed by the Federal President on a proposal from the Federal Government following the previous general application for an indefinite period.

(3) The Presidents of the Senate are appointed for the first time for the duration of five years, on a proposal from the Federal Government. If the person concerned already has the 60th time of his appointment. The appointment must be made until the end of the year in which he is 65. completed. After a three-year service period in this function, the President of the Senate may submit an application for unlimited appointment; in the actual service period are the § 136a. 2 Z 1 and 2 of the Civil Service Act (BDG 1979), BGBl. No 333, not to calculate these times. The unlimited appointment is made by the Federal President on a proposal from the Federal Government.

(4) The tender for the general application in accordance with paragraph 2 and 3 are in the Official Journal of Vienna. The call for tenders and the implementation of the selection procedure are subject to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour.

(5) The other members of the Bundesvergabeamt are appointed by the Federal President on a proposal from the Federal Government for the duration of five years. Restitutions are permitted.

(6) The other members of the Federal Procurement Office are to be appointed to the same extent from the circle of contracting authorities and contractors. The German Federal Government's proposal on the other members of the contractor's side is to be considered on proposals from the Austrian Chamber of Commerce and the Federal Chamber of Commerce and Engineering. In addition, at least one member of the General Assembly on a proposal from the Bundesarbeitskammer is to be included in the proposal of the Federal Government.

(7) The Chairperson, the Vice-Chairperson and the Senate Presidents must have completed legal science and either

1.

have already served a profession for at least five years for which the completion of the legal studies is necessary, or

2.

have at least five years of relevant professional experience in the field of public procurement law.

(8) The other members of the Federal Procurement Office must have at least five years of relevant professional experience or special knowledge of public procurement in legal, economic or technical terms.

(9) Persons who are not elected to the National Council are excluded from the order as a member of the Federal Procurement Office. The order as a member of the Federal Procurement Office is also excluded from those persons who have a reason to withdraw under Section 294. 3).

Inverein

§ 293. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt may not include: The Federal President, members of the Federal Government or a Government, State Secretary, the President of the Court of Auditors, members of the Publicanwalt of the Federal or Land, Mayor, Head of State Education Council of Vienna, Members of the European Parliament, Members of the Commission of the European Community and members of the Constitutional Court or of the Administrative Court of Justice. § 19 BDG 1979 applies to the Chairpersons, Vice-Chairpersons and Senate Presidents.

(2) The Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson may also not be ordered who has been a member of the Federal Government or a State Government or State Secretary for the last four years.

(3) The Chairperson, the Vice-Chairperson and the Chairperson of the Senate may not perform any activity that:

1.

to be provided with a reference link, or

2.

the presumption of captivity, or

3.

impede them to perform their duties; or

4.

other essential services could be at risk.

(4) The members of the Federal Public Procurement Office referred to in paragraph 3 are obliged to immediately inform the Chairman of the activities they perform in addition to their duties. The President is obliged to immediately inform the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour of activities carried out in addition to the Office.

Renewal of membership

§ 294. (1) A member of the Federal Procurement Office may only be dismissed in the cases specified by this federal law and by the decision of the General Assembly or of the General Assembly.

(2) Membership of the Federal Public Procurement Office:

1.

death of the member;

2.

with the withdrawal of another member from the Office in accordance with paragraph 3 by decision of the General Assembly;

3.

(Constitution) by devoting the Chairperson, Deputy Chairperson or a Senate President from the Office in accordance with paragraph. 3 by decision of the Staff Regulations;

4.

for the other members of the Federal Public Procurement Office and the Senate Presidents by the end of the period of office, if not a restitution (§ 292(2)). 5) or an unlimited appointment (§ 292(2)).

5.

for the Chairpersons, Vice-Chairpersons and Senate Presidents

(a)

through retirement, or

(b)

by Declaration under § 15(2). 1 BDG 1979, or

(c)

by withdrawal under § 21 BDG 1979, or

(d)

at the time when the official is appointed at his request to another federal office;

6.

for the other members of the Federal Procurement Office, including the written waiver at the Federal Procurement Office;

7.

in case of loss of eligibility to the National Council;

8.

inverein according to § 293. 1, unless the latter sentence applies.

(3) A member of the Federal Procurement Office is to withdraw his office if:

1.

it is possible to misunderstand such kind or serious debt that the further exercise of his office would be detrimental to the interests of the Office;

2.

it cannot fulfil its tasks as a member as a result of its physical or mental constitution (inability) and the re-enforcement of officeability is likely to be excluded;

3.

it was absent from the service for more than a year due to illness, accident or crime, or

4.

it – without prejudice to § 293. 1 – exercises an activity that could give rise to doubts about the independent exercise of his office.

(4) A member is a member for reasons referred to in paragraph. 2 and 3, if necessary, a new member must be appointed in accordance with the procedure referred to in Section 292.

Status of members

§ 295. (Constitution) The members of the Federal Procurement Office are not bound by any instructions regarding the exercise of the tasks assigned to them under this law and the relevant regulations.

captiveness; Refusing members

§ 296. (1) The participation in a decision excludes other members of the Federal Procurement Office with regard to the procurement procedures relating to contracts in the field of the institution which they belong or which they are referred to in Section 292(2). 6 of the Federal Government proposed. In addition, all activities of the members of the Federal Procurement Office are considered in accordance with Section 7 AVG.

(2) The parties may refuse members of the Bundesvergabeamt on grounds. The decision to reject the application meets the chairman. If the request for rejection is submitted to the chair, the Deputy Chairman shall decide on the rejection request. If both the Chairperson and the Vice-Chairperson are rejected, then decides on the rejection request of the oldest Senate President.

2. Subsection

service and remuneration regulations; Costs

General

§ 297. (1) The appointment of the Chairperson, Vice-Chairpersons or Senate Chairperson will create a public service relationship to the Federal Government, unless there is such a relationship.

(2) § 4 (1) Z 4 (replacement requirements), 11 and 12 (definitive service), 15a (replacement of retirement from office for reasons), 24 to 35 (training), 38 (replacement), 39, 40 and 41 (replacement of service and replacement), 41a to 41f (vocation commission), 75b (effects of maternity leave on the workplace), 90 (Report on pro-visor officials), 136a (establishment of service), 138 and 139 (training period) do not apply to 1 members in 1979.

(3) The temporary retirement due to incapacity under § 14 BDG 1979 is inadmissible as long as an injunction. 1 Member not referred to in § 294. 3 Z 2 or 3 of his duties have been removed.

(4) The statement in accordance with § 15(2). 1 BDG 1979 and the departure according to § 21 BDG 1979 are to be submitted to the Chairman. The President has to submit these statements to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour.

(5) Ends membership of a § 292 paragraph. 3 appointed member of the Federal Public Procurement Office, who was already in a public service relationship with the Federal Government before his appointment, is subject to the provisions of Section 141a BDG 1979 on the basis that this is considered to be a disengagement from the previous workplace, which is not represented by the official.

(6) Articles 91 to 130 BDG 1979 apply to:

1.

the disciplinary prosecutor is appointed by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour,

2.

the Disciplinary Commission and the Disciplinary Board are the Staff's Assembly and

3.

no ordinary appeal is allowed against decisions of the Staff's Assembly.

(7) The title of function is at the same time the corresponding official title according to § 63 BDG 1979.

Service supervision

§ 298. To the extent that the BDG 1979 is entrusted to the superior or service manager, they are to be performed by the Chairman, taking account of the provisions of Articles 309 and 310. Moreover, the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour Service is.

Performance

§ 299. (1) The performance of the Vice-Chairperson, the Chairperson of the Senate and the public-right officials operating in the business apparatus must be determined by the Chairman.

(2) No ordinary appeal is allowed against the decision of the Chairman.

(3) The performance of the Chairman is to be determined by the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour.

(4) In addition, the performance determination applies to the provisions of Articles 81 to 86 BDG 1979.

Besolute

§ 300. (1) The provisions applicable to officials of the General Administration under the Law of 1956 (GehG), BGBl. No. 54.

(2) It charges the content of the A 1. In addition, for the President of the Senate, the respective allocations of the function group 5, for the Deputy Chairperson, will take place at the respective level of the function group 6. The chair pays a fixed content of the function group 7 of the A 1 usage group according to § 31 Beef.

(3) For the classification of the members of the Bundesvergabeamt referred to in paragraph 1 to the respective salary level, the provisions on the pre-return date apply.

Cost relief of other members

§ 301. (1) The other members of the Federal Public Procurement Office (§ 292(5)) have the right to an appropriate fee replacement and to replace the appropriate travel costs.

(2) The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour, having regard to the importance and scope of the tasks to be acquired by regulation, has set a reasonable effort replacement and a replacement of the appropriate travel costs.

3. Subsection

Office of the Federal Public Procurement Office

Management

§ 302. (1) The President is headed by the Bundesvergabeamt. The management includes, in particular, the management of the service and the supervision of the staff.

(2) If the Chair is prevented, he will be represented by the Vice-President. If the Vice-Chairperson is also prevented, he is represented by the oldest Senate President in life.

Education and composition of the Senate

§ 303. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt will operate in Senates, unless otherwise provided by this federal law.

(2) Each Senate is composed of a chairperson and two co-chairs. Chairman of a Senate has to be the Chairperson, Vice-President or a Senate Chairman. Each of the co-chairs must be one of the contracting parties and the other of the contractor.

business assignment, prevention

§ 304. (1) The Chairperson shall assign the proceedings to the Senate responsible for the distribution of business for further treatment.

(2) A matter to be found after the distribution of a Senate may be withdrawn only in the event of the prevention of the President of the Senate.

Decision and advice of the Senate

§ 305. (1) The Senate is able to decide if all members are present. Decisions are taken with majority voting. The abstention is inadmissible.

(2) Consultation and vote are not public. They are to be led by the respective Senate Presidents.

(3) A protocol is to be held on advice and vote.

tasks of the President of the Senate

§ 306. (1) The President of the competent Senate shall decide on applications for the adoption of provisionally available.

(2) The Chairperson of the Senate shall conduct the procedure. The necessary procedural regulations do not require any Senate decision. The President of the Senate shall carry out the tasks of the reporter of the Senate; he shall prepare the draft of execution, submit the application for a decision in the Senate and prepare the decision of the Senate.

(3) The Chairperson of the Senate will arrange the oral hearing and chair it. He also initiates the advice and vote of the Senate, announces the decisions of the Senate and warrants the written submission.

General Assembly; Staff meeting

§ 307. (1) The members of the Federal Procurement Office form the general assembly. This is convened by the Chairman.

(2) The following decisions of the General Assembly must be taken in the presence of half of the members with a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast:

1.

the decision making on the Rules of Procedure;

2.

the decision making on the distribution of business for each calendar year;

3.

the decision on the adoption of the Activity Report;

4.

the decision-making on the expulsion of office in accordance with § 294. 3 concerning other members;

5.

the addition of the agenda of the General Assembly for reasons of urgency.

(3) Other decisions of the General Assembly are taken with majority of votes. The abstention is inadmissible. The vote of the Chairman gives the exception.

(4) Meetings of the General Assembly are not public. They are led by the chairman. A decision protocol is to be issued over the course of the meetings.

(5) The Chairperson, the Vice-Chairperson and the Senate Presidents form the Staff's Assembly. It is convened by the Chairman. A decision of the Staff's Assembly on the appointment of the Chairperson, Deputy Chairperson or a Senate President in accordance with § 294. 3 requires the presence of two-thirds of the members and a majority of four-fifths of votes cast. Furthermore, the wording of paragraphs 3 and 4.

Rules of procedure and distribution

§ 308. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt has to adopt a Rules of Procedure. In particular, it will be easier to organise the convening, decision-making and the conduct of the meetings of the General Assembly and the Senate as well as of the Staff Assembly. The Rules of Procedure must also define the principles of distribution, as well as to make more detailed provisions on disclosure requirements and the type of customer notice concerning the opening of a public oral hearing.

(2) The distribution of the Bundesvergabeamt is to be decided in advance for the next consecutive calendar year and to be published in an appropriate manner. It has to regulate the number of Senates, the formation of the Senate and the distribution of shops to the Senate. It is necessary to take care of the same use of the Senate. Business distribution is to be changed if this is necessary to ensure a proper course of business.

(3) If, until the end of a calendar year, the General Assembly does not have any business distribution for the next year, the current distribution of business will continue until the adoption of a new calendar year.

(4) Rules of procedure and the distribution of business are on the internet.

Business apparatus

§ 309. (1) In order to ensure the management of the Federal Public Procurement Office, the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour has set up a business unit to provide the necessary human and material resources for proper functioning.

(2) (Constitution) Staff working in the business apparatus are subject to the instructions of the chairman.

(3) Staff operating in the business apparatus may be removed from this function only after consulting the chairman.

Evidence Centre

§ 310. (1) The chairperson is responsible for working together from their members to the best possible uniform decision-making practice in full respect of independence. To this end, an Evidence Centre for the Federal Public Procurement Office must be set up to document and keep decisions in a clear way.

(2) The preparation of the decisions of the Federal Public Procurement Office for documentation is for each of the Presidents of the Senate, unless otherwise prepared by the Chairman. The processing must be carried out immediately and must be made available to the Federal Chancellor for publication in the RIS free of charge and in electronic form.

(3) The chair of the Evidenzstelle is responsible.

Activity report

§ 311. The Bundesvergabeamt has a yearly report on its activities and experiences. The activity report is to be transmitted to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour and to be submitted by the Federal Government and the National Council.

2. Section

Responsibility and procedures

1. Subsection

General provisions

Jurisdiction

§ 312. (1) In accordance with the provisions of this section, the Bundesvergabeamt is responsible for applying for review procedures (2nd sub-section), for the adoption of provisionally available (3 subsection) and for the implementation of detection procedures (4. subsection).

(2) Until the award of the contract or until the withdrawal of a public procurement procedure, the Bundesvergabeamt is responsible for the purpose of eliminating infringements of this federal law and the regulations or infringements of Community law directly applicable.

1.

to adopt provisionally available, and

2.

for annulment of a separate contestable decision of the contracting authority in the context of the objections referred to by the applicant.

(3) After awarding, the Bundesvergabeamt is responsible

1.

in the context of the statement of objections referred to by the applicant to determine whether, because of an infringement of this federal law, or the regulations which have been issued to it, or because of an infringement of Community law directly applicable, the award has not been awarded to the offer at the lowest price or the technically and economically advantageous offer in accordance with the information in the tender;

2.

at the request of the contracting authority or of the recipient of the contract in a procedure pursuant to Z 1 to determine whether the applicant would not have a real opportunity to grant the contract even if the provisions of this federal law or of the regulations in question were complied with;

3.

in the context of the statement of objections referred to by the applicant to determine whether

(a)

in the case of direct award procedures and without prior notice, the choice of the award procedure was not right; or

(b)

an award which, without the participation of other entrepreneurs directly to an entrepreneur, was clearly inadmissible under the provisions of this federal law.

(4) The Bundesvergabeamt is responsible for the withdrawal of an award procedure

1.

in the context of the statement of objections referred to by the applicant to determine whether or not the withdrawal was illegal due to an infringement of this federal law or the regulations which have been adopted for that purpose, or because of an infringement of Community law directly applicable.

2.

at the request of the contracting authority in a procedure pursuant to Z 1 to determine whether the applicant would not have a real opportunity to grant the contract even if the provisions of this federal law or the regulations which have been passed on to it.

(5) Until the award of the contract or until the declaration of withdrawal of a tendering procedure, the Bundesvergabeamt is responsible for determining whether the contracting authority has, after a significant breach of the award period and in spite of the request of the tenderer to continue the procedure, failed to complete the procedure by means of a notice of withdrawal or award of the contract or has continued the procedure appropriately.

Information obligation

§ 313. (1) The contracting authority or bodies responsible for the application of this federal law must provide the Bundesvergabeamt with all necessary information for the performance of its tasks and provide all necessary documentation. The same applies to entrepreneurs involved in a procurement procedure.

(2) If a contracting authority, an awarding body or an entrepreneur does not provide information, or if there is no information, but the documents of the award procedure cannot be submitted, the Bundesvergabeamt may decide, if the contracting authority or the entrepreneur has been expressly informed of this sequence, on the basis of the claims of the non-negligible party.

Loadings

§ 314. The Bundesvergabeamt is entitled to pre-charge such persons (§ 19 AVG) who have their stay outside the federal territory.

Delivery

§ 315. (1) Where a dispute has been announced to the Bundesvergabeamt for an electronic address (e.g. e-mail address, fax address), the Bundesvergabeamt has to send written warnings to this electronic address. Such transfers are considered to have been made as soon as the execution is reached in the recipient's electronic area. Articles 3(2), 4(2). 3, 5 to 9 and 11 of the Act of Delivery (SustG), BGBl. No. 200/1982, is to be used in a way that takes account of the fact that the e-mailed address is regarded as a tax office within the meaning of the aforementioned provisions of the Delivery Act.

(2) If there is no electronic address to the Bundesvergabeamt, written executions are in accordance with the provisions of the I. and II. to create sections of the delivery law to a tax office.

Explicit negotiations before the Bundesvergabeamt

§ 316. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt has, at the request or, if it considers necessary, to carry out official proceedings for a public oral hearing.

(2) To the extent of the species. 6 of the Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, BGBl. No. 210/1958, cannot preclude the trial, irrespective of a party application, if

1.

the procedural application must be rejected, or

2.

the Bundesvergabeamt has adopted another procedural decision, or

3.

On the basis of the case, it is already established that the request for proceedings is to be made or that it must be dismissed.

(3) The applicant has to request the execution of a trial in the application for verification or detection. The contracting authority, as well as any defendant, will be given the opportunity to submit an application for a trial within a reasonable period not exceeding a week. An application for implementation of a negotiation can only be withdrawn effectively with the agreement of the other parties.

Implementation of the negotiation and adoption of the decision

§ 317. In proceedings before the Federal Public Procurement Office, § 67e, 67f (1) and 67g AVG and § 22 of the Media Law, BGBl. No 314/1981, are to be applied in a meaningful manner.

Fees

§ 318. (1) For applications in accordance with the § 320(2). 1, 328(1) and § 331. 1 and 2 respectively have to pay a flat-rate fee. For these applications and procedures before the Federal Public Procurement Office, no fees are charged under the Act of Fees.

(2) The amount of the flat rate in accordance with paragraph 1 is based on the procedure carried out by the contracting authority. If the application applies only to the award of a batch whose estimated value does not meet the respective thresholds in accordance with Articles 12 and 180, only the flat-rate fee for the award procedure corresponding to the Los is payable in the sub-wave area.

(3) The flat rate is as follows: Annex XIX to pay designated rates at request. The lump sum fee has to be paid only once.

(4) The flat-rate fees are to be paid by cash payment, by means of bank card or credit card. The admissible types of execution, which go beyond the cash payment and deposit with certificates, are to be determined and advertised by the Bundesvergabeamt in accordance with existing technical and organisational conditions.

Fee replacement

§ 319. (1) The applicant before the Federal Procurement Office, although only partially obsolete, is entitled to replace his fees paid in accordance with Section 318 by the contracting authority. The applicant will also be entitled to compensation for his fees paid in accordance with Section 318 if he is not charged during the pending proceedings.

(2) A right to replace the fees for an application for interim payment is only available if:

1.

the request for verification (major application) is granted and

2.

the application has been granted or the application has been rejected only because of a lack of interest.

(3) The Bundesvergabeamt decides on the replacement fee.

2. Subsection

Verification procedure

Opening of proceedings

§ 320. (1) An entrepreneur may apply for the review of a separate contestable decision of the contracting authority in the award procedure for unlawfulness until the contract has been awarded or withdrawn, provided that:

1.

he claims an interest in concluding a contract under the scope of this federal law, and

2.

it has caused or threatens to be caused by the alleged illegality.

(2) Is the difference between the access to the agreement on the departure and the announcement of the award decision or shorter than the period provided for in Section 321, a tenderer is entitled to apply for a review of the exit and review of the award decision or the revocation decision within the time limits set.

(3) The application for verification does not have any suspensive effect on the award procedure in question.

(4) If the same separate contestable decision is challenged by several entrepreneurs, the Bundesvergabeamt – having regard to the § 101(2). 2, 104. 3, 105. 6, 249(2), 253(3) and 254(2). 6 - linking the procedures for joint negotiation and decision-making. Separate procedures are allowed if this is in the interest of the appropriateness, simplicity and cost savings.

Time limits for inspection applications

§ 321. (1) Requests for review of a separate contestable decision

1.

for accelerated procedures for urgency under § 63 within seven days,

2.

in cases where the supply periods have been reduced in accordance with Section 61 and at the same time under Section 62, seven days,

3.

in the case of combating the award decision by electronic auctions or by a dynamic procurement system within seven days;

4.

in the case of combating the revocation decision in the § 140. 4 and 279. 4 cases mentioned within seven days,

5.

in the case of the implementation of an award procedure in the sub-wave area, in accordance with the provisions of the 2. or 3. Part of this federal law within seven days,

6.

in case of direct award within seven days,

7.

in all other cases within 14 days

from the time when the applicant has obtained or could have obtained from a separate contestable decision.

(2) Applications for review of tender or competition documents

1.

if the period of supply or the time limit for submitting the competitive work is less than 15 days, within three days before the expiry of the supply period or time limit. the time limit for submission of competitive work,

2.

in all other cases within seven days before the expiry of the period of supply or the time limit for submitting the competitive work

insert.

Content and admissibility of the application for verification

§ 322. (1) An application in accordance with § 320(2). 1 must at least contain:

1.

the exact name of the award procedure concerned and the contestable decision;

2.

the exact name of the contracting authority;

3.

a description of the relevant facts, including the interest in the conclusion of the contract, in particular in combating the award decision, the name of the tenderer envisaged for the award;

4.

information about the alleged threat or damage to the applicant,

5.

the specific name of the right in which the applicant considers to be infringing;

6.

the reasons on which the claim of unlawfulness is based;

7.

an application for annulment of the contested decision, and

8.

the information necessary to assess whether the application was submitted in time.

(2) In any case, the application is inadmissible if:

1.

he does not object to a separate admissible decision;

2.

it is not submitted within the deadlines referred to in Section 321, or

3.

despite the call for improvement, he was not properly charged.

Notice of initiation of proceedings and negotiation

§ 323. (1) The receipt of a non manifestly inadmissible request for verification is to be made immediately by the Chairman of the competent Senate.

(2) In any case, the notice has to include:

1.

the name of the contracting authority and the award procedure concerned in accordance with the information provided in the review request (§ 322(2)). 1 Z and 2);

2.

the name of the contested decision in accordance with the information contained in the review request (§ 322(2)). 1 Z 1);

3.

the reference to the conclusion of § 324. 3.

(3) The contracting authority referred to in the request for verification shall be informed by the Chairman of the Senate without delay of receiving the application for verification; This understanding has in paragraph. 2 Z 1 and 2 above.

(4) In the event of the suppression of an award decision, the tenderer envisaged for the award is, at any time, agreed by the Chairman of the Senate without delay on receipt of the request for verification; the information referred to in paragraph 2 above.

(5) The opening of a public or oral trial on the Internet is also under review; In any case, these customers have the in paragraph. 2 information provided.

(6) In the review of an award decision, the bidder, who is looking for the award, is personally responsible for giving a public oral hearing.

Parties to the review procedure

§ 324. (1) Parties to the review procedure before the Bundesvergabeamt are at least the applicant and the contracting authority.

(2) Parties to the review procedure are also those entrepreneurs who can be directly affected by the decision sought by the applicant in their legal protected interests (applicants); In particular, in the case of combating the award decision, the tenderer party of the review procedure envisaged for the award.

(3) The tenderer envisaged in an award decision for the award of the contract loses his party's position if he does not object to the decision sought by the applicant within two weeks from the date of delivery of the personal understanding on the opening of the review procedure (§ 323(4)). Other parties within the meaning of the paragraph. 2 shall lose their party position if they do not object to the decision sought by the applicant within two weeks of publication of the opening of proceedings pursuant to § 323. 1). If an oral trial takes place before the expiry of these deadlines, the expenses may be charged at the latest during the oral trial. § 42. 3,09.

(4) If several operators have contested the same distinct contestable decision of the contracting authority, they are subject to all review procedures concerning this decision.

annulment of decisions of the contracting authority

§ 325. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt has to declare a separate contestable decision of a contracting authority in the course of an award procedure, if:

1.

it or a previous non-specialist decision to the applicant in accordance with § 322. 1 Z 5 applicable law violates, and

2.

the unlawfulness of the outcome of the award procedure is essential.

(2) In particular, the annulment of illegal decisions may also be considered as the removal of discriminatory technical performance requirements for entrepreneurs, economic or financial performance in tender documents or in any other document of the award procedure.

Time to decide

§ 326. Requests for annulment of decisions of a contracting authority shall be decided immediately, at the latest 6 weeks after receipt of the application.

Mutual penalties

§ 327. In the investigation procedure, the maximum amount of mutual penalties (§ 35 AVG) is one percent of the estimated order value, but not more than 20 000 euros. § 19 of the Administrative Criminal Act 1991 – VStG, BGBl. No 52, is to be applied in a meaningful manner.

3. Subsection

Sometimes available

Application

§ 328. (1) The Bundesvergabeamt has, at the request of an entrepreneur, the conditions of application set out in § 320. 1 does not seem to be missing without delay by temporarily available provisional measures which appear necessary and appropriate to eliminate or prevent any harm of the interests of the applicant caused by the alleged unlawfulness of a separate decision or directly threatening it.

(2) The request for a provisional application must be submitted to the Bundesvergabeamt. He has to contain:

1.

the exact name of the award procedure in question, the separate contestable decision and the contracting authority;

2.

a description of the relevant facts and of the existence of the § 320. 1 of these conditions,

3.

the exact name of the alleged illegality;

4.

the precise description of the imminent damage to the interests of the applicant and a credible presentation of the relevant facts;

5.

the exact name of the provisional measure sought and

6.

the information necessary to assess whether the application was submitted in time.

(3) If there is no application for verification to combat the alleged illegality, the application for a provisional application is only allowed if it is submitted before the expiry of the period set out in § 321 for the purpose of asserting the unlawfulness concerned.

(4) If an application for a provisional application is made in good time, but, as a further consequence, there is no valid request for verification to combat the unlawfulness referred to in the application for a preliminary ruling or a request for verification before the expiry of the time limit referred to in Section 321, the procedure for the adoption of the interim procedure must be formally terminated. In this case, an interim period which has been adopted in all cases shall be terminated at the end of the period referred to in Section 321 or at the time of withdrawal of the request for verification. The applicant and the contracting authority are to be agreed by the phasing-out of the interim.

(5) The Federal Procurement Office has immediately agreed to the contracting authority concerned of an application for interim measures seeking to prohibit the award of the contract, to prohibit the declaration of withdrawal or to terminate the offer opening. Requests for provisionally available which prohibit the award of the contract, the prohibition of the declaration of withdrawal or the injunction of the opening of the offer shall be made conditional upon access to the agreement from the receipt of the application until the decision on the application for a postponed effect. The contracting authority may decide on the application

1.

in case of other non-compliance, or

2.

in case of other ineffectiveness, the award procedure shall not be revoked, or

3.

not open the offers.

(6) The Bundesvergabeamt has to inform the contracting authority of the receipt of an application for interim information on the legal consequences of the application.

(7) An application for the adoption of an interim is inadmissible if, despite the request to improve the application, it has not been properly charged.

Preliminary Decree

§ 329. (1) Prior to the adoption of an interim, the Bundesvergabeamt has to consider the foreseeable consequences of the measure to be taken for all potentially damaged interests of the applicant, other candidates or tenderers and the contracting authority, as well as an overriding special public interest in the continuation of the award procedure. If this balance is overwhelmed by the adverse consequences of an interim, the application for the adoption of the provisionally available must be dismissed.

(2) In the meantime, the entire procurement procedure or individual decisions of the contracting authority, pending the decision of the Federal Procurement Office, may be temporarily suspended or other appropriate measures taken. This is the best possible provisional measure.

(3) In an interim period, the time for which it is made is to be determined. The provisional application shall take place after the expiry of the specified period, but at the latest by the decision of the Bundesvergabeamt concerning the application for annulment, in which the unlawfulness concerned is invoked. The Federal Public Procurement Office immediately abolished the provisionally available upon request or on its own account as soon as the conditions which led to its adoption have been removed. The Bundesvergabeamt has to immediately extend the provisionally available on request or on its own account if the conditions which have led to its adoption continue after the expiry of the specified period.

(4) Sometimes available are immediately enforceable. The law on enforcement in 1991 – VVG, BGBl. No 53.

Rules of procedure

§ 330. (1) No public oral negotiation must be carried out in the procedure for the adoption of an interim procedure.

(2) Parties to the procedure for the adoption of a provisionally available are the applicant and the contracting authority.

(3) Requests for the adoption of provisionally available must be decided without delay, but long, within a week of receipt of the application. If the application for improvement had to be withdrawn, it is to decide for a long time within 10 days. The time limit is respected when the execution to all parties has been demonstrably terminated before their expiry.

(4) In proceedings relating to the adoption of a provisionally available, the maximum amount of mutual penalties (§ 35 AVG) is one percent of the estimated order value, but not more than 20 000 euros. For the purpose of determining the mutual penalty, § 19 U.S.G. should be applied in a meaningful manner.

4. Subsection

Identification procedure

Opening of proceedings

§ 331. (1) An entrepreneur who had an interest in concluding a contract under the scope of this federal law may, if he has been harmed by the alleged unlawfulness, request the conclusion that:

1.

the choice of direct award or award procedure without prior notice of an infringement of this federal law or of the regulations or of an infringement of Community law directly applicable; or

2.

because of an infringement of this federal law or of the regulations which have been passed on to it, or because of an infringement of Community law directly applicable, the award has not been awarded, in accordance with the information provided in the tender, the offer with the lowest price or the most technically and economically advantageous offer; or

3.

the declaration of withdrawal of a public procurement procedure for breach of this federal law or of the regulations or for breach of Community law directly applicable; or

4.

an award which, without the participation of other entrepreneurs directly to an entrepreneur, was clearly inadmissible under the provisions of this federal law.

(2) A tenderer, who had an interest in concluding a contract under the scope of this federal law, may request that the contracting authority, after a significant overrun of the award period and in spite of the request of the tenderer, has not completed a procedure by a notice of withdrawal or award of the contract or has continued the procedure properly.

(3) If the same application for the award procedure is not made. 1 of several entrepreneurs, the Bundesvergabeamt has to combine the procedures with a view to joint negotiation and decision-making. In any case, a separate procedure is permitted if this is in the interest of the appropriateness, simplicity and cost savings.

(4) If, during an ongoing review procedure, the award is granted or the tendering procedure has been revoked, the proceedings before the Federal Procurement Office, at the request of the entrepreneur who has submitted the inquiry request, shall continue as a detection procedure. This also applies when a decision of the Bundesvergabeamt concerning the application for annulment of a contracting authority decision has been revoked by the Constitutional Court or the Administrative Court, and before the decision of the Constitutional Court or the Administrative Court of the award of the contract or the award procedure has been revoked. The procedure shall be closed until the date of expiry of the period referred to in Section 332(2). 2 No application within the meaning of this paragraph shall be subject to a formal discontinuation. § 332(2). 2 is to be applied on the basis that the time of proceedings before the Constitutional Court or before the Administrative Court is not counted.

Content and admissibility of the application

§ 332. (1) An application in accordance with § 331. 1, 2 or 2. 4 must at least contain:

1.

the exact name of the award procedure concerned;

2.

the exact name of the contracting authority;

3.

as far as this is reasonable, the exact name of the ally recipients of the contract is reasonable,

4.

the presentation of the relevant facts including the interest in the conclusion of the contract;

5.

information on the alleged damage for the applicant,

6.

the specific name of the right in which the applicant considers to be infringing;

7.

the reasons on which the claim of unlawfulness is based;

8.

a particular gift and

9.

the information necessary to assess whether the application was submitted in time.

(2) The right to determine the unlawfulness of the award, the revocation or the illegal choice of the award procedure if the application is made in accordance with § 331. 1 Z 1 to 3 or down. 4 shall not be brought within six months of the date in which the applicant has obtained from the award, withdrawing or obtaining knowledge of the illegal choice of the award procedure, but for a maximum period of six months after the award has been granted or the award procedure has been revoked.

(3) The right to be determined in accordance with § 331. 1 Z 4, if the application is not made within a 30-day period, from the date of knowledge of the illegal award, or from the time when you could have been aware of it, is long, however, within a period of six months after the award has been granted.

(4) An application for determination in accordance with § 331. 1 is inadmissible if the alleged breach of a review procedure under the § 320 ff could have been claimed.

(5) An application for determination in accordance with § 331. 1 is also inadmissible if, despite the request to improve the application, it has not been properly charged.

Parties to the procedure

§ 333. Parties to a detection procedure pursuant to § 312(2). 3 to 5 are the applicant, the contracting authority and an all-obligatory beneficiary.

Identification of infringements

§ 334. The Bundesvergabeamt has a statement under § 312. 3 or 4 only if the unlawfulness of the award procedure was of major influence.

5. Part

Non-state control and civil law provisions

1. Main

Non-governmental control

Corrective mechanism and procedures of the Republic of Austria with the Commission

§ 335. (1) If the Commission requests the Republic of Austria to submit its observations on public procurement matters, or if the Republic of Austria calls for an alleged breach of the public procurement rules laid down in Community law, it is necessary to take action in accordance with the following paragraphs.

(2) The Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs has to ensure the rapid transfer of information between the Republic of Austria and the Commission. The Commission's letter on public procurement matters will be sent to the Federal Chancellor immediately by the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs. If the contracting authorities are contracting entities that fall within the territory of a country, the respective national government must be informed. Austrian opinions to the Commission are based on the written documentation of the award procedure to be submitted by the contracting authority and by all operators concerned, if appropriate after consulting the contracting authority or Deputy entrepreneurs to prepare by the Federal Chancellor and to submit to the EU through the Permanent Representation of Austria.

(3) In so far as the Republic of Austria is subject to notification obligations under Community law to the Commission, the contracting authority concerned or the contractor concerned shall, at the latest, submit to the Federal Chancellor, at the latest ten days, the contracting authority carrying out activities within the meaning of Articles 167 to 172 and the entrepreneur involved in a procurement procedure in the field of water, energy, transport and postal services, at the latest 19 days after receipt of the request, to submit the following documents to the Commission:

1.

Full documents relating to the deficiencies of the award procedure and the procedures of the Commission in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Regulation. 1 claimed or found unlawfulness, all other useful documents and

2.

either

(a)

a proof that unlawfulness has been removed, or

(b)

a detailed justification for not eliminating illegality; or

(c)

the communication that the award procedure concerned has been suspended either on the initiative of the contracting authority, the sectoral contractor or under a review procedure.

(4) In a statement of reasons pursuant to paragraph 3 Z 2 b may in particular be claimed that the alleged illegality is already the subject of an inspection procedure. In this case, the contracting authority must immediately inform the Chancellor of the outcome of this procedure for understanding the Commission.

(5) Following a communication pursuant to paragraph 3 Z 2 (c), the contracting authority or the sectoral contracting authority shall immediately notify the Federal Chancellor of the suspension or opening of a new award procedure, which relates to the previous award procedure, in order to communicate with the Commission. Such a new communication is either to confirm that the alleged illegality has been removed or to give a detailed reason why the illegality has not been removed.

Certification procedure

§ 336. (1) Sector sponsors can regularly investigate their procurement procedures and award practices from a Attestor or a certification body to obtain a certificate that these procedures and practices can be obtained at the appropriate time with the provisions of Community law on the award of contracts and with the provisions of 3. Part of this federal law.

(2) The Attestor or the certifying body must report to the contractor in writing about the results of the investigation. Before issuing a certificate pursuant to paragraph 1 to the sector sponsor, the Attestor or the certification body shall ensure that any irregularities identified by them have been eliminated in the award procedures and practices of the sector licensor and that the sector sponsor has taken appropriate measures to prevent a new occurrence of these irregularities.

(3) Sector sponsors who have a certificate in accordance with paragraph 1 have received the following statement in calls for competition:

"The contracting authority has received a certificate under Council Directive 92/13/EEC that its procurement procedures and practices on ... conform to the provisions of Community law on the award of contracts in the sector and with the provisions of the Republic of Austria to transpose Community law. “

(4) By regulation, the Federal Government has 45 503 "certification standard for assessing the procurement procedures of contracting authorities in the field of water, energy, transport and telecommunications" of 1. to make a binding statement on April 1996.

Non-governmental mediation

§ 337. (1) Any applicant or tenderer interested in a specific contract on which the provisions of the 3. Part of this federal law applies, has or has claimed that, in connection with the procedure for awarding this contract, it may, in writing, be subject to an infringement of the provisions of Community law on the award of contracts, against the provisions of this federal law or against the regulations adopted on the basis of this federal law, be subject to a conciliation procedure before the Commission, provided that it is a sector contractor which applies to the full territory of a country applying for by the respective national governments. This request must be submitted to the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour. This has immediately forwarded the application to the Commission by the Permanent Representation of Austria to the EU and to inform the Chancellor.

(2) Any party involved in the conciliation procedure shall immediately appoint a conciliationer and shall inform the Commission whether it accepts the arbitrator proposed by the Commission. The arbitrators can add up to a maximum of two additional qualified persons as experts in their work. The parties involved in the conciliation process and the Commission may refuse the experts suggested by the arbitrators.

(3) is already in relation to the in paragraph. A contract referred to as a conciliation or verification procedure with a contracting authority has been notified to the conciliation officer concerned. The arbitrators have to inform the candidates or tenderers who have requested the conciliation or verification procedure from the opening of the non-governmental conciliation procedure. You have to ask the candidates or tenderers to notify, within a period of three days, whether they accede to the non-governmental conciliation procedure. Access to an out-of-court conciliation procedure has no impact on the pending conciliation or verification procedures before a contracting authority. If the applicant or tenderer refuses to accede to the non-governmental conciliation procedure, the arbitrators may decide, if they consider that the applicant or tenderer's accession to dispute settlement is necessary, by a majority, the cessation of the non-state conciliation procedure. The decision is to inform the Commission of the reasons.

(4) The arbitrators have the opportunity to submit comments to the applicant, the contractor and all other candidates or tenderers involved in the award procedure. They have been involved in an amicable agreement between the parties, while respecting the provisions of the ECV and the principles of this federal law; they have to report to the Commission on their conclusions and on all results of the procedure.

(5) At any time, the applicant and the relevant sector sponsors may terminate the procedure by explaining that the procedure will no longer be continued. If the parties do not agree otherwise, they have to contest the costs incurred in the non-state conciliation process themselves. The costs of the procedure must be borne by the parties. On request, the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour has to decide on the replacement of other costs.

(6) The Federal Government has to adopt more detailed rules on correspondence with the Commission, the design of the non-state conciliation procedure, the overdue involvement of Austrian authorities in the procedure and the selection of conciliation agents.

2. Main

Civil law provisions

Claims for compensation

§ 338. (1) In case of indebted violation of this federal law or of the regulations adopted on the basis of this federal law by the institutions of the contracting authority or a contracting body, a transitional candidate, tenderer or tenderer is entitled to compensation for the conduct of the institutions of the awarding body, for the costs of supply and participation in the award procedure. Further, but only alternative claims for damages brought by the contester under other legislation are not affected.

(2) No claim after paragraph. 1 where, after the award of the contract or after the revocation of a tender procedure by the competent contracting authority, the transfereee would have not had a real chance to grant the contract, or if the injured party had been unable to pay the damage through the application of an interim application, as well as by a review request.

(3) The contracting authority may take recourse to the beneficiary bidders if the infringement is a criminal offence and the beneficiary or person who has served to participate in the award procedure has participated in it within the meaning of Section 12 of the ETUC. This person is liable with the debt-bearing authority of the contracting authority, insofar as it is liable under the law of professional liability, BGBl. No 80/1965.

Resale right of the contracting authority

§ 339. If the beneficiary has committed a criminal act which was suitable to influence the decision on the award of the contract, the contracting authority may explain its withdrawal from a contract already granted.

Relationship with other legislation

§ 340. In addition, the rights of substitutes, injunctions, solid liability, resignation and other rights of design remain unaffected by other legislation.

Responsibility and procedures

§ 341. (1) In order to decide on claims in accordance with Articles 338 and 339, the Court of Justice entrusted with the exercise of the general jurisdiction in civil cases shall be solely responsible for the purpose of which the contracting authority is based. In the absence of such a jurisdiction in the country, the Landesgericht für Civilrechtsblatt Wien is responsible.

(2) A claim for damages is only allowed if a statement of the competent authority is made before that:

1.

because of an infringement of this federal law or of the regulations which have been passed on to it, or because of an infringement of Community law directly applicable, the award has not been awarded, in accordance with the information provided in the tender, the offer with the lowest price or the most technically and economically advantageous offer; or

2.

the choice of direct award or award procedure without prior notice was not right; or

3.

the declaration of withdrawal of a public procurement procedure for breach of this federal law or of the regulations or for breach of Community law directly applicable; or

4.

an award which, without the participation of other entrepreneurs directly to an entrepreneur, was clearly inadmissible under the provisions of this federal law; or

5.

the contracting authority, after a significant overrun of the award period and in spite of the request of the tenderer to continue the procedure, has neither terminated the procedure by a revocation declaration or a contract award or has continued the procedure properly.

This also applies to those in § 338. 1 last sentence of claims and claims from unfair competition. Without prejudice to the paragraph. 4 are bound by the court and the parties to the proceedings before the Federal Procurement Office.

(3) Derogation of paragraph 2 is allowed to make a claim for damages if the declaration of withdrawal of a tendering procedure has not violated this federal law or the regulations which have been passed on to it, but has been caused by the contracting authority.

(4) If the decision of the dispute is subject to the question of the unlawfulness of a decision of a contracting authority and the court considers that it is unlawful, it shall have to interrupt the proceedings and, in accordance with Art. 131(2) B-VG to establish the unlawfulness of the decision. In the light of the findings of the Administrative Court, the Court of First Instance continued the proceedings and decided to refer the matter to the Court of Justice’s judicial review.

The effect of an initial knowledge on the contract concluded

§ 342. If a contracting authority is revoked by the Constitutional or Administrative Court and has been awarded the contract before the decision of the Constitutional or Administrative Court, both the annulment and, where appropriate, the subsequent conclusion of the contracting authority that the contested decision of the contracting authority was unlawful, have no impact on the contract concluded.

Rules on arbitration

§ 343. For cases where an arbitration court is agreed, the validity of the provisions of the 4. See sections of the 6th part of the Civil Procedures Regulation (ZPO), RGBl. No. 113/1895. Derogations to these rules cannot be provided in the tender. The Federal Government may, with a Regulation, take further guidance on the fee-setting system, while respecting the principles of austerity, efficiency and usefulness.

6. Part

Criminal, final and transitional provisions

Criminal provisions

§ 344. (1) Those who are contracting entities whose institutions do not comply with Art. 20 B-VG are assigned to referrals, or as a body or affected by a procedure between the Republic of Austria and the Commission, its communication, information or submission obligations pursuant to Articles 44, 45, 205, 206, 313(2). 1 or 335 violates, acts as an administrative superior and is punishable by fines of up to 15 000 euros.

(2) Administrative penalties in accordance with paragraph 1 is to be imposed by the county administration, in the field of a federal policedirection of this.

In-power-Tretens, Extra-power-Tretens and Transitional Rules

§ 345. (1) The provisions of this federal law, which have been recast by the Federal Law BGBl. I No 17/2006, and the exclusivity of the provisions of this federal law repealed by the same federal law, shall be without prejudice to the paragraph. 2 to 5:

1.

This federal law enters into force on 1 February 2006.

2.

(Constitution) Articles 291(3), 294(2) Z 3, 295 and 309(2). 2 enter into force on 1 February 2006.

3.

At the same time as the in-power-Trets of this federal law, the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002, BGBl. I No 99/2002 will be repealed.

4.

(Constitution) At the same time, the provisions referred to in the Z 2 enter into force in the § 135. 3, 139, 1 and 140. 2 of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002.

(2) For those at the time of the German Federal Law BGBl. I No 17/2006 already initiated tendering procedures shall not apply from 1. to 3. These procurement procedures must be brought to an end after the previous legal situation. For the award of contracts on the basis of framework agreements pursuant to Article 25(2). 7, which is at the time of the In-kraft-Tretens of the Federal Law BGBl. I No 17/2006 has already been completed, § 152 of this federal law does not apply. The current legal situation applies to the award of these contracts.

(3) For the in-power concerns of the provisions of the federal law BGBl. I No 17/2006 and for the phasing-out of the provisions of this federal law, repealed by the same federal law, in those matters in which the execution is based on Art. 14b§ 2 Z 2 B-VG Landesache, the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 are as follows:

1.

The finalisation of framework agreements will apply until 31 December 2006. The provisions of the BVergG 2006 concerning the conclusion of framework agreements enter into force on 1 January 2007.

2.

Contracts can be made on the basis of a dynamic procurement system (paragraph 25). 8, § 192, 8) and by means of a competitive dialogue (§ 25, 9) with 1 January 2007.

3.

The provisions on the obligation to communicate on the departure of a tenderer (§ 129(2)). 3, § 269. 4 and § 270. 6) enter into force on 1 January 2007.

4.

Articles 141 and 280 enter into force on 1 January 2007. The award of non-privacy service contracts shall apply until the end of 31 December December 2006 the provisions of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002.

5.

§ 2 Z 16 will enter into force on 1 January 2007, with the exception of the definition of the revocation decision. § 20 Z 13 of the Federal Public Procurement Law 2002 remains until the end of 31. December 2006.

(4) At the time of the In-kraft-Tretens of this federal law, proceedings pending before the Bundesvergabeamt are continuing by the Bundesvergabeamt in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002. If a review procedure is already pending at the time of the In-kraft-Tretensity of this federal law, the provisions of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002 apply to the procedure for the adoption of provisionally available.

(5) The orders of the other members (members) of the Federal Public Procurement Office already taken at the time of the In-kraft-Tretens of this federal law are considered to be orders under this federal law. The appointment of the Chairperson and the Senate President in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002 will be considered as appointments under this federal law. § 292(2). 7 is not applicable to the unlimited appointment of those Senate Presidents of the Federal Public Procurement Office, who have already been President of the Federal Public Procurement Office at the time of the In- Power-Trets of this Federal Law. At the Deputy Chairman of the Federal Procurement Office, the President of the Senate will be appointed at an indefinite time, which, at the time of the In- Power-Trets of this federal law, this function will be in accordance with § 302(2). 2 exercises. § 292(2). 2, 4 and 7 shall not apply to the order in accordance with sentence 4.

(6) The German Government Regulation, which makes the ÖNORM-EN 45 503 mandatory for certificates under the scope of the 1997 federal public procurement law (certification regulation), BGBl. II No 251/1997, shall be regarded as a declaration of innocence within the meaning of Section 336. 4 of this federal law.

(7) The German Government Regulation on the establishment and transfer of electronic tenders in procurement procedures – E-Procurement Regulation 2004, BGBl. II No 183/2004, is repealed.

(8) The Regulation of the Federal Chancellor on the standard forms to be used in the scope of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002 for the notices of contracts (benefits) - Standard Form Regulation 2003 BGBl. II No 335/2003, is repealed.

(9) The Federal Government Regulation on the adjustment of thresholds set in the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002 - thresholds Regulation 2005, BGBl. II No 56/2005, is repealed.

(10) The German Government Regulation on the amendment of the Annexes VII The federal procurement law 2002, BGBl. II No 206/2003, is repealed.

(11) The Federal Government Regulation on the fees for the use of the Bundesvergabeamt, BGBl. II No 324/2002, is repealed.

(12) The Regulation of the Federal Chancellor on the establishment of the publication medium for notices under the federal procurement law, BGBl. II No 323/2002, is repealed.

Adoption and in-power concerns of regulations

§ 346. Regulations and customer statements on the basis of this federal law, in particular in its new versions, can already be adopted by the day of the customer presentation of the respective federal law, but not before that.

wendbar of the provisions of this federal law

§ 347. To the extent that other federal legislation is referred to in the provisions of the Federal Public Procurement Act 2002, the relevant provisions of this federal law are in place.

Convention on public procurement

§ 348. The Convention on Public Procurement, OJ No L 336 of 23 December 1994, p 273, remains unaffected.

Background

§ 349. (1) To the extent that the enforcement of matters governed by this federal law is not a matter of land, the fullness of:

1.

Articles 18, 50, 52(2). 1, 55. 1, 186, 211, 216(1), 219(2), 270(2). 3 of the Federal Chancellor,

2.

§ 335. 2 fourth sentence of the Federal Chancellor and the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs,

3.

§ 179(2). 5 fifth sentence and 335 paragraphs. 2 First and second sentence of the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs,

4.

Articles 45, 72(2). 4 first sentence, 178 paragraphs. 4, 179 paragraph. 4 fifth and sixteenth sentence, 206 and 337. 1 of the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs and the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour,

5.

the Federal Minister for Justice,

6.

§ 44. 1, 72. 4 second sentence, 125 paragraphs. 6, 179 paragraph. 4 first to four second sentence, 179 paragraph. 5 seventeen and eighth sentence and paragraph. 6, 205, 268 paragraphs 4, 291. 1, 292 (4), 293 (4), 297(2). 4 second sentence and paragraph. 6 Z 1, 298 second sentence, 299 paragraphs. 3, 301, 2, 309. 1, 311 second sentence and 337 paragraphs. 5 of the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and Labour,

7.

the other provisions of this federal law, in so far as only the scope of a Federal Minister is concerned, this Federal Minister, and

8.

moreover, the Federal Government

.

(2) To the extent to which international obligations of Austria or the amendment of Community law require this, or which is permitted under Community law, the Federal Government may decide, by regulation, that instead of the provisions of Community law, Annexes I to XIV and XVI to XVIII other definitions of the scope relevant or instead of the other lists of professional names or Community regulations as shown in the Annexes. Information to be used for notices or other specifications for the publication or other requirements for the devices for the receipt of electronically transmitted data. Insofar as this is necessary in the interests of a uniform and appropriate procedure for the award of contracts, the German Government may decide, by regulation, that instead of Annexes XV to use other models for advertising.

(3) The Federal Government has the fees in Annex XIX by means of a regulation, if it requires the personnel and material necessary to cover the costs of the legal protection body connected with the implementation of this federal law.

Reference, personal names

§ 350. (1) Where reference is made to provisions of other federal laws, this is to be understood as a referral to the applicable version.

(2) All personal names used in this federal law apply equally to both women and men.

Reference to acts of the European Community

§ 351. The following acts of the European Community are implemented or taken into account by this federal law:

1.

Council Directive 89/665/EEC of 21. December 1989 on the coordination of legal and administrative provisions for the application of review procedures in the context of the award of public supply and construction contracts (legislative Directive), OJ No L 395 of 30 December 1989, p. 33, as amended by Art. 41 of Directive 92/50/EEC.

2.

Council Directive 92/13/EEC of 25. February 1992 on the coordination of legal and administrative provisions for the application of Community rules on the award of contracts by contracting authorities in the field of water, energy and transport, and in the telecommunications sector (sectoral legislation), OJ No L 76 of 23 March 1992, p. 14.

3.

Directive 94/22/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 June 2001 On 30 June 1994, p. 3.

4.

Directive 2004/17/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 December 2004 March 2004 on the coordination of the award by contracting authorities in the field of water, energy, transport and postal services, OJ No L 134, 30.4.2004, p. 1.

5.

Directive 2004/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 December 2004 March 2004 on the coordination of procedures for the award of public works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts, OJ No L 134, 30.4.2004, p. 114, idF of the amendment OJ. No. L 351 of 26.11.2004, 44.

6.

Commission Decision of 7. January 2005 on the implementation modalities for the procedure referred to in Article 30 of Directive 2004/17/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 January 2005 March 2004 on the coordination of the award by contracting authorities in the field of water, energy, transport and postal services, OJ No L 7 of 11.1.2005, p. 7.

7.

Commission Regulation (EC) No 1564/2005 of 7 September 2005 on the introduction of standard forms for the publication of public procurement notices under Directive 2004/17/EC and Directive 2004/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, OJ No L 257 of 01.10.2005, p. 1.

8.

Commission Directive 2005/51/EC of 7. September 2005 amending Annex XX Directive 2004/17/EC and of Annex VIII Directive 2004/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on public procurement, OJ No L 257 of 01.10.2005, p. 127.

Fischer

Key